Download - McGraw-Hill Books

McGRAW-HILL 2011 CATALOGWelcome to McGraw-Hill’s 2011 Accounting & Finance Catalog. InsideREVIEW COPY REQUEST• • • e-mail to mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,• submit online at www.mheducation.asia(Note: All requests for review copies are subject to approval. McGraw-Hillreserves the right to refuse any requests that do not relate to teaching).HOW TO ORDER McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)A NOTE TO LIBRARIANSINVITATION TO PUBLISHat asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com MAILING LIST

CONTENTSii

Your Partner inTest GenerationImagine being able to create and access your test anywhere, at any time without installing the testingsoftware. Now, with the newest release of EZ Test Online, instructors can select questions from multipleMcGraw-Hill test banks, author their own and then either print the test for paper distribution or give it online.Features and FunctionsTest CreationOnline Test ManagementOnline Scoring and ReportingEZ Test is designed to make it simple for you to select questions from McGraw-Hill test banks. You canuse a single McGraw-Hill test bank, or easily choose questions from multiple McGraw-Hill test banks.EZ Test supports the use of following question types: True or False Fill In the Blank Short Answer Yes or No Numeric Response Survey Multiple Choice Matching Essay Check All That Apply RankingUses variables to create algorithmic questions for any question type.You can create multiple versions of the same test.You can scramble questions to create different versions of your test.Automated scoring for most of EZ test’s numerous questions types.How do you get it?To learn if it is available with your book, contact your local McGraw-Hill Education Representativesor email mghasia_sg@craw-ill.com.

LESS MANAGING.MORE TEACHING.GREATER LEARNING.What is Connect?McGraw-Hill Connect is an online assignment andassessment solution that connects your studentswith the tools and resources they’ll need to achievesuccess.With Connect, enjoy simple course managementso you can spend less time administering and moretime teaching. You’ll have access to rich courseresources and tools that drive performance likenever before.Connect Features:McGraw-Hill Connect offers a number of powerfultools and features to make managing assignmentseasier, so you can spend more time teaching.With Connect, students can engage with theircoursework anytime and anywhere, making thelearning process more accessible and efficient.Simple assignment managementWith Connect, creating assignments is easierthan ever, so you can spend more time teachingand less time managing.Smart gradingWhen it comes to studying, time is precious.Connect helps students learn more efficiently byproviding feedback and practice material whenthey need it, where they need it.Personalized Diagnostic and Learning Plan– LearnSmartPersonal learning Plan assess studentsunderstanding of key concepts with diagnosticsand adaptive questions; then tailor coachingand practice materials to each student’s skillsand knowledge gapsConnect is available for Accounting, BusinessStatistics, Economics, Finance, Management,Marketing and Operations Managementcourses.To learn more about Connect, go towww.mcgraw-hillconnect.com or contact yourlocal representative.ConnectPlus eBooksConnect reinvents the textbook learningexperience for the modern student. EveryConnect subject area is seamlessly integratedwith ConnectPlus eBooks, which are designedto keep students focused on the concepts keyto their success.

www.blackboard.com / www.webct.comcourse management systemsCourse Management Systems like Blackboardand WebCT offer you another way to integratedigital McGraw-Hill content into your class. McGraw-Hill Online Learning Center content is formatted tosave you hours of computer inputting.How instructors use itLoad McGraw-Hill content into yourplatform and you will have a fully populatedcourse online. You can then customize thecontent to match your syllabus. You willalso be able to assign specifi c exercises,quizzes, or readings to your students.Grades are posetd automatically to let youknow how students are doing as a whole,or individually. Built-in communicationallows you to conduct live chats, overseebulletin board topics, and e-mail studentswho might need more help than others.How students use itStudents can visit your online course viathe Internet to check the coursework youhave assigned. The platform will record thestudents’ progress through your course,which will enable you to see where theyare studying most. Self-grading quizzesalso indicate exactly where studentsneed further review. The platform’scommunicaiton system encouragesstudent collaboration with features suchas live chat rooms, asynchronous bulletinboards, or traditional e-mail.

New TitlesACCOUNTING2012 Author ISBN PageInternational Accounting, 3e Doupnik 9780078110955 57Survey of Accounting, 3e Edmonds 9780078110856 59Managerial Accounting, 14e Garrison 9780078111006 24Forensic Accounting, 2e Hopwood 9780078136665 64Principles of Taxation for Business and Investment Planning, 2012 Edition, 15e Jones 9780078110948 51Computer Accounting with Quickbooks Pro 2011, 13e Kay 9780078110979 30College Accounting, Chapters 1-30, 13e Price 9780078025273 39Financial Reporting and Analysis, 5e Revsine 9780078110863 62McGraw-Hill’s Taxation of Individuals, 2012 Edition, 3e Spilker 9780077328368 51McGraw-Hill’s Taxation of Individuals and Business Entities, 2012 Edition, 3e Spilker 9780078111068 51Taxation of Business Entitities, 2012 Edition, 3e Spilker 9780077328412 51Auditing and Assurance Services: An Applied Approach Stuart 9780073404004 46Principles of Auditing and Other Assurance Services, 18e Whittington 9780078111037 46Financial Accounting, 15e Williams 9780077328702 13Financial & Managerial Accounting, 18e Williams 9780078111044 5Computer Accounting with Peachtree By Sage Complete Accounting 2011, Release Yacht 9780078110986 3019.0, 15eACCOUNTING2011 Author ISBN PageIntroduction to Accounting: An Integrated Approach, 6e Ainsworth 9780078136603 5Accounting: Texts and Cases, 13e Anthony 9780073379593 62Advanced Financial Accounting, 9e Baker 9780078110924 42Essentials of Accounting for Governmental and Not-for-Profit Organizations, 10e Copley 9780073527055 55Fundamentals of Taxation, 2011 with Tax Act Software, 4e Cruz 9780077479992 51Financial Accounting Theory, 2e [UK] Deegan 9780077126735 56Fundamental Financial Accounting Concepts, 7e Edmonds 9780073527123 13Fundamental Managerial Accounting Concepts, 6e Edmonds 9780078110894 24Managerial Accounting: An Asian Perspective [Asian] Garrison 9780071088015 25Managerial Accounting, 9e Hilton 9780078110917 25Advanced Accounting, 10e Hoyle 9780078136627 43Fundamentals of Advanced Accounting, 4e Hoyle 9780078136634 44Principles of Taxation for Business and Investment Planning, 2011 Edition, 14e Jones 9780078136689 51Fundamentals of Cost Accounting, 3e Lanen 9780073527116 36Financial Accounting, 7e Libby 9780078111020 14Auditing & Assurance Services, 4e Louwers 9780077396572 46iii

New TitlesACCOUNTING2011 Author ISBN PageAccounting: What the Numbers Mean, 9e Marshall 9780073527062 59Ethical Obligations and Decision-Making in Accounting: Text and Cases, 2e Mintz 9780078025280 64Managerial Accounting for Managers, 2e Noreen 9780073527130 26Fundamentals of Financial Accounting with Annual Report, 3e Phillips 9780077344931 15Management Accounting for Business Decisions [UK] Seal 9780077126728 27Financial Accounting, 2e Spiceland 9780078110825 16Intermediate Accounting with British Airways Annual Report, 6e Spiceland 9780077395810 34Taxation of Business Entities, 2011 Edition, 2e Spilker 9780078136696 52Taxation of Individuals, 2011 Edition, 2e Spilker 9780078136719 53Taxation of Individuals and Business Entities, 2011 Edition, 2e Spilker 9780078136702 53Auditing After Sarbanes-Oxley, 3e Thibodeau 9780078110818 47Computerized Accounting with Quickbooks Pro 2010, 12e Ulmer 9780077408756 31Managerial Accounting Whitecotton 9780078110771 27College Accounting Chapter 1-14 with Annual Report, 2e Wild 9780077346102 39College Accounting Chapter 1-29 with Annual Report, 2e Wild 9780077346096 6, 39Financial Accounting: An IFRS Perspective, 4e [Asian Adaptation] Wild 9780071288972 16Financial Accounting with IFRS Fold Out Primer, 5e Wild 9780077408770 17Fundamental Accounting Principles, 20e Wild 9780078110870 7Computer Accounting Essentials Using Quickbooks Pro 2011, 5e Yacht 9780077408954 31Computer Accounting with Peachtree By Sage Complete Accounting 2010, 14e Yacht 9780077408749 32Accounting for Decision-Making and Control, 7e Zimmerman 9780078136726 50, 61ACCOUNTING2010 Author ISBN PageAccounting and Bookkeeping: Principles and Practice [Aust] AAT 9780070277687 64Accounting Made Easy, 2e [India] Agrawal 9780070700987 12Financial Accounting [India] Gabriel 9780070682177 19Accounting: A Framework for Decision Making, 3e [Aust] Jackling 9780070284982 8Computer Accounting Using MYOB Business Software, Version 19.5, 13e [Aust] Neish 9780070279070 33Management Accounting: Revised Edition, 3e [Aust] Neish 9780070278448 28Consolidated Financial Statements, 2e [Asian] Ng 9780071312912 44Accounting: Understanding and Practice, 3e [UK] Perks 9780077124786 12Taxation in Singapore [Asian] Poh 9780071078764 54Financial Accounting: An Introduction [Asian] Roshayani 9789833850921 20Financial Accounting: Including International Financial Reporting Standards Williams 9780071288965 21(IFRS) [Asian]iv

viNew Titles

Accounting for Non-Accounting Managers .........................................................12Accounting Information Systems ........................................................................41Accounting Principles ...........................................................................................5Accounting Principles Supplements ...................................................................11Accounting Theory ..............................................................................................56Advanced Accounting .........................................................................................42Advanced Managerial Accounting ......................................................................50Auditing...............................................................................................................46Auditing Practice Cases .....................................................................................50Budgeting ...........................................................................................................63College Accounting .............................................................................................39Computerized Accounting...................................................................................30Corporate Financial Reporting............................................................................62Cost Accounting / Cost Management .................................................................36Cost Accounting Supplements............................................................................38Financial Accounting...........................................................................................13Financial Accounting Supplements.....................................................................23Financial Statement Analysis..............................................................................58 ..................................................................................55Intermediate Accounting .....................................................................................34Intermediate Accounting Supplements ...............................................................36International Accounting .....................................................................................57Management Control ..........................................................................................63Managerial Accounting .......................................................................................24Managerial Accounting Supplements .................................................................30MBA Managerial .................................................................................................61MBA Principles ...................................................................................................62Other Accounting ................................................................................................64Professional References ....................................................................................66Survey of Accounting ..........................................................................................59Undergraduate Taxation .....................................................................................51ACCOUNTING1

New TitlesACCOUNTING2012 Author ISBN PageInternational Accounting, 3e Doupnik 9780078110955 57Survey of Accounting, 3e Edmonds 9780078110856 59Managerial Accounting, 14e Garrison 9780078111006 24Forensic Accounting, 2e Hopwood 9780078136665 64Principles of Taxation for Business and Investment Planning, 2012 Edition, 15e Jones 9780078110948 51Computer Accounting with Quickbooks Pro 2011, 13e Kay 9780078110979 30College Accounting, Chapters 1-30, 13e Price 9780078025273 39Financial Reporting and Analysis, 5e Revsine 9780078110863 62McGraw-Hill’s Taxation of Individuals, 2012 Edition, 3e Spilker 9780077328368 51McGraw-Hill’s Taxation of Individuals and Business Entities, 2012 Edition, 3e Spilker 9780078111068 51Taxation of Business Entitities, 2012 Edition, 3e Spilker 9780077328412 51Auditing and Assurance Services: An Applied Approach Stuart 9780073404004 46Principles of Auditing and Other Assurance Services, 18e Whittington 9780078111037 46Financial Accounting, 15e Williams 9780077328702 13Financial & Managerial Accounting, 18e Williams 9780078111044 5Computer Accounting with Peachtree By Sage Complete Accounting 2011, Release Yacht 9780078110986 3019.0, 15eACCOUNTING2011 Author ISBN PageIntroduction to Accounting: An Integrated Approach, 6e Ainsworth 9780078136603 5Accounting: Texts and Cases, 13e Anthony 9780073379593 62Advanced Financial Accounting, 9e Baker 9780078110924 42Essentials of Accounting for Governmental and Not-for-Profit Organizations, 10e Copley 9780073527055 55Fundamentals of Taxation, 2011 with Tax Act Software, 4e Cruz 9780077479992 51Financial Accounting Theory, 2e [UK] Deegan 9780077126735 56Fundamental Financial Accounting Concepts, 7e Edmonds 9780073527123 13Fundamental Managerial Accounting Concepts, 6e Edmonds 9780078110894 24Managerial Accounting: An Asian Perspective [Asian] Garrison 9780071088015 25Managerial Accounting, 9e Hilton 9780078110917 25Advanced Accounting, 10e Hoyle 9780078136627 43Fundamentals of Advanced Accounting, 4e Hoyle 9780078136634 44Principles of Taxation for Business and Investment Planning, 2011 Edition, 14e Jones 9780078136689 51Fundamentals of Cost Accounting, 3e Lanen 9780073527116 36Financial Accounting, 7e Libby 9780078111020 14Auditing & Assurance Services, 4e Louwers 9780077396572 462

New TitlesACCOUNTING2011 Author ISBN PageAccounting: What the Numbers Mean, 9e Marshall 9780073527062 59Ethical Obligations and Decision-Making in Accounting: Text and Cases, 2e Mintz 9780078025280 64Managerial Accounting for Managers, 2e Noreen 9780073527130 26Fundamentals of Financial Accounting with Annual Report, 3e Phillips 9780077344931 15Management Accounting for Business Decisions [UK] Seal 9780077126728 27Financial Accounting, 2e Spiceland 9780078110825 16Intermediate Accounting with British Airways Annual Report, 6e Spiceland 9780077395810 34Taxation of Business Entities, 2011 Edition, 2e Spilker 9780078136696 52Taxation of Individuals, 2011 Edition, 2e Spilker 9780078136719 53Taxation of Individuals and Business Entities, 2011 Edition, 2e Spilker 9780078136702 53Auditing After Sarbanes-Oxley, 3e Thibodeau 9780078110818 47Computerized Accounting with Quickbooks Pro 2010, 12e Ulmer 9780077408756 31Managerial Accounting Whitecotton 9780078110771 27College Accounting Chapter 1-14 with Annual Report, 2e Wild 9780077346102 39College Accounting Chapter 1-29 with Annual Report, 2e Wild 9780077346096 6, 39Financial Accounting: An IFRS Perspective, 4e [Asian Adaptation] Wild 9780071288972 16Financial Accounting with IFRS Fold Out Primer, 5e Wild 9780077408770 17Fundamental Accounting Principles, 20e Wild 9780078110870 7Computer Accounting Essentials Using Quickbooks Pro 2011, 5e Yacht 9780077408954 31Computer Accounting with Peachtree By Sage Complete Accounting 2010, 14e Yacht 9780077408749 32Accounting for Decision-Making and Control, 7e Zimmerman 9780078136726 50, 61ACCOUNTING2010 Author ISBN PageAccounting and Bookkeeping: Principles and Practice [Aust] AAT 9780070277687 64Accounting Made Easy, 2e [India] Agrawal 9780070700987 12Financial Accounting [India] Gabriel 9780070682177 19Accounting: A Framework for Decision Making, 3e [Aust] Jackling 9780070284982 8Computer Accounting Using MYOB Business Software, Version 19.5, 13e [Aust] Neish 9780070279070 33Management Accounting: Revised Edition, 3e [Aust] Neish 9780070278448 28Consolidated Financial Statements, 2e [Asian] Ng 9780071312912 44Accounting: Understanding and Practice, 3e [UK] Perks 9780077124786 12Taxation in Singapore [Asian] Poh 9780071078764 54Financial Accounting: An Introduction [Asian] Roshayani 9789833850921 20Financial Accounting: Including International Financial Reporting Standards Williams 9780071288965 21(IFRS) [Asian]3

Accounting4

AccountingAccounting PrinciplesInternational editionNEW *9780078111044*2012 (January 2011) / 1280 pagesISBN: 9780078111044ISBN: 9780071316903 [IE](Details unavailable at press time)FINANCIAL & MANAGERIALACCOUNTING16th EditionBy Jan Williams, University of Tennessee-Knoxville, Sue Haka, Michigan State University-EastLansing, Mark S Bettner, BucknellUniversity and Joseph V Carcello, University ofTennessee-KnoxvilleInternational edition*9780078136603*NEWINTRODUCTION TOACCOUNTINGAn Integrated Approach,6th EditionBy Penne Ainsworth, University of Wyoming-Laramie and Dan Deines, Kansas StateUniversity2011 (January 2010) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780078136603ISBN: 9780071220583 [IE]www.mhhe.com/ainsworth6eThis textbook integrates Financial and Managerial Accounting asopposed to keeping these areas separate, the approach followed bymost books and curriculums. By “integration”, we mean the authorsfocus on the business process and examine the activities from bothment decision-making perspective. The text incorporates real worldrelevance of topics to real business situations and promote studentinterest. The text also promotes active learning through Enhance YourUnderstanding “probing” questions placed sporadically throughoutmany chapters, Of Interest boxes that provide additional informationrelating to the chapter concepts, Fast Fact boxes that provide additionalinformation related to chapter concepts in a short, trivia-likemanner, and end-of-chapter group exercises.NEW TO THIS EDITION Based on extensive feedback from instructors using the firstfive editions as well as the authors’ combined 50+ years of teachingexperience, the sixth edition focuses on improving the text’s readabilityand real-world examples. In particular, the following changeshave been made:- Updates for IFRS developments.- Updates for XBRL developments.- Updates for FASB Codification.- More numerical examples have been added.- End-of-chapter materials, particularly Ethical Challenges havebeen updated.CONTENTSPart One Introduction: Business Operating ActivitiesChapter 1: Accounting and BusinessChapter 2: Business Processes and Accounting InformationChapter 3: Operating Processes: Planning and ControlPart Two Planning: Operating ActivitiesChapter 4: Short-term Decision MakingChapter 5: Strategic Planning Regarding Operating ProcessesChapter 6: Planning, the Balanced Scorecard, and BudgetingPart Three Recording and Evaluating: Operating ActivitiesChapter 7: Accounting Information SystemsChapter 8: Purchasing/Human Resources/Payment Process: Recordingand Evaluating Expenditure Process ActivitiesChapter 9: Recording and Evaluating Conversion Process ActivitiesChapter 10: Marketing/Sales/Collection/Customer Support Process:Recording and Evaluating Revenue Process ActivitiesPart Four Introduction: Capital Resource Process ActivitiesChapter 11: Time Value of MoneyPart Five Planning: Capital Resource Process ActivitiesChapter 12: Planning Investments: Capital BudgetingChapter 13: Planning Equity FinancingChapter 14: Planning Debt FinancingPart Six Recording and Evaluating Capital Resource ProcessActivitiesChapter 15: Recording and Evaluating Capital Resource ProcessActivities: FinancingChapter 16: Recording and Evaluating Capital Resource ProcessActivities: InvestingPart Seven Evaluating: Operating and Capital Resource ProcessesChapter 17: Company Performance: ProfitabilityChapter 18: Company Performance: Owners’ Equity and FinancialPositionChapter 19: Company Performance: Cash FlowsChapter 20: Company Performance: Comprehensive EvaluationAppendix: Apple’s 2008 Financial Statements and AccompanyingNotesIndexREVIEW COPY(Available for course adoption only)To request for a review copy,• contact your local McGraw-Hillrepresentatives or,• fax the Review Copy Request Form foundin this catalog or,• e-mail your request tomghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,• submit online at www.mheducation.asia5

AccountingNEW*9780077346096*COLLEGE ACCOUNTINGCHAPTER 1-29 WITH ANNUALREPORT2nd EditionBy John J Wild, University of Wisconsin Madison,Vernon Richardson, University of Arkansas-Fayettevilleand Ken Shaw, University of Missouri-Columbia2011 (January 2010)ISBN: 9780077346096www.mhhe.com/wildCA2eCollege Accounting by Wild, Richardson, and Shaw draws upon thesuccess of Wild’s Fundamental Accounting Principles text. Its inno-the integration of new computerized learning tools, superior end-ofchaptermaterial, and a highly engaging, pedagogical design. Inclusionof technology products such as Connect, Connect Plus, ExcelTemplates, and QuickBooks Pro 2010 software provides studentswith every possible advantage as they strive to understand the keyconcepts of accounting and their role in business.NEW TO THIS EDITION Entrepreneurial Openers and Assignments: Each chapteris launched with a Decision Feature that introduces an engagingentrepreneurial scenario that shows the relevance of accounting tobusiness. These openers are motivating for students and, accordingly,helpful in teaching and learning accounting. Each chapter returns tothe Decision Feature that launches the chapter with an end-of-chapterassignment, titled Entrepreneurial Decision. This assignment appliesone or more learning objectives of the chapter to that entrepreneurialbusiness. New Feature Company: Students are provided relevant, realworldcompanies as a resource tool and motivating force in learningaccounting. Best Buy is the new feature company, which means thateach chapter has selected assignments that require student to use,analyze, or interpret its accounting data. New Comparative Companies: For comparative purposes withBest Buy, students are provided the financial statements of RadioShack.Assignments are included that ask students to compareand interpret Best Buy and RadioShack data. Best Buy’s 2008 AnnualReport is packaged in-full with the text as another learning aid,and selected 2008 financial data for both companies are included inend-of-book Appendix A. Each of these companies is integrated intothe end-of-chapter material. New Opener Companies: Each chapter of the book opens withthe manager(s) of a company that applies accounting data for itsbusiness decisions. These companies are specifically chosen asmotivating forces for students in that they typically reflect hip, innovative,and entertaining entrepreneurs that have successfully appliedaccounting data to aid in their success. Assignments are includedfor each chapter that ask students to further expand and apply theaccounting methods of that chapter to these feature companies. Updated Special Journal Coverage: Coverage of Cash ReceiptsJournal (Ch 11) and Cash Disbursements Journal (Ch 12) formerlyonly available via the text website, have been integrated into the textchapters this edition for complete coverage of special journal topics. New practice sets: These assignments appearing in Chapter12 cover special journals and subsidiary ledgers. Updated for NewStandards: Materials are updated to reflect new accounting standardsthat are applicable to the introductory course. Examples include thenew requirements for reporting effects of changes in accountingprinciples, the accounting for asset exchanges, and the classificationsfor accounting changes. Payroll and Payroll Tax and Withholdingchapters have also be updated to reflect 2009 withholding data andrequirements. New streamlined content: The text is now 29 chapters. Chapters24 and 25 of the previous edition have been combined in Chapter 24of the second edition on financial statement analysis to streamlinepresentation and increase continuity for students. Other presentationenhancements include: Simplified discussion of 3-step process foranalyzing transactions (Ch 2); simplified 3-step process for determiningpostings to T-accounts (Ch 3); simplified 3-step adjusting processand examples (Ch 5). New Continuing Example in Merchandising Chapters: Chapters11-14 covering financial accounting concepts through a merchandiser’sperspective feature Z-Mart company example throughout forbetter continuity and clarity of accounting concepts. NEW! McGraw-Hill’s Connect uses end-of-chapter materialpulled directly from the textbook to create static and algorithmic questionsthat can be used for practice, homework, quizzes, and tests.All new texts come bundled with Connect Plus at no additional cost.CONTENTS1 Introduction to Accounting2 Accounting for Business Transactions3 Applying Double-Entry Accounting4 Preparing the General Journal and General Ledger5 Adjusting Accounts and Preparing Financial Statements6 Closing Process and Financial Statements7 Fraud, Ethics, and Controls8 Cash and Controls9 Employee Earnings, Deductions, and Payroll10 Employer Payroll Tax Reporting11 Merchandise Sales and Accounts Receivable12 Merchandise Purchases and Accounts Payable13 Accrual Accounting Overview14 Financial Statements and the Accounting Cycle15 Accounts Receivable and Uncollectibles16 Notes Receivable and Notes Payable17 Inventories and Cost of Sales18 Plant Assets, Natural Resources, and Intangibles19 Accounting for Partnerships20 Corporate Formation and Stock Transactions21 Corporate Earnings, Taxes, and Distributions22 Long-Term Bonds23 Cash Flow Reporting24 Financial Statement Analysis25 Managerial Accounting Concepts and Principles26 Departmental and Responsibility Accounting27 Job Order Cost Accounting28 Budgets and Standard Costing29 Relevant Costing for Managerial DecisionsAppendix A: Financial Statement InformationAppendix B: Accounting PrinciplesAppendix C*: Capital Budgeting and Investment DecisionsAppendix D*: Time Value of Money* Appendixes C and D are available on the book’s Website, mhhe.com/wildCA, and as print copy from a McGraw-Hill representative6

AccountingNEW*9780078110870*FUNDAMENTALACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES20th EditionBy John Wild, University of Wisconsin at Madison,Barbara Chiappetta, Nassau CommunityCollege and Ken Shaw, University of Missouri-Columbia2011 (October 2010) / 1188 pagesISBN: 9780078110870www.mhhe.com/wildFAP20eWith 55 years of success in the principles of accounting market,Fundamental Accounting Principles, 20th edition by Wild, Shaw andChiappetta has endured and adapted to changes in accounting,its extensive use of small business examples, the integration of newtechnology learning tools, superior end-of-chapter material, and ahighly engaging, pedagogical design. Inclusion of Connect, ConnectPlus and Carol Yacht’s General Ledger and Peachtree applicationsoftware provides students every advantage as they strive to understandthe key concepts of accounting and their role in business.NEW TO THIS EDITION New Global View section: Financial accounting according toU.S. GAAP is similar, but not identical, to IFRS. Towards the end ofeach chapter, a new “Global View” section highlights the internationalaccounting practices, including the similarities and differences forfinancial reporting under IFRS versus U.S. GAAP relating to topicscovered within that chapter. Most chapters use Nokia’s financialstatements as compared to Research in Motion to illustrate thedifferences/similarities between these financial reporting rules andconcepts. This feature continues in the Managerial chapters highlightinga global perspective NEW! McGraw-Hill’s Connect uses end-of-chapter materialpulled directly from the textbook to create static and algorithmicquestions that can be used for practice, homework, quizzes, andtests. FAP 20e Connect also includes Self Quiz and Study (SQS)that connects each student to the learning resources needed forsuccess in the course. For each chapter, students: Take a practicetest to initiate the Self Quiz and Study; Immediately upon completingthe practice test, see how their performance compares to chapterlearning objectives within chapters; Receive a Study Plan that recommendsspecific readings from the text, supplemental study material,and practice work that will improve their understanding and masteryof each learning objective. All new texts come bundled with ConnectPlus at no additional cost. New Feature Company: Students are provided relevant, realworldcompanies as a resource tool and motivating force in learningaccounting. Research in Motion is the new feature company, whichmeans that each chapter has selected assignments that requirestudent to use, analyze, or interpret its accounting data. New Comparative Companies: For comparative purposes withResearch in Motion, students are provided the financial statementsof Apple and Palm. Assignments are included that ask students tocompare and interpret Reserach in Motion, Apple, and Palm data.Nokia an internationalcompany, serves as a global comparison forResearch in Motion, Apple and Palm. Research in Motion’s 2009 AnnualReport is packaged in-full with the text as another learning aid,and selected 2009 financial data for all three companies are includedin end-of-book Appendix A. Each of these companies is integratedinto the end-of-chapter material. New Opener Companies: Each chapter of the book opens withthe manager(s) of a company that applies accounting data for itsbusiness decisions. These companies are specifically chosen asmotivating forces for students in that they typically reflect hip, innovative,and entertaining entrepreneurs that have successfully appliedaccounting data to aid in their success. Assignments are includedfor each chapter that ask students to further expand and apply theaccounting methods of that chapter to these feature companies. New and Updated Assignments: All assignments for eachchapter are new, revised, and/or updated. Assignments reflect newaccounting pronouncements and business developments in practice. Updated for New Standards: Materials are updated to reflect newaccounting standards that are applicable to the introductory course. New and Revised Exhibits: The exhibits throughout the bookhave been updated and revised as necessary to reflect recent dataand developments in practice. Updated Marginal Annotations: Marginal annotations have beenupdated to include new data when applicable. Revised Decision Insights: Most Decision Insight boxes arenew and reflect recent developments in the business world that arerelevant to accounting practice New or Updated Decision Analysis: The Decision Analysis sectionat the end of each chapter has been updated to include newor revised company information, analysis, and interpretation. Newindustry and comparative data are provided where applicable. Revised Beyond the Numbers Assignments: Beyond the Numbersassignments are revised as necessary to reflect more currentfinancial statements and reports, and other current developmentsin practice.CONTENTS1. Accounting in Business2. Analyzing and Recording Transactions3. Adjusting Accounts and Preparing Financial Statements4. Completing the Accounting Cycle5. Accounting for Merchandising Operations6. Inventories and Cost of Sales7. Accounting Information Systems8. Cash and Internal Controls9. Accounting for Receivables10. Plant Assets, Natural Resources, and Intangibles11. Current Liabilities and Payroll Accounting12. Accounting for Partnerships13. Accounting for Corporations14. Long-Term Liabilities15. Investments and International Operations16. Reporting the Statement of Cash Flows17. Analysis of Financial Statements18. Managerial Accounting Concepts and Principles19. Job Order Cost Accounting20. Process Cost Accounting21. Cost Allocation and Performance Measurement22. Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis23. Master Budgets and Planning24. Flexible Budgets and Standard Costs25. Capital Budgeting and Managerial Decisions7

AccountingInternational editionPRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING WITHANNUAL REPORTBy Robert Libby, Cornell University-Ithaca, Patricia Libby, Ithaca College,Fred Phillips, University of Saskatchewan and Stacey M Whitecotton,Arizona State University-Tempe2009 (January 2009)ISBN: 9780077251031 (with Annual Report)ISBN: 9780077300418(Volume 1 Chapter 1-12 with Annual Report)ISBN: 9780077300432(Volume 2 Chapter 12-25 with Annual Report)ISBN: 9780071284721 [IE]The philosophy of Libby 1e is that “Teaching Accounting in the contextof business” and that no matter what the student background or wheretheir future lies, this book will give them the foundation they need tobe a successful business owner or manager. Principles of Accountingis written by recognizing that students in the principles of accountingments and often little exposure to the business world but many of themhave ambitions to own a business. Libby 1e slows down the approachto teaching transaction analysis, slowly building each layer of detailstudents work through the book. They learn the role of accountingfrom starting a business to operating it successfully.CONTENTS1 Accounting and Starting a Business2 Establishing a Business and the Balance Sheet3 Operating a Business and the Income Statement4 Completing the Accounting Cycle5 Accounting Systems6 Merchandising Operations7 Inventories8 Internal Control and Cash9 Receivables10 Long-lived Tangible and Intangible Assets11 Current Liabilities and Payroll12 Partnerships13 Accounting for Corporations14 Long-term Liabilities15 Accounting for Investments16 Reporting and Interpreting Statement of Cash Flows17 Financial Statement Analysis18 Managerial Accounting19 Job Order Costing20 Process Costing and Activity Based Costing21 Cost Behavior and Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis22 Incremental Analysis and Capital Budgeting23 Budgeting and Planning24 Budgetary Control25 Decentralized Performance EvaluationAsian AdaptationPRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING19th EditionBy John Wild, University of Wisconsin Madison, Ken Shaw, University ofmissouri-Columbia, Barbara Chiappetta, Nassau Community College andPatrick Ng2009 (December 2008) / 1240 pagesISBN: 9780071282833ISBN: 9780071269308 (Chapter 1-17)An Asian AdaptationPrinciples of Accounting 19e combines leading-edge accounting contentwith state-of-the-art technology to provide accounting studentsevery advantage as they strive to understand the key concepts of ac-in its extensive use of small business examples, the integration ofnew computerized learning tools, superior end-of-chapter material,and a highly engaging, pedagogical design.CONTENTSChapter 1 Accounting in BusinessChapter 2 Analyzing and Recording TransactionsChapter 3 Adjusting Accounts and Preparing Financial StatementsChapter 4 Completing the Accounting CycleChapter 5 Accounting for Merchandising OperationsChapter 6 Inventories and Cost of SalesChapter 7 Accounting Information SystemsChapter 8 Cash and Internal ControlsChapter 9 Accounting for ReceivablesChapter 10 Plant Assets, Natural Resources, and IntangiblesChapter 11 Current Liabilities and Payroll AccountingChapter 12 Accounting for PartnershipsChapter 13 Accounting for CorporationsChapter 14 Long-Term LiabilitiesChapter 15 Investments and International OperationsChapter 16 Reporting the Statement of Cash FlowsChapter 17 Analysis of Financial StatementsChapter 18 Managerial Accounting Concepts and PrinciplesChapter 19 Job Order Cost AccountingChapter 20 Process Cost AccountingChapter 21 Cost Allocation and Performance MeasurementChapter 22 Cost-Volume-Profit AnalysisChapter 23 Master Budgets and PlanningChapter 24 Flexible Budgets and Standard CostsChapter 25 Capital Budgeting and Managerial DecisionsAppendix A Financial Statement Information A-1Appendix B Time Value of MoneyAppendix C Comparison between IFRSs and U.S. GAAPInvitation to PublishMcGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbookproposals for publication.email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com.Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/9

AccountingInternational editionFUNDAMENTAL FINANCIAL ANDMANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING CONCEPTSWITH H-D ANNUAL REPORTBy Thomas P. Edmonds, Cindy Edmonds and Bor-Yi Tsay of Universityof Alabama-Birmingham and Philip R. Olds, Virginia CommonwealthUniversity and Frances M McNair, Mississippi State University2007 (December 2005)ISBN: 9780073222936ISBN: 9780071107693 [IE]www.mhhe.com/edmonds/conceptsCONTENTSChapter 1 Elements of Financial StatementsChapter 2 Understanding the Accounting CycleChapter 3 The Double-Entry Accounting SystemChapter 4 The Double-Entry Accounting SystemChapter 5 Accounting for InventoriesChapter 6 Internal Control and Accounting for CashChapter 7 Accounting for ReceivablesChapter 8 Accounting for Long-Term Operational AssetsChapter 9 Accounting for Current Liabilities and PayrollChapter 10 Accounting for Long-Term Notes Payable and BondLiabilitiesChapter 11 Proprietorships, Partnerships, and CorporationsChapter 12 Statement of Cash FlowsChapter 13 Financial Statement AnalysisChapter 14 Management Accounting: A Value-Added ApproachChapter 15 Cost Behavior, Operating Leverage, and ProfitabilityAnalysisChapter 16 Cost Accumulation, Tracing, and AllocationChapter 17 Product Costing in Service and Manufacturing CompaniesChapter 18 Job-Order, Process, and Hybrid Cost SystemsChapter 19 Analysis of Cost, Volume, and Pricing to Increase ProfitabilityChapter 20 Relevant Information for Special DecisionsChapter 21 Planning for Profit and Cost ControlChapter 22 Performance EvaluationChapter 23 Responsibility AccountingChapter 24 Planning for Capital InvestmentAppendix A Accessing the EDGAR Database through the InternetAppendix B Topps Annual Report for 2003 / Index7. Repetitive Transaction: The Sales and the Purchases Journals8. The Cash Journal9. Summarizing and Reporting via the Worksheet10. The Merchandising Company11. Costing Merchandise Inventory12. Pricing Merchandise13. Negotiable Instruments14. Controlling Cash15. Payroll16. Property, Plant, and Equipment: Depreciation17. The Partnership18. The CorporationSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF FINANCIALMANAGEMENT3rd EditionBy Jae K Shim, California State University Long Beach and Joel G Siegel2010 (September 2009) / 504 pagesISBN: 9780071635318A Schaum PublicationSchaum’s Outline of Financial Management provides a succinct re-forecasting, planning and budgeting, the management of workingvaluation, capital budgeting, and more.CONTENTS1. Introduction2. Analysis of Financial Statements and Cash Flow3. Financial Forecasting, Planning, and Budgeting4. The Management of Working Capital5. Short-Term Financing6. Time Value of Money7. Risk, Return, and Valuation8. Capital Budgeting (Including Leasing)9. Capital Budgeting Under Risk10. Cost of Capital11. Leverage and Capital Structure12. Dividend Policy13. Term Loans and Leasing14. Long-Term Debt15. Preferred and Common StockSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BOOKKEEPINGAND ACCOUNTING4th EditionBy Joel J Lerner, Sulivan County Community College and Rajul Gokarn2010 (September 2009) / 480 pagesISBN: 9780071635363A Schaum PublicationSchaum’s Outline of Bookkeeping and Accounting is the ideal reviewing for perpetual and periodic inventory system. It also includes achapter on the most popular accounting software, which accountingstudents are expected to master before they graduate.CONTENTS1. Assets, Liabilities, and Capital2. Debits and Credits: The Double-Entry System3. Journalizing and Posting Transactions4. Financial Statements5. Adjusting and Closing Procedures6. Computer Application: Peachtree Complete® Software IntroductionAll Global Editions areadapted to better meet theneeds of courses outsidethe United States.Please contact your localsales representative formore details.10

AccountingAccounting PrinciplesSupplementsSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PRINCIPLES OFACCOUNTING I5th EditionBy Joel Lerner, Sullivan County Community College and James Cashin2010 (September 2009) / 408 pagesISBN: 9780071635387A Schaum PublicationSchaum’s Outline of Principles of Accounting I helps you understandbasic accounting concepts and offer extra practice on topics such asdebits, credits, the chart of accounts, the ledger, inventory measurement,net realizable value, recovery of bad debts, and methods forand scrap value, methods of depreciation, payroll, and payroll taxes.CONTENTS1. Accounting Concepts2. Financial Statements3. Analyzing and Classifying Transactions, Examination I4. Recording Transactions5. Repetitive Transactions6. Adjusting and Closing Procedures, Examination II7. Summarizing and Reporting Via the Service Business Work Sheet8. Summarizing and Reporting Via the Merchandising9. Business Work Sheet10. Costing Merchandise Inventory11. Alternative Inventory Valuation Methods12. Repetitive Transactions 13. Capital and Equity, Examination III14. Receivables and Payables15. Cash and Its Control16. Payroll17. Property, Plant, and Equipment: Depreciation18. Property, Plant, and Equipment: Disposal and Taxation19. Examination IV20. Final Examination.International editionSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF PRINCIPLES OFACCOUNTING II4th EditionBy Joel J. Lerner, Sullivan County Community College and James A.Cashin, Hofstra University1994 / 306 pagesISBN: 9780070375895ISBN: 9780071134576 [IE] - Out of PrintA Schaum Publication(International Edition is not for sale in Japan)CONTENTSPartnerships: Formation.Partnerships: Admission and Dissolution.The Corporation: Organization.The Corporation: Stock Issue and Book Value.The Corporation: Subscriptions and Treasury Stock.The Corporation: Retained Earnings.The Corporation: Issuing Bonds.The Corporation: Redemption of Bonds. Examination I.Manufacturing Accounting: Accounts and Statements.Manufacturing Accounting: Worksheets and Joint and By-Products.Cost Systems: Job Order.Cost Systems: Process.Budgets: Income Statement.Budgets: Balance Sheet and Standard Costs. Examination II.Financial Statement Analysis: Horizontal and Vertical.Financial Statement Analysis: Ratios. Examination III.Appendix: Statement of Cash Flows.SCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE OF PRINCIPLESOF ACCOUNTINGBy Joel J. Lerner, Sullivan County Community College2001 / 153 pagesISBN: 9780071369725A Schaum PublicationCONTENTSChapter 1: Accounting Concepts: The Accounting Equation andFinancial Statements.Chapter 2: Analyzing and Recording Transactions.Chapter 3: Adjusting and Closing Procedures.Chapter 4: Summarizing and Reporting Via the Work Sheet.Chapter 5: Inventory Valuation Methods.Chapter 6: Alternative Valuation Methods.Chapter 7: Cash and Its Control.Chapter 8: Receivables and Payables.Chapter 9: Property, Plant, and Equipment: Depreciation.Chapter 10: Property, Plant, and Equipment: Disposal and Taxation.Chapter 11: Capital and Equity.Chapter 12: Repetitive Transactions and Payroll.REVIEW COPY(Available for course adoption only)To request for a review copy,• contact your local McGraw-Hillrepresentatives or,• fax the Review Copy Request Form foundin this catalog or,• e-mail your request tomghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,• submit online at www.mheducation.asia11

AccountingAccounting ForNon-Accounting ManagersNEW*9780070700987*ACCOUNTING MADE EASY2nd EditionBy Rajesh Agrawal, International CropsResearch Institute for Semi Arid Tropics and RSrinivasan, Professor IIM Bangalore2010 (July 2010) / 224 pagesISBN: 9780070700987McGraw-Hill India TitleThis new edition of Accounting Made Easy continues to provide asimple and easy-to-assimilate introduction to the subject of Finan- understanding of accounting in a step-by-step manner. The secondand the real-world accounting. The book follows a novel ‘Learn byDoing’ approach which engages the reader in work modules whileone reads the book.NEW TO THIS EDITION A chapter on ‘Learning from Accounting Scams’ to make thereader understand what the dishonest people can do in the contextof accounting. Help students to learn basic financial accounting without beingtraumatized.Easy to understand languageCONTENTSLevel IThe Green Company (Cash & Trading)The Yellow Company (Credit & TradingThe Blue Company (Credit & Manufacturing)The Brown Company (More Manufacturing)The Red Company (A Brief Strategy)The Orange CompanyLearning from Level ILevel IISimple T-Accounts: An IntroductionSimple T-Accounts: Do-It-YourselfTaking Stock of StocksComplex T- Accounts: An IntroductionComplex T- Accounts: Do-It-YourselfAccounting Systems: Cash Book, Journal and LedgersLearning from Accounting ScamsAccounting Concepts and the PolicyLearning from this BookNEW*9780077124786*ACCOUNTINGUnderstanding and Practice,3rd EditionBy Robert Perks and Danny Leiwy2010 (March 2010) / 584 pagesISBN: 9780077124786McGraw-Hill UK Titlewww.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/perksAccounting: Understanding and Practice by Robert Perks and DannyLeiwy provides a gentle introduction to the complexities of accounting.An evolution of the successful textbook Financial Accounting:Understanding and Practice, this new edition has been enhancedto provide more emphasis on Management Accounting topics, withnew material that has been structured in line with current teaching inintroductory accounting modules. Fully revised throughout, the wholetext has been thoroughly updated in accordance with the InternationalFinancial Reporting Standards. Ample practice illustrations and exampleshelp present the subject in relation to a business world to whichreaders can easily relate.NEW TO THIS EDITION An emphasis on understanding and application rather thannumerical routinesClear explanations and evaluations Brand new material on Management Accounting, including chapterson Absorption Costing, Marginal Costing and Standard Costing,as well as an appendix outlining recent developments in the area Self test questions with answers provided, challenging discussionquestions and group activities Numerous references to well-known companies and a selectionof engaging and recent press cuttingsCONTENTS1- The Balance Sheet and What It tells us2- The Income Statement3- The Development of Financial Reporting4- Ratios and Interpretations: A Straightforward Introduction5- How the Stock Market Assesses Company Performance6- Cash Flow Statements: understanding and preparation7- Advanced Interpretation of Company and Group Accounts8- Current Issues in Financial Reporting9- Financing a Business10- Management of Working Capital11- Introduction to Management Accounting12- Investment Appraisal13- Budgetary Planning and Control14- Absorption Costing15- Marginal Costing and Decision Making16- Standard Costing and Variance Analysis17- Book-keeping to Trial Balance18- Trial Balance to Final Accounts19- Incomplete RecordsAppendix 1: Developments in Management AccountingAnswers to Self Test QuestionsAnswers to Activities12

AccountingFinancial AccountingNEW*9780077328702*2012 (January 2011) / 832 pagesISBN: 9780077328702(Details unavailable at press time)FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING15th EditionBy Jan Williams, University of Tennessee-Knoxville, Sue Haka, Michigan State University-EastLansing, Mark S Bettner, BucknellUniversity and Joseph V Carcello, University ofTennessee-KnoxvilleInternational editionNEW*9780073527123*FUNDAMENTAL FINANCIALACCOUNTING CONCEPTS7th EditionThomas P Edmonds, University of Alabama atBirmington, Frances M McNair, MississippiState University and Philip R Olds, VirginiaCommonwealth University2011 (January 2010) / 800 pagesISBN: 9780073527123ISBN: 9780071220712 [IE]www.mhhe.com/edmonds7eStudents are often overwhelmed by the amount of information pre-on fundamental concepts in a logical sequence, students are ableto fully comprehend the material rather than memorize seeminglyunrelated terms and topics. The goal of Fundamental Financial AccountingConcepts is to enable students to understand how any givenments model” is a highly praised feature because it allows studentsto visualize the simultaneous impact of business events on all of theNEW TO THIS EDITION NEW! McGraw-Hill’s Connect uses end-of-chapter materialpulled directly from the textbook to create static and algorithmic questionsthat can be used for practice, homework, quizzes, and tests.All new texts come bundled with ConnectPlus at no additional cost. Restructured the first four chapters to permit an earlier introductionof debits and credits. Previously, Chapter 2 covered accruals andChapter 3 covered deferrals. We combined the contents of thesetwo chapters so that accruals and deferrals are now introduced in asingle chapter. Both subjects are now covered in Chapter 2. To avoidinformation overload, we moved the introduction of depreciation toChapter 8, Accounting for Long-Term Operational Assets. Further,the introduction of interest calculations was moved to Chapter 7,Accounting for Receivables. Divided Coverage of Receivables and Payables into SeparateChapters. Combining coverage of receivables and payables in a singlechapter and keeping the content to a manageable level has requiredthe author team to omit coverage of some key topics such as agingof accounts receivable, contingent liabilities, and payroll accounting.Further, moving the introduction of interest computations as describedabove caused further crowding issues. To address these informationoverload issues, we divided coverage of receivables and payablesinto separate chapters. While this adds a chapter, the combination ofaccruals and deferrals as described above eliminates a chapter. Asa result, the revised text has the same total number of chapters asthe previous edition. The revised text has a more traditional table ofcontents (see fact sheet for TOC comparison to last edition). Expanded coverage of the link between journal entries and theireffects on financial statements. We have revised the text to show ajournal entry each time a transaction is introduced. A statements modelis shown immediately after the journal entry. This approach providesa direct visual connection between journal entries and financial statements.It enables students to see how each individual accountingevent affects financial statements. Added coverage of International Financial Reporting Standards(IFRS). We not only provide comprehensive coverage of GenerallyAccepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) but also expose students toInternational Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The content intextboxes titled “Focus on International Issues” has been replaced orrevised to provide coverage of IFRS. Further, exercises related to IFRSwere added to the end of chapter materials. Placing IFRS coveragein independent textboxes allows adopter flexibility in determining theappropriate level of coverage for this emerging topic. Rewrote Chapter 12, Statement of Cash Flows, to provide balancedcoverage of the indirect and direct methods of reporting cashflow from operating activities. The text and end-of-chapter materialsare arranged to allow professors to cover either method independently.CONTENTSChapter 1: An Introduction to AccountingChapter 2: Understanding the Accounting CycleChapter 3: The Double-Entry Accounting SystemChapter 4: Accounting for Merchandising BusinessesChapter 5: Accounting for InventoriesChapter 6: Internal Control and Accounting for CashChapter 7: Accounting for ReceivablesChapter 8: Accounting for Long-Term Operational AssetsChapter 9: Accounting for Current Liabilities and PayrollChapter 10: Accounting for Long-Term DebtChapter 11: Proprietorships, Partnerships, and CorporationsChapter 12: Statement of Cash FlowChapter 13: (Online) Financial Statement AnalysisAppendix A: Accessing the EDGAR Database through the InternetAppendix B: Portion of the Form 10-K for Target CorporationAppendix C: Summary of Financial RatiosAppendix D: Annual Report and Financial Statement Analysis ProjectAppendix E: Accounting for Investment SecuritiesAppendix F: Time Value of Money13

AccountingGlobal editionNEW*9780078111020*FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING7th EditionBy Robert Libby, Cornell University-Ithaca, PatriciaLibby, Ithaca College and Daniel G Short,Texas Christian University2011 (September 2010) / 896 pagesISBN: 9780078111020ISBN: 9780071313940 [GE] - Pub March 2011www.mhhe.com/libby7eLibby/Libby/Short wrote this text based on their belief that the subjectstudy and one that is important to future careers in business. Whenwriting this text, they considered career relevance as their guide whenselecting material, and the need to engage the student as their guideaccounting text to successfully implement a real-world, single focuscompany approach in every chapter. Students and instructors haveresponded very favorably to the use of focus companies and theaccounting regardless of whether or not the student has chosen tomajor in accounting.NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW McGraw-Hill’s Connect uses end-of-chapter material pulleddirectly from the textbook to create static and algorithmic questionsthat can be used for practice, homework, quizzes, and tests. FAF 3eConnect also includes Self Quiz and Study (SQS) that connects eachstudent to the learning resources needed for success in the course.For each chapter, students: Take a practice test to initiate the SelfQuiz and Study; Immediately upon completing the practice test, seehow their performance compares to chapter learning objectives withinchapters; Receive a Study Plan that recommends specific readingsfrom the text, supplemental study material, and practice work that willimprove their understanding and mastery of each learning objective. New IFRS Coverage Anticipating a greater emphasis on InternationalFinancial Reporting Standards (IFRS) in the United Statesand recognizing its presence in more than 100 countries worldwide,we have integrated selected IFRS topics in appropriate chapters at alevel suitable for introductory financial accounting so students will bewell-prepared to use statements prepared under IFRS in their careers.The coverage in Libby/Libby/Short exceeds the standards suggestedby the PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) IFRS Ready program (2010)for sophomores and juniors. Revised Pause for Feedback and Self-Study Quiz The Self-Study Quizzes from previous editions have been revised to Pause forFeedback and Self-Study Quiz. Research shows that students learnbest when they are actively engaged in the learning process. Thisactive learning feature engages the student, provides interactivity, andpromotes efficient learning. These quizzes ask students to pause atstrategic points throughout each chapter to ensure they understandkey points before moving ahead. New Comprehensive Problems Selected chapters include problemsthat cover topics from earlier chapters to refresh, reinforce, andbuild an integrative understanding of the course material. Updated Ratios The authors have reorganized the coverageof ratios, moving the current ratio to the discussion of the classifiedbalance sheet in Chapter 2 (in place of debt/equity) and simplifyingthe discussion in Chapter 5 by substituting return on assets for returnon equity which has been moved to Chapter 14.CONTENTSChapter 1: Financial Statements and Business DecisionsFocus company: Maxidrive CorporationChapter 2: Investing and Financing Decisions and the Balance SheetFocus company: Papa John’s InternationalChapter 3: Operating Decisions and the Income StatementFocus company: Papa John’s InternationalChapter 4: Adjustments, Financial Statements, and the Quality ofEarningsFocus company: Papa John’s InternationalChapter 5: Communicating and Interpreting Accounting InformationFocus company: Callaway GolfChapter 6: Reporting and Interpreting Sales Revenue, Receivables,and CashFocus company: Deckers Outdoor CorporationChapter 7: Reporting and Interpreting Cost of Goods Sold andInventoryFocus company: Harley-Davidson, Inc.Chapter 8: Reporting and Interpreting Property, Plant, and Equipment;Natural Resources; and IntangiblesFocus company: Southwest AirlinesChapter 9: Reporting and Interpreting LiabilitiesFocus company: StarbucksChapter 10: Reporting and Interpreting BondsFocus company: Burlington Northern Santa FeChapter 11: Reporting and Interpreting Owners’ EquityFocus company: KrogerChapter 12: Reporting and Interpreting Investments in Other CorporationsFocus company: The Washington Post CompanyChapter 13: Reporting and Interpreting Investments in Other CorporationsFocus company: National Beverage Corp.Chapter 14: Analyzing Financial StatementsFocus company: Home DepotAppendix A: Present and Future Value TablesAppendix B: American Eagle Outfitters Annual ReportAppendix C: Pacific Sunwear 2004 Annual ReportAppendix D: Industry Ratio ReportInvitation to PublishMcGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbookproposals for publication.email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com.Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/14

AccountingInternational editionNEW*9780078110825*FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING2nd EditionBy J David Spiceland, University of Memphis,Wayne M Thomas, University of Oklahoma-Norman and Don Herrmann, Oklahoma StateUniversity-Stillwater6. Inventory and Cost of Goods Sold7. Long-Term Assets8. Current Liabilities9. Long-Term Liabilities10. Stockholders’ Equity11. Statement of Cash Flows12. Financial Statement AnalysisAppendix A – Annual Report of American EagleAppendix B – Annual Report of The BuckleAppendix C – Time Value of MoneyAppendix D – InvestmentsAppendix E – International Financial Reporting Standards2011 (October 2010) / 736 pagesISBN: 9780078110825ISBN: 9780071317016 [IE]www.mhhe.com/succeedDavid Spiceland, Wayne Thomas and Don Herrmann have developeda unique text based on over 50 collective years of experience in theclassroom. They’ve brought together best practices like highlightingCommon Mistakes, offering frequent Let’s Review exercises, integratingthe course with a running Continuing Problem, demonstratingthe relevance of the course to non-majors with a Career Corner, andcommunicating it all in a student-friendly Conversational Writing Style.The new 2nd edition of Financial Accounting, Spiceland, Thomas, Herrmann,has been developed with feedback from over 330 reviewersand focus group participants from across the country. The followinglist of changes and improvements is a testament to the many hoursthat reviewers spent analyzing the 1st edition, helping make FinancialAccounting, 2nd edition, the best book of its kind.NEW TO THIS EDITION New Concise Chart of Accounts has been added to Ch. 2 and afull Chart of Accounts has been added to the inside back cover. Accounttitles used in text and EOC have been revised to be consistentwith Chart of Accounts as well. New Let’s Review exercises take the place of Stop and Go andQuick Quiz features. New Marginal Accounting Equation Analyses have been addedto clearly demonstrate the equality of the accounting equation, aswell as the effects of the transactions on the stockholders’ equity accounts.Marginal Equation Analyses appear where there is no existingmini-financial statement display. New Analysis Section comparing 2 well-known, publicly tradedcompanies, has been added to the end of chapters 4-11. Chapter12 provides a comprehensive financial analysis of UnderArmourand Nike. New Earnings Management Cases have been added in chapters5-12. Updated color coding, dollar amounts used in real-companydata, and financial statement formats. Updated color coding, dollar amounts used in real-companydata, and financial statement formats.New photos added to Career Corner and Ethical Dilemma boxes. New 3-D icons added for Key Points, Common Mistakes, FlipSides, Career Corners, and IFRS features.CONTENTS1. Accounting Information and Decision Making2. The Accounting Information System3. The Financial Reporting Process4. Cash and Internal Controls5. Receivables and SalesAsian AdaptationNEW*9780071288972*FINANCIAL ACCOUNTINGAn IFRS Perspective, 4th EditionBy John Wild, ken Shaw, Barbara Chiappettaand Winston Kwok (NUS)2011 (July 2010) / 664 pagesISBN: 9780071288972An Asian AdaptationFinancial Accounting: Information for Decisions provides leadingaccounting content that engages and motivates students. It helpsstudents to develop good decision-making habits as they prepare,analyze, and apply accounting information. It also includes the currentreal-world relevance of accounting concepts.FEATURES A unique pedagogical framework that gives insight into everyaspect of business decision making. The Conceptual/Analytical/Procedural (CAP) Model that allowsinstructors to easily customize their coursesChapter-opening stories featuring successful entrepreneurs A focus on International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)and IFRS-reporting companiesMarginal hints, notes and global examples Comprehensive end-of-chapter questions, exercises andproblemsCONTENTSChapter 1 Introducing Accounting in BusinessImportance of AccountingFundamentals of AccountingTransaction Analysis and the Accounting EquationFinancial StatementsDecision Analysis—Return on AssetsChapter 2 Analyzing and Recording TransactionsAnalyzing and Recording ProcessAnalyzing and Processing TransactionsTrial BalanceDecision Analysis—Debt RatioChapter 3 Adjusting Accounts and Preparing Financial Statements16

AccountingTiming and ReportingAdjusting AccountsPreparing Financial StatementsClosing ProcessClassified Balance SheetDecision Analysis—Profit Margin and Current RatioAppendix 3A Alternative Accounting for PrepaymentsAppendix 3B Work Sheet as a ToolAppendix 3C Reversing EntriesChapter 4 Reporting and Analyzing Merchandising OperationsMerchandising ActivitiesAccounting for Merchandise PurchasesAccounting for Merchandise SalesCompleting the Accounting CycleFinancial Statement FormatsDecision Analysis—Acid-Test and GrossMargin RatiosAppendix 4A Periodic (and Perpetual) Inventory SystemAppendix 4B Work Sheet—Perpetual SystemChapter 5 Reporting and Analyzing InventoriesInventory BasicsInventory Costing under a Perpetual SystemValuing Inventory at LCM and the Effects of Inventory ErrorsDecision Analysis—Inventory Turnover and Days’ Sales in InventoryAppendix 5A Inventory Costing under a Periodic SystemAppendix 5B Inventory Estimation MethodsChapter 6 Reporting and Analyzing Cash and Internal ControlsInternal ControlControl of CashBanking Activities as ControlsDecision Analysis—Days’ Sales UncollectedAppendix 6A Documents in a Voucher SystemAppendix 6B Control of Purchase DiscountsChapter 7 Reporting and Analyzing ReceivablesAccounts ReceivableNotes ReceivableDisposing of ReceivablesDecision Analysis—Accounts ReceivableTurnoverChapter 8 Reporting and Analyzing Long-Term AssetsSECTION 1—PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENTCost DeterminationDepreciationAdditional ExpendituresDisposals of Property, Plant and EquipmentSECTION 2—NATURAL RESOURCESSECTION 3—INTANGIBLE ASSETS 329Decision Analysis—Total Asset Turnover 331Appendix 8A Exchanging Property, Plant andEquipment 335Chapter 9 Reporting and Analyzing Current LiabilitiesCharacteristics of LiabilitiesKnown (Determinable) LiabilitiesEstimated LiabilitiesContingent LiabilitiesDecision Analysis—Times Interest Earned RatioChapter 10 Reporting and Analyzing Long-Term LiabilitiesBasics of BondsBond IssuancesBond RetirementLong-Term Notes PayableDecision Analysis—Debt Features and the Debt-to-Equity RatioAppendix 10A Present Values of Bonds and NotesAppendix 10B Effective Interest AmortizationAppendix 10C Issuing Bonds between Interest DatesAppendix 10D Leases and PensionsChapter 11 Reporting and Analyzing EquityCorporate Form of OrganizationCommon StockDividendsPreferred StockTreasury StockReporting of EquityDecision Analysis—Earnings per Share, Price-Earnings Ratio, DividendYield, and BookValue per ShareChapter 12 Reporting and Analyzing Cash FlowsBasics of Cash Flow ReportingCash Flows from OperatingCash Flows from InvestingCash Flows from FinancingDecision Analysis—Cash Flow AnalysisAppendix 12A Direct Method of ReportingOperating Cash FlowsChapter 13 Analyzing and Interpreting Financial StatementsBasics of AnalysisHorizontal AnalysisVertical AnalysisRatio AnalysisDecision Analysis—Analysis ReportingAppendix 13A Sustainable IncomeAppendix A Financial Statement InformationNestléKraft FoodsAdidasAppendix B Time Value of Money B-1GlossaryCreditsIndexChart of AccountsNEW*9780077408770*FINANCIAL ACCOUNTINGwith IFRS Fold Out Primer5th EditionBy John J Wild, University of Wisconsin atMadison2011 (January 2010) / 736 pagesISBN: 9780077408770www.mhhe.com/wild5eFINANCIAL ACCOUNTING: Information for Decisions, 5th Edition addressesthe topics and issues typically covered in Financial Accountingwhile at the same time motivating student interest in accountingthrough the extensive use of entrepreneurial examples, application ofanalysis skills, integration of interactive tutorial software, and a highlyengaging pedagogical design. This book thoroughly integrates ideasand practices followed by today’s business entrepreneurs, speakingmore directly to students and better preparing them to enter theworkforce.NEW TO THIS EDITION Integrated Apple iPod Content: Each chapter features iconsconnecting course content with learning resources available fordownload with the Apple iPod. Available downloads include audioonlylectures, lecture slideshows, narrated lecture slideshows, andeducational videos. New Presentation of Transaction Analysis: Identify – Analyze –Record – Post: a more logical and simple presentation of transactionanalysis that students understand. The change from the forth editionto this approach came directly from reviewer feedback.17

Accounting New IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards) QuickReference Guide: This reference toll sets the stage for IFRS mappingsimilarities and differences to GAAP for each text chapter in ahandy 8-page laminated fold-out reference tool packaged free withnew copies of the text. New IFRS (International Financial Reporting Standards) Boxes:These boxes reflect recent developments in the business world thatare relevant to accounting practice and how IFRS may differ fromcurrent practices in the U.S. GAAP reporting. New Global View section: Financial accounting according to U.S.GAAP is similar, but not identical, to IFRS. Towards the end of eachchapter, a new “Global View” section highlights international accountingpractices, including the similarities and differences for financialreporting under IFRS versus U.S. GAAP relating to topics coveredwithin that chapter. Most chapters use GOME’s financial statementsas compared to Best Buy to illustrate the differences/similaritiesbetween these financial reporting rules and concepts. New Feature Company: Students are provided relevant, realworldcompanies as a resource tool and motivating force in learningaccounting. Best Buy is the new feature company, which means thateach chapter has selected assignments that require student to use,analyze, or interpret its accounting data. New Comparative Companies: For comparative purposes withBest Buy, students are provided the financial statements of RadioShack.Assignments are included that ask students to compareand interpret Best Buy, and RadioShack data. GOME, a Hong Kongbased-company, serves as a global comparison for Best Buy andRadioShack Selected 2009 financial data for all three companiesis included in end-of-book Appendix A. Each of these companies isintegrated into the end-of-chapter material. Finally, Apple financialstatements are also included along assignments for each chapter. NEW! McGraw-Hill’s Connect uses end-of-chapter materialpulled directly from the textbook to create static and algorithmic questionsthat can be used for practice, homework, quizzes, and tests.FA 5e Connect also includes The Personal Learning Plan (PLP) thatconnects each student to the learning resources needed for successin the course. For each chapter, students: Take a practice testto initiate the Personal Learning Plan; Immediately upon completingthe practice test, see how their performance compares to chapterlearning objectives within chapters; Receive a Personal Learning Planthat recommends specific readings from the text, supplemental studymaterial, and practice work that will improve their understanding andmastery of each learning objective. All new texts come bundled withConnect Plus at no additional cost.FEATURES Entrepreneurial Chapter Openers and Follow Up Assignments:Each chapter is launched with a Decision Feature that introducesan engaging entrepreneurial scenario and shows the relevance ofaccounting to business. These companies are specifically chosenas motivating forces for students in that they typically reflect hip,innovative, and entertaining entrepreneurs that have successfullyapplied accounting data. Decision Feature openers are connected tothe end-of-chapter material with the Entrepreneurial Decision followupassignment, which uses the same entrepreneurial business in theopener to apply one or more learning objectives from the chapter. Multiple Choice Quiz: A multiple choice quiz is included at theend of each chapter to check students on their comprehension of thematerials read. This quiz is in addition to an interactive quiz, whichcontinues to be provided on the book’s Website. Exhibits and Art: The exhibits throughout the book have beenupdated and revised as necessary to reflect recent data and developmentsin practice. All artwork has been updated for improvedvisual learning. Marginal Annotations: Marginal annotations have been updatedto include new data when applicable. Decision Insights: Most Decision Insight boxes are new andreflect recent developments in the business world that are relevantto accounting practice. Many also feature Sarbanes-Oxley basedcontent. Decision Analysis: The Decision Analysis section at the end ofeach chapter has been updated to include new or revised companyinformation, analysis, and interpretation. New industry and comparativedata are provided where applicable. The Decision Center provides students with a framework thatreinforces the relevance of accounting information to make businessdecisions. The Decision Center is showcased inside the front coverand is used throughout the text. The following pedagogical toolsreinforce the Decision Center framework:» Decision Feature vignettes open each chapter. All chapteropeners use a real world, entrepreneurial company. The entrepreneurialflavor is unique to this textbook – providing additional motivationand interest to students.» Decision Maker feature develops critical thinking and decisionmakingskills by requiring business decisions using accounting information.Each chapter contains two to four of these features. They arepurposely chosen to reflect different kinds of users. Examples includeinvestors, consultants, programmers, financial planners, analysts, andcreditors. Guidance answers are provided at the end of each chapter.» Decision Ethics feature requires readers to make accountingand business decisions with ethical consequences. It uses role-playingto show the interaction of judgment and ethics, the need for ethicalawareness, and the impact of ethics. Guidance answers are providedat the end of each chapter.» Decision Insight feature highlights interesting and current itemsfrom practice that are relevant for accounting. This element helpsstudents link accounting directly to business activities.» Decision Analysis section concludes each chapter and emphasizescritical thinking and decision-making skills. Each sectionintroduces one or more tools (ratios) of analysis. It applies these toolsto actual companies and evaluates the findings. This section oftencompares (benchmarks) the performance and financial condition ofa company with its competitors. Beyond the Numbers special set of assignment materials thatreinforce critical thinking skills and decision making with real companyexamples and Internet applications. There are up to ten types of theseassignments in each chapter, including:» Reporting in Action requires analysis and use of Best Buy’saccounting data. The unique FastForward feature allows use of themost current Best Buy information in the marketplace.» Comparative Analysis compares the performance and financialcondition of Best Buy and RadioShack. These activities help developanalytical and evaluation skills.» Ethics Challenge confronts ethical concerns based on chaptermaterial. Many of these challenges involve actions where the ethicalpath is blurred.» Communicating in Practice exercises aim at applying accountingknowledge to develop written and verbal communication skills.» Taking It to the Net requires accessing a Web site and obtaininginformation relevant to the chapter. It aims to make readers familiarwith online information and aware of the power of Web technology.» Teamwork in Action assignments require preparing, analyzing,and using information in teams. They can be completed in or outsideof class. These active learning activities reinforce understanding ofkey topics and help develop interpersonal skills.» Entrepreneurial Decision requires readers to apply chaptercontent and use accounting information to make business decisionsin an entrepreneurial setting.18

Accounting» Hitting the Road activities require readers to work outside ofthe book and often apply interpersonal and communication skills.Tasks range from visits to local merchandisers and phone interviewsto critical observations of business activities. These assignmentshelp readers understand and appreciate the relevance of accounting.» Global Decisions require analysis and evaluation of internationalcompanies, such as Gome, using accounting information. CAP Learning Objectives Model categorizes and color-codeslearning objectives based on whether they are Conceptual, Analytical,or Procedural. This model helps instructors select and execute a focusfor their course. These objectives link text material to the assignmentsalong with additional links to the Test Bank, Solutions Manual, andthe Instructor’s Resource Manual. Chapter Linkages (A Look Back, A Look at this Chapter, A LookAhead) launch each chapter and establish bridges between prior,current, and upcoming chapters. This organizational tool assistsreaders in effectively learning the materials and helps them linkconcepts across topics. Financial Statements of familiar companies are used to acquaintreaders with the format, content, and use of accounting information.The financial statements for Best Buy, RadioShack, Gome, and Appleare reproduced in the book and referenced often. Quick Check boxes in the chapter reinforce the immediatelypreceding materials. They allow the reader to momentarily pauseand reflect on the topics described. They give immediate feedbackon the reader’s comprehension before moving along to new topics.Answers are provided at the end of each chapter. Varied End of Chapter Materials including: glossary, summary,guidance answers to Decision Maker and Ethics features, guidanceanswers to Quick Check, demonstration problem, questions, quickstudies, exercises, check figures, problems, alternate problems, andthe Beyond The Numbers section. Comprehensive and Serial Problems are included in severalchapters and focus on multiple learning objectives from multiplechapters. They integrate and summarize key principles. They canalso act as brief “practice sets” incorporating real world scenariosand technology.NEW*9780070682177*FINANCIAL ACCOUNTINGBy S John Gabriel, Madras Christian College-Chennai and A Marcu,Loyola College-Chennai2010 (July 2010) / 1076 pagesISBN: 9780070682177McGraw-Hill India TitleThis book aims at discussing the basic as well as advanced conceptsthe syllabus of Financial Accounting of the undergraduate courses ofUniversity of Madras as well as other universities in South I region.This book will meet the requirements of the students of this subjectin a comprehensive manner.FEATURES Comprehensively written, covers syllabi of universities like MadrasUniversity , Bharathidasan University , Bharathiar University ,and Periyar UniversityLucid language and student friendly approachGood number of exhaustive illustrations and exercise problemsRecent examination questions in chapter-end exercises Less theory and more of practical problems for the students topracticeCONTENTSUnit I1. Introduction to Accounting2. Accounting Cycle –Journal and Ledger3. Cash Book Petty Cash Book4. Subsidiary Books5. Trial BalanceUnit II6. Final accounts of Sole Trading ConcernsUnit III7. Single entryUnit IV8. Accounting for Non-Trading concerns – all methodsUnit V9. DepreciationUnit VI10. Rectification of Errors11. Bank Reconciliation StatementUnit VII12. Self balancing ledger – meaning – procedure – self balancingjournal entries – self balancing ledgers – transfer from one ledgerto another13. Insurance claims – normal loss – abnormal lossUnit VIII14. Hire purchase & installment – including Hire purchasing tradingaccountUnit IX15. Branch accounts – excluding foreign branches 16. Departmentalaccounts – Transfers at cost or selling priceUnit X17. Average due date – calculation of due date based on holidaysintervention – interest calculation18. Account current – methods of calculation of interest – productmethod – red ink interest method – époque method – periodic balancemethodUnit XI19. Royalty accounts – accounting treatment in the books of lessorand lessee – sub leaseUnit XII20. Insolvency of individual and firmUnit XIII21. Bills of exchange – Trading and Accommodation bills – Renewals– Dishonour due to insolvency – Retiring of billsUnit XIV22. Accounting for goods sent on ‘ Sale or Return basis’23. Investment Accounts24. Voyage accountsUnit XV25. Consignment accounts – invoicing goods at cost price – proformainvoice price – valuation of unsold stocks – accounting treatment ofnormal loss and abnormal loss26. Joint venture accounts – recording in individual venturer’s book– recording in separate set of booksUnit XVI27. Human Resource accounting28. Inflation accountingUnit XVII29. Definition – provision relating to partnership – capital and currentaccounts of partners – fixed and fluctuating – appropriation of profits– past adjustments and guarantee – final accounts of firms30. Introduction – Admission of a Partner – Treatment of goodwill –Revaluation of assets and liabilities – calculation of ratios for distributionof profits – capital adjustments31. Retirement of partner – calculation of gaining ratio-Revaluation ofassets and liabilities-Treatment of goodwill – adjustment of goodwillthrough capital account only-settlement of accounts retiring partner’sloan account with equal installments only19

Accounting32. Death of a partner – treatment of JLP – settlement of amount dueto legal representatives of deceased partner33. Dissolution – insolvency of partners – garner Vs murray – insolvencyof all partners – deficiency accounts – piecemeal distribution– proportionate capital method only34. Amalgamation of firms – creation of new firm – sale to a companyNEW *9789833850921*FINANCIAL ACCOUNTINGAn IntroductionBy Arshad Roshayani, Laily Umar, Siti Maznah Mohd Arif and KamaruzzamMuhammad2010 (December 2009) / 558 pagesISBN: 9789833850921An Asian Publication the Malaysian context. It explains very clearly the basic principlesinvolved in the operations and maintenance of accounting systemsapplicable particularly to the unincorporated businesses in Malaysia.This book provides a good and thorough understanding of the accountingfundamentals.FEATURES The application of the current financial reporting standards(FRSs). Contents of the book are divided into three main parts in orderto provide a comprehensive introduction to financial accounting.statements. The topics are presented systematically in order to facilitate anappropriate build up of knowledge in financial accounting. Appropriate balance between theory and the application ofaccounting methods adopted throughout the book facilitates the applicationof theoretical knowledge to a variety of practical situations. Questions and suggested answers are provided at the close ofeach chapter to facilitate and reinforce understanding and learning.International editionFINANCIAL ACCOUNTING14th EditionJan Williams, University of Tennessee-Knoxville, Sue Haka, MichiganState University-East Lansing, Mark S Bettner, Bucknell University andJoseph V Carcello, University of Tennessee-Knoxville2010 (January 2009) / 808 pagesISBN: 9780073526980ISBN: 9780070187603 [IE]While many texts characterize themselves as having either a “user”approach or a “preparer” approach, Williams’ Financial Accountingis written for faculty who want to strike a balance between these ap-& Corporate Governance,” “Your Turn” and “Case in Point” boxesgrounding in accounting basics that will prepare them for their intermediatecourse. A unique feature is the multimedia companion, Mybook’s website) uses video clips, animated graphics, PowerPointsand Excel templates to demonstrate accounting concepts visually.This allows students to link concepts and numbers together in aninteractive rather than print environment.CONTENTSChapter 1: Accounting: Information for Decision MakingChapter 2: Basic Financial StatementsChapter 3: The Accounting Cycle: Capturing Economic EventsChapter 4: The Accounting Cycle: Accruals and DeferralsChapter 5: The Accounting Cycle: Reporting Financial ResultsComprehensive Problem 1: Susquehanna Equipment RentalsChapter 6: Merchandising ActivitiesChapter 7: Financial AssetsChapter 8: Inventories and the Cost of Goods SoldComprehensive Problem 2: Guitar Universe, Inc.Chapter 9: Plant and Intangible AssetsChapter 10: LiabilitiesChapter 11: Stockholders’ Equity: Paid-in CapitalComprehensive Problem 3: McMinn Retail, Inc.Chapter 12: Income and Changes in Retained EarningsChapter 13: Statement of Cash FlowsChapter 14: Financial Statement AnalysisComprehensive Problem 4: Home Depot, Inc.Chapter 15: Global Business and AccountingAppendix A: 2007 Home Depot Financial StatementsAppendix B: The Time Value of Money: Future Amounts and PresentValuesaccounting degrees in local universities. It is also useful for accountsassistants as a reference in their daily work.All Global Editions areadapted to better meet theneeds of courses outsidethe United States.Please contact your localsales representative formore details.20

AccountingNEW*9780071288965*FINANCIAL ACCOUNTINGIncluding International FinancialReporting Standards (IFRS)By Jan R Williams, Sue F Haka, Mark S Bettner,Joseph V Carcello, Nclson Lam and Peter Lau2010 (August 2010) / 816 pagesISBN: 9780071288965An Asian PublicationWhile many texts are characterized as having either a “user” approachor a “preparer” approach, Financial Accounting: IncludingInternational Financial Reporting Standards is written for faculty whowant to strike a balance between these approaches. Business majors“Your Turn” and “Case in Point” boxes throughout the chapters whilethat will prepare them for their intermediate course. In addition, thetextbook incorporates examples, case studies, and questions drawnfrom Asian contexts and practices. Combined with robust end-ofchapterexercises and exciting interactive supplementary materials,Financial Accounting: Including International Financial ReportingStandards is absolutely relevant and essential for instructors andstudents in the region.FEATURES Focus on International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS)and IFRS reporting companies.» IFRS terms are used in chapter text, ratio analysis, cases andend-of-chapter problems and exercises.» Financial statements are in accordance to presentation formatin IFRS.» Discussion about the different accounting treatments betweenIFRS and U.S GAAP for topics such as choices of inventory valuationmethod, classification of PPE and intangible assets and the applicationof the lower-of-cost-and-net-realizable-value rule.» End-of-chapter materials and cases include other IFRS reportingcompanies around the world. Actual company cases opening every chapter, which ground thetheme of that chapter in a real-life example; e.g. adidas AG, Philips,and Sinopec. . Color-coded Accounting Cycle – Students often struggle whenlearning to record transactions. To help with this challenging topic(starting in chapter three), the authors have broken the processdown into four easy steps that are uniform, color-coded, and tied tothe accounting equation. Step 1: Analysis—which accounts were recordedwith an increase or decrease. Step 2: Debit/Credit rules—thishelps students remember whether the account should be debited orcredited. Step 3: The Journal Entry is shown to illustrate what hashappened in the 2 previous steps. Step 4: The ledger T-accountsare shown. Ethics, Fraud & Corporate Governance – Boxed exampleson Ethics, Fraud & Corporate Governance appear throughout thebook, highlighting the importance of these topics in business today.The EOC material also includes cases on these topics (specificallymarked with an icon) to alert students to dilemmas they will encounterin the real world.End-of-Chapter Material» TWO sets of Problems, a full set of Exercises, and a full setof Brief Exercises in EACH chapter provide plenty of opportunitiesfor students to practice the concepts they’ve learned in each chapter.» Defined Key Terms and Self-Test Questions review and reinforcechapter material.» Demonstration Problems and their solutions allow students totest their knowledge of key points in the chapters.» Critical Thinking Cases and Problems put students’ analyticalskills to the test by having them think critically about key conceptsfrom the chapter and apply them to business decisions.» Ethics Cases challenge students to explore the impact ofdecisions made in business. Comprehensive Problems Give Students “The Big Picture” –These problems which occurs every three to six chapters, challengestudents by incorporating all the skill sets they have learned in theprevious chapters into one inclusive “case-exercise.” This distinctivefeature not found in most texts allows students to identify the strengthsand realize where they might need to brush up. Clearly, students alsofind these very helpful in studying for exams.CONTENTS1 Accounting: Information for Decision Making2 Basic Financial Statements3 The Accounting Cycle: Capturing Economic Events4 The Accounting Cycle: Accruals and Deferrals5 The Accounting Cycle: Reporting Financial ResultsComprehensive Problem 1: Susquehanna Equipment Rentals6 Merchandising Activities7 Financial Assets8 Inventories and the Cost of Goods SoldComprehensive Problem 2: Guitar Universe Company9 Property, Plant, and Equipment, Intangible Assets and NaturalResources10 Liabilities11 Shareholders’ Equity: CapitalComprehensive Problem 3: McMinn Retail Limited12 Profit and Changes in Retained Earnings13 Statement of Cash Flows14 Financial Statement AnalysisComprehensive Problem 4: Adidas AG, Herzogenaurach15 Global Business and AccountingAppendix A: Adidas AG, Herzogenaurach 2009 Consolidated GroupFinancial Statements (IFRS) and Additional InformationAppendix B: The Time Value of Money: Future Amounts and PresentValuesIndexREVIEW COPY(Available for course adoption only)To request for a review copy,• contact your local McGraw-Hillrepresentatives or,• fax the Review Copy Request Form foundin this catalog or,• e-mail your request tomghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,• submit online at www.mheducation.asia21

AccountingFINANCIAL ACCOUNTING AND REPORTINGBy Bill Collins and John McKeith of University of Stirling2009 (December 2009) / 608 pagesISBN: 9780077114527McGraw-Hill UK Titlewww.mcgraw-hill.com.uk/textbooks.collinsFinancial Accounting and Reporting by Bill Collins and John McKeithtakes an uncomplicated, step-by-step approach to intermediate level chapter structure builds up topic understanding without assumingtoo much prior knowledge, offering a manageable way to master thesubject one step at a time.CONTENTS1. The Preparation and Regulation of Company Financial Statements2. Non-Current (Fixed) Assets3. Intangible Assets and Impairment of Assets4. Leases5. Inventories and Construction Contracts6. Share Capital and Reserves7. Liabilities8. Income Taxes9. Cash Flow Statements10. Groups11. Foreign Currency12. Interpretation of Financial StatementsAUSTRALIAN FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING6th EditionBy Craig Deegan, RMIT University in Melbourne2009 (November 2009)ISBN: 9780070277748McGraw-HIll Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/deegan6ewith a detailed grasp of reporting requirements in an accessible andengaging manner. Fully updated throughout, Australian Financial Accountingfurther develops and extends its coverage of consolidationsand encompasses topical issues such as social and environmentalaccounting. Renowned for his clear writing style, Craig Deegan successfullycommunicates the detail necessary to understand, challengepractical coverage, this text gives students a strong foundation forcurrent study and their future professional lives.CONTENTSPart 1--The Australian Accounting EnvironmentCh 1. An overview of the Australian external reporting environmentCh 2. The conceptual framework of accounting and its relevance tofinancial reportingPart 2--Theories of AccountingCh 3. Theories of accountingPart 3--Accounting for AssetsCh 4. An overview of accounting for assetsCh 5. Depreciation of property, plant and equipmentCh 6. Revaluations and impairment testing of non-current assetsCh 7. InventoryCh 8. Accounting for intangiblesCh 9. Accounting for heritage assets and biological assetsPart 4--Accounting for Liability and Owner’s EquityCh 10. An overview of accounting for liabilitiesCh 11. Accounting for leasesCh 12. Set-off and extinguishment of debtCh 13. Accounting for employee benefitsCh 14. Share capital and reservesCh 15. Accounting for financial instrumentsCh 16. Revenue recognition issuesCh 17. The income statementCh 18. Share-based paymentsCh 19. Accounting for income taxPart 5--Accounting for the Disclosure of Cash FlowsCh 20. Statement of cash flowsPart 6--Industry-specific Accounting IssuesCh 21. Accounting for the extractive industriesCh 22. Financial reporting of general insurance activityCh 23. Accounting for superannuation plansPart 7--Other Disclosure IssuesCh 24. Events occurring after reporting dateCh 25. Financial reporting by segmentsCh 26. Related party disclosuresCh 27. Earnings per sharePart 8--Accounting for Equity Interests on Other EntitiesCh 28. Accounting for group structures: an introduction toconsolidation accountingCh 29. Further consolidation issues I: accounting for intragrouptransactionsCh 30. Further consolidation issues II: minority interestsCh 31. Further consolidation issues III: accounting for indirect interestsCh 32. Further consolidation issues IV: accounting for changes in thedegree of ownership of a subsidiaryCh 33. Accounting for equity investmentsCh 34. Accounting for interests in joint venturesPart 9--Foreign currencyCh 35. Accounting for foreign currency transactionsCh 36. Translation of the accounts of foreign operationsPart 10--Corporate Social-Responsibility ReportingCh 37. Accounting for corporate social responsibilityINTRODUCTION TO FINANCIALACCOUNTING6th EditionAndrew Thomas, University of Birmingham2009 (April 2009) / 768 pagesISBN: 9780077122805McGraw-Hill UK Titlewww.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/thomasThe sixth edition of Introduction to Financial Accounting has beenfully revised and updated to provide comprehensive coverage ofaccounting in the 21st century. Retaining its short, student-friendlychapters and practical approach, it’s an essential text for studentsCONTENTSPart 1: The basic framework of accounting1. Entities and financial reporting standards2. International accounting: institutional framework and standards3. The nature and objectives of financial accounting4. Accounting principles, concepts and policies5. The conceptual framework of accounting6. Auditing, corporate governance and ethicsPart 2: Double-entry bookkeeping7. The accounting equation and its components8. Basic documentation and books of accounts9. The general ledger10. The balancing of accounts and the trial balance11. Day books and the journal12. The cash book13. The petty cash bookPart 3: Preparing final financial statements14. The final financial statements of sole traders (in brief)15. Depreciation and non-current assets16. Bad debts and provisions for bad debts17. Accruals and prepayments22

Accounting18. The preparation of final financial statements from the trial balancePart 4: Internal control and check19. The bank reconciliation statement20. Control accounts21. Errors and suspense accounts22. Single entry and incomplete recordsPart 5: Preparing final financial statements for manufacturingentities23. Inventory valuation24. Financial statements for manufacturing entitiesPart 6: Clubs25. The final financial statements of clubsPart 7: Partnerships26. The final financial statements of partnerships27. Changes in partnerships28. Partnership dissolution and conversion to company statusPart 8: Companies29. The nature of limited companies and their capital30. The final financial statements of limited companies31. Statement of cash flows32. The appraisal of company financial statements using ratio analysisExtra chapters available Online33. UK accounting: institutional framework and standards34. Changes in share capital35. An introduction to consolidated financial statements36. Value added tax, columnar books of prime entry and the payroll37. The role of computers in accounting38. Accounting for changing price levelsInternational editionFINANCIAL ACCOUNTINGA New PerspectiveBy Paul E. Solomon2004 / 768 pagesISBN: 9780072872262 (with Net Tutor and PowerWeb)- Out of PrintISBN: 9780071217187 [IE with PowerWeb]www.mhhe.com/solomonCONTENTSChapter 1- Introduction to a Business: Cards & Memorabilia UnlimitedAppendix 1-1 Cards & Memorabilia UnlimitedChapter 2- Analyzing the Transactions of a BusinessChapter 3- Financial Statements and Their RelationshipsChapter 4- The Balance SheetChapter 5- Using the Balance Sheet to Make DecisionsChapter 6- The Income StatementChapter 7- Using the Income Statement to Make DecisionsChapter 8- The Statement of Cash FlowsChapter 9- The Accounting Process: Manual and ComputerizedSystems Appendix 9-1 Learning How to Use T-Account AnalysisChapter 10- Comparing Financial Statements by Entity and IndustryAppendix 10-1 Learning How to Read Consolidated Financial StatementsChapter 11- How Operating Activities Affect Financial StatementsChapter 12- How Investing Activities Affect Financial StatementsAppendix 12-1 Mastering Compound Interest Concepts (With Tables)Chapter 13- How Financing Activities Affect Financial StatementsAppendix 13-1 Measuring and Reporting Leases Appendix 13-2 Accountingfor Deferred Income TaxesChapter 14- Applying What You Have Learned To Analyze the GapAppendix 14-1 2001 Financial Information for the Gap, Inc. and forThe Limited, Inc. Appendix 14-3 Creating a Statement of Cash FlowsAppendix A Performance Objectives Appendix B Commonly UsedAccount Titles Appendix C Transactions A 1 through Z for Cards &Memorabilia UnlimitedFinancial AccountingSupplementsSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BOOKKEEPINGAND ACCOUNTING4th EditionBy Joel J. Lerner, Sullivan County Community College and Rajul Gokarn2010 (September 2009) / 480 pagesISBN: 9780071635363A Schaum PublicationSchaum’s Outline of Bookkeeping and Accounting is the ideal reviewing for perpetual and periodic inventory system. It also includes achapter on the most popular accounting software, which accountingstudents are expected to master before they graduate.CONTENTS1. Assets, Liabilities, and Capital2. Debits and Credits: The Double-Entry System3. Journalizing and Posting Transactions4. Financial Statements5. Adjusting and Closing Procedures6. Computer Application: Peachtree Complete- Software Introduction7. Repetitive Transaction: The Sales and the Purchases Journals8. The Cash Journal9. Summarizing and Reporting via the Worksheet10. The Merchandising Company11. Costing Merchandise Inventory12. Pricing Merchandise13. Negotiable Instruments14. Controlling Cash15. Payroll16. Property, Plant, and Equipment: Depreciation17. The Partnership18. The CorporationSCHAUM’S EASY OUTLINE BOOKKEEPINGAND ACCOUNTINGBy Joel J. Lerner, Sulivan County Community College2004 / 144 pagesISBN: 9780071422406A Schaum PublicationWhat could be better than the bestselling Schaum’s Outline series?For students looking for a quick nuts-and-bolts overview, it would haveto be Schaum’s Easy Outline series. Every book in this series is asor. With an emphasis on clarity and brevity, each new title featuresa streamlined and updated format and the absolute essence of thesubject, presented in a concise and readily understandable form.Graphic elements such as sidebars, reader-alert icons, and boxedhighlights stress selected points from the text, illuminate keys to learning,and give students quick pointers to the essentials.•Designed to appeal to underprepared students and readers turnedoff by dense text• Cartoons, sidebars, icons, and other graphic pointers get thematerial across fast•Concise text focuses on the essence of the subject23

Accounting••Perfect for last-minute test preparationManagerial Accounting•SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF FINANCIALACCOUNTING2nd EditionBy Joel G Siegel, Queens College and Jae K Shim, California StateUniversity1999 / 336 pagesISBN: 9780071341660A Schaum PublicationCONTENTSChapter 1 Introduction to Financial Accounting.Chapter 2 Financial Statements.Chapter 3 Analyzing and Recording Financial Transactions.Chapter 4 Adjusting and Closing Entries.Chapter 5 The Preparation of the Worksheet.Chapter 6 Accounting for a Merchandising Business.Chapter 7 Cash and Short-Term Investments.Chapter 8 Inventories.Chapter 9 Receivables and Payables.Chapter 10 Fixed Assets, Depreciation, and Intangible Assets.Chapter 11 Liabilities.Chapter 12 Corporations.Chapter 13 Partnerships.Chapter 14 Financial Statement Analysis.Chapter 15 Statement of Cash Flows.Chapter 16 Accounting for Multinational Operations.NEW*9780078111006*MANAGERIALACCOUNTING14th Edition2012 (January 2011) / 832 pagesISBN: 9780078111006(Details unavailable at press time)By Ray H Garrison, Brigham Young University-Provo, Eric Noreen, Univesity of Washington andPeter C Brewer, Miami University of Oh-OxfordInternational editionNEW*9780078110894*FUNDAMENTALMANAGERIAL ACCOUNTINGCONCEPTS6th EditionBy Thomas P Edmonds, University of Alabamaat Birmingham, Philip R Olds, Virginia CommonwealthUniversity, Bor-Yi Tsay, University ofAlaabama at BirminghamInvitation to PublishMcGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbookproposals for publication.email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com.Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/2011 (September 2010) / 704 pagesISBN: 9780078110894ISBN: 9780071220729 [IE]www.mhhe.com/edmonds2011Course Overview: Fundamental Managerial Accounting Concepts6th edition is intended for the managerial accounting course takenprimarily by sophomores at both two and four year schools. Adoptersof Edmonds’ Fundamental Financial Accounting Concepts may beinterested in this text for their managerial courses. This book is alsoand would like a text integrating a more user-oriented perspective.Title Overview: Fundamental Managerial Accounting Concepts 6thedition by Edmonds/Edmonds/Tsay/Olds focuses on concepts thatare isolated and introduced in a logical sequence. The authors intentionallylimit the scope of the material to help students build a solidfoundation of the most important concepts in managerial accounting.Fundamental Managerial Accounting Concepts 6th edition is organ- objective is to establish a coherent, integrative framework that enablesstudents to build knowledge in stepwise fashion. The authors’ goal isfor students to understand the underlying principles of accounting,not just memorize content.24

AccountingNEW TO THIS EDITIONNew Curious Accountant openings for most chaptersExercises, problems and cases have been updated.Several new ‘Focus on International Issues’ and ‘Reality Bytes’ Expanded discussion of fixed cost risk avoidance in Chapter 2 Rewrote the content related to mixed costs and revised contentrelated to cost averaging. Rewrote the content related to multiproduct CVP analysis andCVP limitations in Chapter 3. Added new content regarding the relationship between coststructure and the break-even point.Revised the introduction to the contribution margin ration method. The Chapter on Cost Management in an automated BusinessEnvironment: ABC, ABM and TQM (previously Chapter 6) is nowChapter 5. This chapter was relocated because of its natural connectionto the allocation concepts covered in Chapter 4. The Chapter on Relevant Information for Special Decisions(previously Chapter 5) is now chapter 6, and was relocated becauseof the change described for the previous chapter. Consolidated and rewrote the sections of material covering thefixed cost variances to enhance clarity in Chapter 8. Rewrote Chapter 14 to provide balanced coverage of the directand indirect methods of reporting cash flow from operating activities.Rearranged end-of-chapter materials to allow independent coverageof the direct or indirect method.CONTENTSChapter 1 Management Accounting and Corporate GovernanceChapter 2 Cost Behavior, Operating Leverage, and ProfitabilityAnalysisChapter 3 Analysis of Cost, Volume, and Pricing to Increase ProfitabilityChapter 4 Cost Accumulation, Tracing, and AllocationChapter 5 Cost Management in an automated Business Environment:ABC, ABM and TQMChapter 6 Relevant Information for Special Decisions (PreviouslyChapter 5)Chapter 7 Planning for Profit and Cost ControlChapter 8 Performance EvaluationChapter 9 Responsibility AccountingChapter 10 Planning for Capital InvestmentsChapter 11 Product Costing in Service and Manufacturing EntitiesChapter 12 Job-Order, Process, and Hybrid Costing SystemsChapter 13 Financial Statement AnalysisChapter 14 Statement of Cash FlowsAppendixGlossaryPhoto CreditsIndexNEW*9780071088015*MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTINGAn Asian PerspectiveBy Ray H. Garrison, Eric Noreen, Peter Brewer, Cheng Nam Seng (SingaporeManagement University) and Katherine Yuen (Singapore ManagementUniversity)2011 (April 2011)ISBN: 9780071088015An Asian PublicationThe original edition of Managerial Accounting written by Ray Gar-managers must perform within their organizations—plan operations,control activities, and make decisions—and explains what accountinginformation is necessary for these functions, how to collect it, and howto interpret it. Garrison’s is known for its accuracy and rigor. ThisAsian adaptation will retain all the bestselling features of this long-termbest-seller, with context, examples and illustrations being Asian-iseas well as the inclusion of more rigorous exercises and problems.Global editionNEW*9780078110917*MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING9th EditionBy Ronald W Hilton, Cornell University-Ithaca2011 (October 2010) / 832 pagesISBN: 9780078110917ISBN: 9780071220866 [GE] - Pub April 2011www.mhhe.com/hilton9eCourse Overview: Management/Managerial Accounting (undergraduateand MBA) The managerial accounting course followsyear business majors. It is found at both two and four year schools,as well as in MBA programs. The purpose of managerial accountingis to provide managers with information useful in planning and controllingthe activities of a business. It deals with internal, rather thanexternal information. Managerial accounting reports include budgets,performance reports, and analysis of economic alternatives such asmake-or-buy manufacturing decisions. The market is segmented intotraditional, transitional, and innovative text offerings. Hilton falls intothe traditional to transitional market segment.Title Overview: The emphasis of Managerial Accounting, 9th editionis on teaching students to use accounting information to best man-each chapter is written around a realistic business or focus companythat guides the reader through the topics of that chapter. Known forcompanies, Hilton offers a clear, engaging writing style that has beenpraised by instructors and students alike. As in previous editions, thereand throughput costing while also including traditional topics such asjob-order costing, budgeting and performance evaluation.25

AccountingNEW TO THIS EDITION New Chapter Summaries: All of the chapter summaries havebeen completely rewritten, and they are now structured on the learningobjectives for each chapter. In each new chapter summary, each ofthe chapter’s learning objectives are repeated. Then each learningobjective is followed by appropriate summary content. Revised and Updated Pedagogy: Many chapters include revisionsof pedagogy, condensing and streamlining of explanations andaddition of more current examples and references from the popularbusiness press (e.g., The Wall Street Journal and Bloomberg BusinessWeek). Revised End-of-Chapter Assignment Material: The end-ofchapterassignment material has been very heavily revised. Virtuallyall of the quantitative exercises, problems, and cases contain datadifferent from that in the eighth edition. Revised Build a Spreadsheet: This popular feature has beencompletely revised for the ninth edition. Several exercises and problemsin each chapter include an optional requirement to build an Excelspreadsheet to solve the problem. Enhanced Service Industry Examples: As the service industryoccupies an ever-greater role in the economy, even greater emphasishas been placed on providing examples throughout the text of realworldservice-industry firms using managerial accounting information. Updated Contrast Companies: Contrast companies appearin every chapter and continue to provide major service-industryexamples. Management Accounting Practice: Several of these real-worldexamples have been revised and updated to make them more current,and several new examples have been added. Supplementary Chapters Process: Supplementary chapters onspecial topics are more accessible than ever. These supplements arelocated on the Online Learning Center at www.mhhe.com/hilton9eand include:» FIFO Method of Process Costing» Process Costing in Sequential Production Departments:Weighted-Average Method» Statement of Cash Flows» Analyzing Financial Statements» The Solutions Manual for each supplement can be found onthe password-protected Instructor’s Online Learning Center.CONTENTSChapter 1 The Changing Role of Managerial Accounting in a DynamicBusiness EnvironmentChapter 2 Basic Cost Management Concepts and Accounting forMass Customization OperationsChapter 3 Product Costing and Cost Accumulation in a Batch ProductionEnvironmentChapter 3 Appendix Activity-Based Costing: An IntroductionChapter 4 Process Costing and Hybrid Product-Costing SystemsChapter 5 Activity-Based Costing and ManagementChapter 5 Appendix Just-in-Time Inventory and Production ManagementChapter 6 Activity Analysis, Cost Behavior, and Cost EstimationChapter 6 Appendix Least-Squares Regression Using Microsoft ExcelChapter 7 Cost-Volume-Profit AnalysisChapter 7 Appendix Effect of Income TaxesChapter 8 Absorption and Variable CostingChapter 9 Profit Planning and Activity-Based BudgetingChapter 10 Standard Costing, Operational Performance Measuresand the Balanced ScorecardChapter 10 Appendix Use of Standard Costs for Product CostingChapter 11 Flexible Budgeting and the Management of Overheadand Support Activity CostsChapter 11 Appendix A Standard Costs and Product CostingChapter 11 Appendix B Sales VariancesChapter 12 Responsibility Accounting, Quality Control and EnvironmentalCost ManagementChapter 13 Investment Centers and Transfer PricingChapter 14 Decision Making: Relevant Costs and BenefitsChapter 14 Appendix Linear ProgrammingChapter 15 Target Costing and Cost Analysis for Pricing DecisionsChapter 16 Capital Expenditure DecisionsChapter 16 Appendix A Future Value and Present Value TablesChapter 16 Appendix B Impact of InflationChapter 17 Allocation of Support Activity Costs and Joint CostsChapter 17 Appendix Reciprocal-Services MethodAppendix I The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, Internal Controls, and ManagementAccountingAppendix II Compound Interest and the Concept of Present ValueAppendix III Inventory ManagementReferences for In their Own WordsGlossaryPhoto CreditsIndex of Companies and OrganizationsIndex of SubjectsInternational editionNEW*9780073527130*MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTINGFOR MANAGERS2nd EditionBy Eric Noreen, University of Washington, PeterC Brewer, Miami University of OH-Oxford andRay H Garrison, Brigham Young University-Provo2011 (January 2010) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780073527130ISBN: 9780071221085 [IE]www.mhhe.com/nbg2eManagerial Accounting for Managers, 2nd Edition by Noreen/Brewer/Garrison is based on the market-leading text, Managerial Accounting,by Garrison, Noreen and Brewer. The Noreen book was created tooriented content that is included in the Garrison book. Of our threebooks (the Brewer book, the Garrison book, and the Noreen book),the Noreen book is the most pure management accounting textbook.content. Managerial Accounting for Managers, 2nd Edition is gearedtowards professors who love Garrison’s market-leading managerialaccounting content, but have been bothered by the debits and creditsincluded in the book. It includes the same coverage of managerialaccounting topics such as Relevant Costs for Decision Making, CapitalBudgeting Decisions, and Segment Reporting and Decentralizationwithout the journal entries. The job-order costing chapter has beenextensively rewritten to remove all journal entries. Furthermore, the professors to focus their attention on the bedrocks of managerialaccounting—planning, control, and decision making.NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW! McGraw-Hill’s Connect uses end-of-chapter materialpulled directly from the textbook to create static and algorithmic questionsthat can be used for practice, homework, quizzes, and tests.All new texts come bundled with Connect Plus at no additional cost.26

Accounting Reordered variances in Chapters 9 and 10. Both chapters havebeen extensively rewritten to follow a more logical flow. Added coverage of Corporate Social Responsibility to Chapter1 to introduce students to an important and relevant topic in today’sbusiness world. Moved the coverage of balanced scorecard to Chapter 11 whereit more naturally belongs. Added International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) iconsthroughout the text to highlight topics that may be affected should theU.S. adopt IFRS in the future.CONTENTSChapter 1: Managerial Accounting and the Business and EnvironmentChapter 2: Managerial Accounting and Cost ConceptsChapter 3: Cost Behavior: Analysis and UseChapter 4: Cost-Volume-Profit RelationshipsChapter 5: Systems Design: Job-Order CostingChapter 6: Variable Costing: A Tool for ManagementChapter 7: Activity-Based Costing: A Tool to Aid Decision MakingChapter 8: Profit PlanningChapter 9: Flexible Budgets and Performance AnalysisChapter 10: Standard Costs and Operating Performance MeasuresChapter 11: Segment Reporting, Decentralization, and the BalancedScorecardChapter 12: Relevant Costs for Decision MakingChapter 13: Capital Budgeting DecisionsAppendix A: Pricing Products and ServicesAppendix B: Profitability AnalysisNEW *9780077126728*MANAGEMENTACCOUNTING FORBUSINESS DECISIONSBy Will Seal, Loughborough University BusinessSchool, UK2011 (March 2011)ISBN: 9780077126728McGraw-Hill UK TitleWritten with the decision maker in mind, this new text from ProfessorWill Seal, author of the highly successful Management Accounting,takes a practical, real-world approach to the subject. Suitable forone or two semester courses, the text is aimed at both specialist andnon-specialist students at an introductory level. The book providesconcise and manageable coverage of key topics and theory, and issupported by contemporary examples from both the manufacturingand services industries, ensuring it is relevant and engaging to bothtoday’s students and tomorrow’s decision makers.CONTENTSAn introduction to management accountingChapter 1: Accounting and decision making in businessCost and revenues for decision makingChapter 2: Cost terms and conceptsChapter 3: Short-term decision making: cost-volume-profit relationshipsChapter 4: Relevant costs for decision makingChapter 5: The principles of cost allocation: full costingChapter 6: Activity-based costingChapter 7: Pricing, target costing and transfer pricingBusiness planning and organizational controlChapter 8: Profit planning and controlling: budgetingChapter 9: Standard costing and variance analysisChapter 10: Long-term decision making: capital investment appraisalChapter 11: Strategic management accounting and the balancedscorecardChapter 12: Performance measurement and management control insegmented organizationsChapter 13: Management control and business process improvementInternational editionNEW*9780078110771*MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTINGBy Stacey M Whitecotton, Arizona State University-Tempe,Patricia Libby, Ithaca College,Robert Libby, Cornell University-Ithaca andFred Phillips, University of Saskatchewan2011 (January 2010) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780078110771ISBN: 9780071221214 [IE]www.mhhe.com/whitecotton1eTag line: Teaching Managerial Accounting in the Context of Business-Whitecotton 1e addresses the reality of students taking the managerialaccounting course: the majority of them will not become accountingmajors and accountants; instead they will use accounting informationin their professional lives to make business decisions. Therefore, thegreatest challenges instructors have are to engage these studentsin the managerial accounting course, keep the students motivatedthroughout the course, and teach them accounting in a way thatconnects conceptual understanding to the real world, so students willbe able to analyze and apply their managerial accounting knowledgesuccessfully in careers as managers in the world of business. Whitecotton1e will engage and motivate students by presenting accountingin the context of real, recognizable companies like Starbucks, Mattel,and Tombstone Pizza, then integrate those companies throughoutthe chapters. This will allow students to see accounting informationbeing used to make real business decisions in companies that arepart of their lives, helping them connect their learning to the real world.FEATURES Unique Approach: Teaching Accounting in the Context of BusinessUsing Familiar Focus CompaniesCoach’s TipsSelf-Study PracticeSpotlight on Decision-MakingEnd-of-Chapter Material Chapter Summary by learning objectives: Each chapter ends withan end-of-chapter summary that reinforces the learning objectivesfrom the beginning of the chapter. Key Terms: Includes key terms, definitions, and page references.Full definition for all key terms is found in the back of the text. Questions: Each chapter includes 10-20 questions that askstudents to explain as well as discuss terms and concepts discussedin the chapter.27

Accounting Multiple-choice Questions: Each chapter includes 10 multiplechoicequestions that let students practice basic concepts. Solutionsprovided for all questions in the back of the text. Mini-Exercises: Assignments that illustrate and apply the chapters’learning objectives. Exercises: Additional assignments that illustrate and apply singleor sometimes multiple learning objectives from the chapter. Problems (Set A and B): Each chapter includes two problem setsto help students develop decision-making skills. Cases and Discussion Starters: Each chapter has three casesthat are designed to help students develop critical thinking skills.These cases allow for group discussions and projects.TechnologyCONTENTS1. Introduction to Managerial Accounting2. Job-Order Costing3. Process Costing4. Activity-Based Cost Management5. Cost Behavior and Estimation6. Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis7. Incremental Analysis for Short-Term Decision Making8. Capital Budgeting for Long-Term Investment Decisions9. Budgeting and Planning10. Controlling with Standard Costs and Variances11. Decentralized Performance Evaluation and the Balanced Scorecard12. Statement of Cash Flows13. Financial Statement AnalysisNEW*9780070278448*MANAGEMENTACCOUNTINGRevised Edition, 3rd EditionBy Bill Neish, Macquarie University and AlanBanks, Grafton College of TAFE2010 (November 2010) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780070278448McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/manacc3rThis revised edition of Management Accounting is an invaluableing), Diploma of Accounting and Advanced Diploma of Accountinguser-friendly layout and writing style with updated revision exercises,this text is ideal for VET-level management accounting students.KEY FEATURES Mapped to the relevant competencies of the FNS10 FinancialServices Training PackageUser-friendly writing style and layout to increase readability A wealth of self-test questions, end-of-chapter review questionsand easy-to-follow examples to assist students with practiceand revision Additional practice and review exercises are available on theOnline Learning CentreSCOPE The book is mapped to the relevant core and elective competenciesof the FNS10 financial services training package and covers: FNSACCT402B Produce job costing information—core unit forCertificate IV Financial Services (Accounting) FNSACCT507B Provide management accounting information—core unit for Diploma of Accounting FNSACCT613B Prepare and analyse management accountinginformation—elective unit for Advanced Diploma of AccountingInternational editionINTRODUCTION TO MANAGERIALACCOUNTING5th EditionBy Peter C Brewer, Miami University of Oh-Oxford, Ray H Garrison,Brigham Young University-Provo and Eric Noreen, University of Washington2010 (September 2009) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780073527079ISBN: 9780070181915 [IE]www.mhhe.com/brewer5eIntroduction to Managerial Accounting, 5/e by Brewer/Garrison/Noreen is based on the market-leading text, Managerial Accounting,by Garrison, Noreen and Brewer. However, this is not simply abriefer book with chapters removed; Brewer 5e has been rethoughtand retooled to meet the needs of the market. Brewer 5e is a moreneeds of the managerial accounting student without unnecessarydepth on advanced topics associated with the follow-up course: costnew edition has retained the hallmark features of the Garrison brand:and balanced end-of-chapter material.CONTENTSPrologue: Managerial Accounting and the Business EnvironmentChapter 1: Managerial Accounting and Cost ConceptsChapter 2: Systems Design: Job-Order CostingChapter 3: Systems Design: Activity-Based CostingChapter 4: Systems Design: Process CostingChapter 5: Cost Behavior: Analysis and UseChapter 6: Cost-Volume-Profit RelationshipsChapter 7: Profit PlanningChapter 8: Flexible Budgets and Performance AnalysisChapter 9: Standard CostsChapter 10: Segment Reporting, Decentralization, and the BalancedScorecardChapter 11: Relevant Costs for Decision MakingChapter 12: Capital Budgeting DecisionsChapter 13: “How Well Am I Doing?” Statement of Cash FlowsChapter 14: “How Well Am I Doing?” Financial Statement Analysis28

AccountingInternational editionMANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING13th EditionBy Ray H Garrison, Brigham Young University-Provo, Eric Noreen,University of Washington and Peter C Brewer, Miami University of OH-Oxford2010 (February 2009) / 896 pagesISBN: 9780073379616ISBN: 9780070170445 [IE]www.mhhe.com/garrison13eAs the long-time best-seller, Garrison has helped guide close to 3their organizations—plan operations, control activities, and makedecisions—and explains what accounting information is necessaryfor these functions, how to collect it, and how to interpret it. Garrison’sManagerial Accounting, is known for its accuracy and rigor. It is alsounique in that the authors write the most important supplementsthat accompany the book: solutions manual, test bank, instructor’smanual, and study guide.CONTENTSChapter 1: Managerial Accounting and the Business EnvironmentChapter 2: Managerial Accounting and Cost ConceptsChapter 3: Systems Design: Job-Order CostingChapter 4: Systems Design: Process CostingChapter 5: Cost Behavior: Analysis and UseChapter 6: Cost-Volume-Profit RelationshipsChapter 7: Variable Costing: A Tool for ManagementChapter 8: Activity-Based Costing: A Tool to Aid Decision MakingChapter 9: Profit PlanningChapter 10: Flexible Budgets and Performance AnalysisChapter 11: Standard Costs and Operating Performance MeasuresChapter 12: Segment Reporting, Decentralization, and the BalancedScorecardChapter 13: Relevant Costs for Decision MakingChapter 14: Capital Budgeting DecisionsChapter 15: “How Well Am I Doing?” Statement of Cash FlowsChapter 16: “How Well Am I Doing?” Financial Statement AnalysisAppendix A: Pricing Products and ServicesAppendix B: Profitability AnalysisMANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING5th EditionBy MY Khan, University of Delhi and PK Jain, Indiana Institute ofTechnology-Delhi2009 (November 2009)ISBN: 9780070681965McGraw-Hill India TitleThis new edition provides a penetrating and comprehensive analysisof the concepts, theories, and techniques in a simple lucid style inthe frame work of Indian business environment. The subject matterof this volume is woven round the application of accounting informa-CONTENTSChapter 1. Nature of Management AccountingChapter 2. Generally accepted Accounting Principles and AccountingStandardsChapter 3. Accounting Cycle and Statements of Financial InformationChapter 4. Understanding Corporate Financial Statements andReportsChapter 5. Cash Flow StatementChapter 6. Financial Statements AnalysisChapter 7. Cost Concepts and Management NeedsChapter 8. Costing and Control of MaterialsChapter 9. Costing and Control of LabourChapter 10. Costing and Control of Factory (Manufacturing) OverheadsChapter 11. Costing and Control of Administrative, Selling and DistributionOverheadsChapter 12. Activity Based Costing SystemChapter 13. Job-Order, Batch and Service CostingChapter 14. Process, Joint and By-Product CostingChapter 15. Variable Costing and Absorption (Full) CostingChapter 16. Volume-Cost-Profit AnalysisChapter 17. Budgeting and Profit PlanningChapter 18. Standard Costs and Quality CostsChapter 19. Cost Variance AnalysisChapter 20. Revenue and Profit Variance AnalysisChapter 21. Responsibility AccountingChapter 22. Short-Run Decision AnalysisChapter 23. Capital BudgetingMANAGEMENT ACCOUNTINGInformation for Managing and Creating Value,5th EditionSouth Australia and Ronald W Hilton, Cornell University-Ithaca2008ISBN: 9780070139039McGraw-Hill Australia TitleManagement Accounting 5e explains the contemporary role of managementaccounting in organisations - demonstrating how it createsand enhances value for shareholders. Respected authors, a clearwriting style and a wealth of features that reference the managementaccounting practices of real-life companies have made ManagementAccounting the most popular management accounting text inAustralia. The strategic and topical focus has been further developedextensive revisions of capital expenditure decisions, activity andtarget-based costings, corporate social responsibility, and supply chainmanagement included. Students are given a thorough grounding inthe principles and tools of management accounting and then walkedthrough selected best-practice examples that leave them stronglyplaced to apply those principles themselves.CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to Management Accounting1.Management accounting: information for creating value and managingresources2.Management accounting: cost terms and conceptsPart 2: Costs and Costing Systems3. Cost and costing systems4. Product costing systems5. Process costing and operation costing6. Service costing7. A closer look at overhead costs8. Activity-based costingPart 3: Information for Managing Resources9. Budgeting systems10. Standard costs for control: direct material and direct labour11. Standard costs for control: flexible budgets and manufacturingOverhead12. Financial performance reports and transfer pricing13. Financial performance measures for investment centres andreward systems14. Contemporary approaches to measuring and managing performance15. Suppliers and customers16. Managing costs and qualityPart 4: Information for creating value17. Sustainability and management accounting29

Accounting18. Cost volume profit analysis19. Information for tactical decisions20. Pricing and product mix decisions21. Information for capital expenditure decisionsManagerial AccountingSupplementsMANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING3rd EditionBy Willie Seal, Eric Noreen, University of Washington and Ray H Garrison,Brigham Young University-Provo2008 (December 2008) / 850 pagesISBN: 9780077121648McGraw-Hill UK Titlewww.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/sealManagement Accounting, Third Edition, offers the ideal balancebetween technical and conceptual approaches to Management Accounting.With its comprehensive coverage and focus on assessmentmaterial and application, this new edition is an essential core text foracross a variety of levels.CONTENTSPart I: An introduction to management and cost accounting: costterms, systems design and cost behaviour1 Management accounting and the business environment2 Cost terms, concepts and classifications3 Systems design: job-order costing4 Systems design: process costing5 Cost behaviour: analysis and usePart II: Information for decision-making6 Profit reporting under variable costing and absorption costing7 Cost–volume–profit relationships8 Activity-based costing9 Relevant costs for decision making10 Capital investment decisionsPart III: Planning and control11 Profit planning and the role of budgeting12 Standard costs and variance analysis13 Flexible budgets and overhead analysis14 Segment reporting and decentralization15 Pricing, target costing and intra-company transfersPart IV: Value metrics and performance management in a strategiccontext16 Value-based management and strategic management accounting17 Performance management, management control and corporategovernance18 Business process management: towards the lean operation19 Strategic perspectives on cost managementSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF MANAGERIALACCOUNTING2nd EditionBy Jae K Shim, California State University and Joel G Siegel, QueensCollege1999 / 420 pagesISBN: 9780070580411ISBN: 9780071167635 [IE] - Out of PrintA Schaum PublicationIdeal for accounting and non-accounting business students, this highperformancestudy guide teaches the managerial use of accountingdata for planning, control, and decision making. It includes updated,comprehensive questions with answers representative of those foundon exams of 2- and 4-year colleges and MBA programs. Providesexcellent preparation and review for the cost/managerial accountingportion of such professional exams as the CPA, CMA, SMA, and CGA.Computerized AccountingNEW*9780078110979*COMPUTER ACCOUNTING WITHQUICKBOOKS PRO 201113th EditionBy Donna Kay, Maryville University2012 (March 2011) / 704 pagesISBN: 9780078110979(Details unavailable at press time)All Global Editions areadapted to better meet theneeds of courses outsidethe United States.Please contact your localsales representative formore details.NEW*9780078110986*COMPUTER ACCOUNTING WITHPEACHTREE BY SAGE COMPLETEACCOUNTING 2011Release 19.0, 15th EditionBy Carol Yacht, Peachtree Consultant2012 (February 2011) / 704 pagesISBN: 9780078110986(Details unavailable at press time)30

AccountingNEW*9780077408756*COMPUTERIZEDACCOUNTING WITHQUICKBOOKS PRO 201012th EditionBy Donna Ulmer, Maryville University62011 (March 2010) / 704 pagesISBN: 9780077408756www.mhhe.com/kay2010Computer Accounting with QuickBooks Pro 2010 will take students tothe next level as they learn the most up-to-date and most in demandsoftware on the market. This market leading textbook walks the studentthrough the process of setting up a company in QuickBooks in astep-by-step manner, allowing the student to learn QB without requiringas much assistance from their instructor. Each chapter builds onthe previous chapter as the student progresses from entering simpleof the text provides a hands-on introduction to QuickBooks, and thesecond half focuses on maintaining a service and merchandisingbusiness, as well as on advanced features of QuickBooks. ComputerAccounting with QuickBooks 2010 provides both the big picture“Where am I going?” and step-by-step instructions “Where do I click?”NEW TO THIS EDITION Student Blog: A student blog will be provided to get studentstalking about QuickBooks, search and research jobs, ask questions,and locate various ideas that relates to the software or the course. Educational Blog: The educator’s blog will provide instructorsa forum to share teaching ideas, general ideas, frustrations, and awish list on what we can provide as a publisher with other educators. Podcasts: Screen cam type podcasts will get students learningand reviewing the basic concepts of QuickBooks. Students will beable to spend time out of class by following step-by-step podcastson different concepts that need reviewing from class. Troubleshooting Guide: With every technology there is alwaysinstallation and registration problems in the beginning of the semester.Other technology problems might also occur throughout the semester.This new edition will provide a thorough problem solving guide to allproblems that might happen with the software during the entire semester.Students and instructors will be able to use the troubleshootingguide to solve their frustrations with the software. QuickBooks with Mac Guide: This new guide provides the differencesbetween QuickBooks on a PC and on a Mac. Mac users will notbe left out on all the resources provided with the QuickBooks software. Supplemental Packet: Instructors who are using this text withtheir Intermediate Accounting text will be able to access an engagingsupplement that integrates Intermediate Accounting fundamentals intoyour QuickBooks course. Instructors will have extensive coverage ofIntermediate Accounting concepts. Expanded OLC: The Online Learning Center has been expandedwith robust resources for both instructors and students. This expansionwill generate increased learning to the student and different waysof teaching the software for the instructor.CONTENTSSection I: Exploring QuickBooks with Rock Castle ConstructionChapter 1 Quick Tour of QuickBooks Pro 2010Chapter 2 Customizing QuickBooks and the Chart of AccountsChapter 3 BankingChapter 4 Customers and SalesChapter 5 Vendors, Purchases, and InventoryChapter 6 Employees and PayrollChapter 7 Reports and GraphsSection II: Small Business Accounting with QuickBooks 2010Chapter 8 New Company SetupChapter 9 Accounting for a Service CompanyChapter 10 Merchandising Corporation: Sales, Purchases, andInventoryChapter 11 Merchandising Corporation: PayrollChapter 12 Advanced QuickBooks Features for AccountantsChapter 13 QuickBooks in Action: An Authentic ProjectSection III: Quick GuideQuickBooks SoftwareCompany CommandsChart of AccountsCustomer TransactionsVendor TransactionsEmployee TransactionsBanking TransactionsEntriesReportsMicrosoft Office and QuickBooksNEW*9780077408954*COMPUTER ACCOUNTINGESSENTIALS USINGQUICKBOOKS PRO 20115th EditionBy Carol Yacht, Peachtree Consultant and SusanCrosson, Santa Fe College2011 (April 2010) / 224 pagesISBN: 9780077408954www.mhhe.com/QBProessentials2010QuickBooks Pro 2010 Essentials is an accessible, step-by-step guideto installing, using and mastering the most widely used software forsmall businesses. Supportive pedagogy helps students develop astrong working knowledge of QuickBooks Pro. This book focuses onthe basic business processes of the software and teaches studentsstep-by-step how to set up and run a merchandising corporation.FEATURES Students receive a fully-functioning copy of QuickBooks Pro2010 with their textbook that is good for 140 days. Textbook is designed complement and enhance existing FinancialAccounting and Principles of Accounting courses or to be usedwith other Computer Accounting Essentials texts in a stand-alonecomputer accounting course. Includes step-by-step instructions for software installation andhow to set up and run a corporate retail business that sells bothinventory and services. Provides valuable training for future accountants, entrepreneurs,and managers who will operate in a small business. Explores the software to familiarize students with importantinternal controls and business processes.Allows students to send their work via e-mail to their professor. Integrates the videos, glossary, and extensive website resourcesof QuickBooks and its online community resource center.31

Accounting Authors Carol Yacht and Susan Crosson write all teaching supplementsthemselves to ensure perfect agreement between textbookand ancillaries.CONTENTSChapter 1: Software Installation and Creating a New CompanyChapter 2: Exploring QuickBooksChapter 3: New Company Setup for a Merchandising BusinessChapter 4: Working with Inventory, Vendors, and CustomersChapter 5: Accounting Cycle and Year EndChapter 6: First Month of the New YearProject 1: Your Name Hardware StoreProject 2: Student-Designed Merchandising BusinessAppendix A: Review of Accounting PrinciplesNEW*9780077408749*COMPUTER ACCOUNTINGWITH PEACHTREE BY SAGECOMPLETE ACCOUNTING201014th EditionBy Carol Yacht, Peachtree Consultant2011 (February 2010) / 704 pagesISBN: 9780077408749www.mhhe.com/yacht2010Carol Yacht’s Peachtree textbook is the market leader because herpedagogy is unmatched—she incorporates real-world businesses;step-by step-directions; numerous screen illustrations; challengingexercises and projects; and a website with additional resources. The14th edition teaches you how to use Peachtree Complete Accounting2010 software including how to set up service, merchandising,student to have a working familiarity with the software after completingthe course with this text. Peachtree is widely used by individuals,businesses, and accountants. For more than 34 years, Peachtree bySage has produced award-winning accounting software. More than5.8 million small and medium-sized businesses use Sage Softwareproducts worldwide (http://sage.com/ourbusiness/aboutus). Morethan 14,500 employees work for Sage Software. The Sage family ofsoftware products, which includes Peachtree Complete Accounting,is the leading global supplier of business management solutionsand services. In the United States and Canada, Peachtree is usedby more than 3.0 million customers. Each year, tens of thousandsof customers choose accountant-recommended Peachtree by Sagefor their business needs. Why? Because Peachtree helps you domore to support the success of your business. Industries that use tions; construction; retail businesses; public utilities; legal, medical,NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW! Appendix B: Appendix B, Accounting Information Systems(AIS) defines accounting information systems and comparesPeachtree to other accounting software applications. NEW! Peachtree’s modular system design is explained. Thisincludes how the user interface is organized into general ledger,accounts receivable, accounts payable, inventory, payroll, and jobcosting. Learning Objectives: All chapters include new and relevantlearning objectives for each individual chapter. NEW! Export Excel: In Chapters 1-18, Peachtree reports areexported to Excel.Analysis Question: All chapters include an Analysis Question. NEW! Flash Video Icon: Watch flash videos to review key softwarefeatures at www.mhhe.com/yacht 2010. Flash videos for featuresmarked with a flash video icon throughout the textbook. Data check: Each chapter has students check appropriate placein data. The icon that looks like a floppy disk reminds students to verifydata that is being used with the project and software. NEW! Peachtree Resource Center: Students watch YouTubevideos to learn about features, obtain tips and information aboutPeachtree’s products and services. This will also be marked throughoutthe book. Feature Quizzes: Interactive, graded quizzes for each chapterthat review new features and Peachtree’s user interface at www.mhhe.com/yacht2010. NEW! Part 2: Peachtree 2010 for Service Businesses, includes 3chapters: Chapter 9, New Company Setup and Beginning Balances,Chapter 10, Maintaining Accounting Records for a Service Business. o Chapter 11, Completing Quarterly Activities and Closing theFiscal Year NEW! Part 4: Advanced Peachtree 2010 Applications, includes3 chapters: Chapter 16, Customizing Forms, Chapter 17, Import/Export, Chapter 18, Microsoft Word and Templates All new companies, exercises, and projects: This edition providesthe student with all new companies and projects. Students set up 11companies from scratch. This is valuable training for future accountingtechnicians. Available Solution Files: All files backed up in Chapters 1-18are available for the instructor as Peachtree files (.ptb extensions);All files exported to Excel (.xlsx extensions). Instructor’s manualincludes website for .xls compatibility; All reports saved as AdobeAcrobat files (.pdf) For website postings or solution printouts, end-of-chapter exercisereports are saved as Adobe Acrobat files (.pdf extensions) andas Excel files (.xlsx extensions). Extensive Student Edition and Instructor Edition website at www.mhhe.com/yacht2010. NEW! PowerPoints: Chapters 1-18 include new PowerPointpresentations. Testing: Online quizzes, Test Bank, and interactive FeatureQuizzes at www.mhhe.com/yacht2010. NEW! QA Templates: End-of-chapter short-answer and multiplechoice questions included at www.mhhe.com/yacht2010. FULL version of Peachtree Complete Accounting 2010: FULLversion of Peachtree Complete Accounting 2010 included with everytextbook. No time limit; site license on Help menu. Single use and computerlab installation instructions included in front matter of textbook. Software Registration: Software registration is required. Aftersoftware registration, free technical support for schools from Sagesoftware is available which includes individual, student support at thediscretion of Sage Software. Operating systems: All instructions, screen captures, and detailedsteps are consistent with the Windows Vista, Windows XP SP2, andWindows 7 operating systems. New features involving the actual software include: Expandedpurchase orders, receiving reports, sales orders, and shipping noticessections; Transaction history makes it easy to find related transactions;Improved customer and inventory management; Open multiplecompanies, Enhanced password security, role-based features, audit32

Accountingtrail and internal controls; Email reports, financial statements, andadd attachments; Design tools for report customization; Completesearches using Peachtree’s knowledgebase.CONTENTSPart 1: Exploring Peachtree Complete Accounting 2010Chapter 1: Introduction to Bellwether Garden SupplyChapter 2: VendorsChapter 3: CustomersChapter 4: EmployeesChapter 5: General Ledger, Inventory, and Internal ControlChapter 6: Job CostChapter 7: Financial StatementsChapter 8: Stone Arbor Landscaping—Time and billingPart 2: Peachtree Complete Accounting 2010 for Service BusinessesChapter 9: New Company Setup and Beginning BalancesChapter 10: Maintaining Accounting Records for Services BusinessesChapter 11: Completing Quarterly Activities and Closing the FiscalYearProject 1: Susan Watson, AccountingProject 1A: Student-Designed Service BusinessPart 3: Peachtree Complete Accounting 2010 for MerchandisingBusinessesChapter 12: Vendors & PurchasesChapter 13: Customers & SalesChapter 14: Inventory & ServicesChapter 15: Employees, Payroll, and Account ReconciliationProject 2: Mountain SportsProject 2A: Student-Designed Merchandising BusinessPart 4: Advanced Peachtree Complete Accounting 2010 ApplicationsChapter 16: Customizing FormsChapter 17: Import/ExportChapter 18: Microsoft Word and TemplatesProject 3: Atlanta Computer ClubProject 4: ML Manufacturing, Inc.Project 4A: Student-Designed ProjectAppendix A: TroubleshootingAppendix B: Accounting Information SystemsAppendix C: Review of Accounting PrinciplesAppendix D: GlossaryNEW*9780070279070*COMPUTER ACCOUNTINGUSING MYOB BUSINESSSOFTWAREVersion 19.5, 13th EditionBy Bill Neish, Macquarie University andGeorge Kahwati, Northern Sydney Institute ofTAFE2010 (November 2010) / 848 pagesISBN: 9780070279070McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/myob19Computer Accounting Using MYOB Business Software is the idealsteps with MYOB, whether in a classroom-based or self-pacedlearning environment. The thirteenth edition of the text is writtenfor MYOB AccountRight Plus v19, MYOB AssetManager Pro v3.5and MYOB AccountRight Enterprise v19. This new edition givesstudents a thorough understanding of MYOB business software,This book will prove useful to all levels of users from those with littleof accredited courses, assessment material is provided at the end ofeach chapter. Some assessment material is cumulative to allow formodule integration and re-enforcement of material covered in previouschapters. The authors have maintained the user-friendly styleof previous editions, with clear step-by-step instructions, abundantMYOB screen images, competency skills checklists, self-test questionsand answers, and concise practical examples.KEY FEATURES Revised and updated to incorporate instructions for the featuresof MYOB AccountRight Plus v19 including payroll functions, 2010 taxtables, and numerous other smaller changes), MYOB AssetManagerPro v3.5 and MYOB AccountRight Enterprise v19 NEW: 100 videos taking learners step-by step through the mostcommon and important functions (on CD) A wealth of screenshots and clear step-by-step instructions for afull understanding of new and existing features of MYOB v19 User-friendly writing style enables students to process informationeasily Competency skills checklists, self-test questions and practicalexamples assist student comprehensionSCOPE Computer Accounting Using MYOB Business Software is writtenfor MYOB Accounting Plus v19, MYOB AssetManager Pro v3.5 andMYOB AccountRight Enterprise v19.COMPUTER ACCOUNTING USING MYOBBUSINESS SOFTWARE12th EditionBy Bill Neish, Macquarie University and George Kahwati, NorthernSydney Institute of TAFE2009 (January 2009)ISBN: 9780070271906McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/myob18This new twelfth edition will continue to give students a thoroughunderstanding of MYOB business software, and the expertise andturers and trainers around the country have been consulted on theircourse requirements to ensure that this text contains the most relevantcontent, and is structured in the most effective way, for current Australiancomputerised accounting courses. Accompanying the text is a freestudent CD-ROM containing student editions of MYOB AccountingPlus v18, MYOB Premier v12, and MYOB AssetManager Pro v3.5,complete the exercises in the text. The authors have maintained theuser-friendly style of previous editions, with clear step-by-step instructions,abundant MYOB screen images, competency skills checklists,self-test questions and answers, and concise practical examples. Thisnew edition includes updated instructions on how to incorporate thenew features of MYOB, including enhanced payroll, inventory control,record management functions, and supplier and customer transactionediting. The instructor’s CD includes solutions provided as PDFs forideal learning resource for all students and professionals taking theirlearning environment.33

AccountingCONTENTSPrefaceAcknowledgementsHow to: Index (by chapter)How to: Index (by function)Installation of files from the CDNote for users of MYOB PremierChapter 1: Introduction to MYOB Accounting PlusChapter 2: GST basicsChapter 3: General ledgerChapter 4: Cash transactionsChapter 5: Accounts receivableChapter 6: Accounts payableChapter 7: Inventory and integrationChapter 8: PayrollChapter 9: Categories and jobsChapter 10: MYOB AssetManager ProChapter 11: Ergonomics (chapter on accompanying CD)Chapter 12: Help (chapter on accompanying CD)AppendicesGlossaryGST GlossaryIndexIntermediate AccountingInternational editionNEW*9780077395810*INTERMEDIATEACCOUNTING WITH BRITISHAIRWAYS ANNUAL REPORT6th EditionBy J David Spiceland, University of Memphis,James Sepe, Santa Clara University, Mark WNelson, Cornell University-Ithaca and LawrenceA Tomassini, Ohio State University2011 (March 2010)ISBN: 9780077395810ISBN: 9780071313988 [IE]ISBN: 9780077395834 (Volume 1, Chapter 1-12)ISBN: 9780077395827 (Volume 2, Chapter 13-21)www.mhhe.com/spiceland6eRated the most satisfying textbook by students in independent research,Spiceland/Sepe/Nelson’s Intermediate Accounting, 6th Edi-to master a challenging subject. It’s your Vehicle to Success in theIntermediate Accounting course and beyond! Spiceland/Sepe/Nelsonprovides a decision maker’s perspective to emphasize the professionaljudgment and critical thinking skills required of accountantstoday. Reviewers, instructors, and student users of Spiceland haveenthusiastically embraced the relaxed, conversational writing stylethat engages students in an enjoyable and effective learning experience.In addition, accounting’s preeminent textbook website providesstudents a wide variety of electronic learning resources, includingiPod content. Study Guide, Instructor’s Manual, Solutions Manual,Testbank, and Website content are all created by authors, ensuringseamless compatibility throughout the Spiceland learning package.The end-of-chapter material is also written by the author team andtested in their own classes before being included in IntermediateAccounting. Few areas see the kind of rapid change that accountingdoes, and the Spiceland team is committed to staying current.The sixth edition fully integrates all the latest FASB Standards, andthe authors are committed to keeping you updated with all relevantcontent changes throughout the edition.NEW TO THIS EDITION NEW! McGraw-Hill’s Connect uses end-of-chapter materialpulled directly from the textbook to create static and algorithmic questionsthat can be used for practice, homework, quizzes, and tests.All new texts come bundled with Connect Plus at no additional cost. Personal Learning Plan (PLP) connects each student to thelearning resources needed for success in the course. For eachchapter, students:» Take a practice test to initiate the Personal Learning Plan.» Immediately upon completing the practice test, see how theirperformance compares to chapter learning objectives or content bysections within chapters.» Receive a Personal Learning Plan that recommends specificreadings from the text, supplemental study material, and practicework that will improve their understanding and mastery of eachlearning objective. LearnSmart is an adaptive self-study technology within ConnectAccounting which provides students with a seamless combinationof practice, assessment, and remediation for every concept in thetextbook. LearnSmart’s intelligent software adapts to every studentresponse and automatically delivers concepts that advance the student’sunderstanding while reducing time devoted to the conceptsalready mastered. The result for every student is the fastest path tomastery of chapter concepts.» Applies an intelligent concept engine to identify the relationshipsbetween concepts and to serve new concepts to each studentonly when he or she is ready.» Adapts automatically to each student, so students spend lesstime on the topics they understand and more practice time on thosethey have yet to master.» Provides continual reinforcement and remediation, but givesonly as much guidance as students need.» Integrates diagnostics as part of the learning experience.» Enables you to assess which concepts students have efficientlylearned on their own, thus feeing class time for more applicationsand discussion. New and expanded International Financial Reporting Standards(IFRS) boxes include real world examples, side-by-side comparisonswith GAAP (when appropriate), and IFRS illustrations from real worldcompanies. The Testbank and end of chapter material include more IFRSproblems and cases. A new “Where We’re Headed” boxed feature describes upcomingFASB pronouncements and other current IFRS convergence issues. New FASB codification exercises and cases have been addedto most chapters. A new appendix C in the end of the book will include a case forthe British Airways company, with the accompanying annual reportpackaged with the book. The questions accompanying the case willappear in relevant chapters as well, giving instructors the flexibility toteach the annual report with chapters, or as an end-of-the-semesterproject.34

AccountingNew standards covered in the book:» Discontinued operations changes» EPS changes in chapter 19» Conceptual framework update» Fair value changesNew examples incorporate the current economic crisis. Dell has replaced Google, as the featured Annual Report company,with a contrasting Annual Report from British Airways alsopackaged with the book.CONTENTSThe Role of Accounting as an Information SystemChapter 1. Environment and Theoretical Structure of Financial AccountingChapter 2. Review of the Accounting ProcessChapter 3. The Balance Sheet and Financial DisclosuresChapter 4. The Income Statement and Statement of Cash FlowsChapter 5. Income Measurement and Profitability AnalysisChapter 6. Time Value of Money Concepts Economic ResourcesChapter 7. Cash and ReceivablesChapter 8. Inventories: MeasurementChapter 9. Inventories: Additional IssuesChapter 10. Property, Plant, and Equipment and Intangible Assets:Acquisition and DispositionChapter 11. Property, Plant, and Equipment and Intangible Assets:Utilization and ImpairmentFinancial Instruments and LiabilitiesChapter 12. InvestmentsChapter 13. Current Liabilities and ContingenciesChapter 14. Bonds and Long-Term NotesChapter 15. LeasesChapter 16. Accounting for Income TaxesChapter 17. Pensions and Other Postretirement BenefitsChapter 18. Shareholders’ EquityAdditional Financial Reporting IssuesChapter 19. Share-Based Compensation and Earnings per ShareChapter 20. Accounting Changes and Error CorrectionsChapter 21. The Statement of Cash Flows RevisitedAppendix A: DerivativesAppendix B: Dell Annual ReportAppendix C: IFRS Comprehensive CaseINTERMEDIATE FINANCIAL REPORTINGAn IFRS PerspectiveBy Nelson Lam and Peter Lau2009 (October 2008) / 912 pagesISBN: 9780071274241An Asian PublicationIntermediate Financial Reporting: An IFRS Perspective explains theat the corporate or individual entity level by using the most updated contains several illustrative examples and real-life cases to help readersdigest and understand the IFRS. The real-life cases are sourcedfrom those countries and places that have adopted or permitted theuse of IFRS, including Australia, China, Finland, France, Germany,Hong Kong, Italy, the Netherlands, Singapore, the United Kingdomand some emerging markets such as the Russian Federation.CONTENTSAbout the AuthorsPrefacePart I Conceptual and Regulatory Framework1 Financial Reporting and International Financial Reporting Standards2 Framework for International Financial ReportingPart II Elements of Financial Statements--Assets3 Property, Plant and Equipment4 Leases5 Investment Property6 Intangible Assets7 Borrowing Costs8 Impairment of Assets9 Inventories10 Construction ContractsPart III Elements of Financial Statements--Liabilities, Equity,Income and Expenses11 Revenue12 Employee Benefits13 Income Taxes14 Provisions and ContingenciesPart IV Financial Instruments15 Financial Instruments--Introduction16 Financial Assets17 Financial Liabilities and Derecognition18 Financial Instruments: Presentation and DisclosurePart V Presentation of Financial Statements and Related Topics19 Presentation of Financial Statements20 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors21 Events after the Reporting Period22 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations23 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates24 Statement of Cash FlowsIndexREVIEW COPY(Available for course adoption only)To request for a review copy,• contact your local McGraw-Hillrepresentatives or,• fax the Review Copy Request Form foundin this catalog or,• e-mail your request tomghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,• submit online at www.mheducation.asia35

AccountingIntermediate AccountingSupplementsCh 9: Accounting Changes and Correction of ErrorsCh 10: Accounting for PensionsCh 11: Net Operating Loss Carrybacks and Carry ForwardsDeferred Income TTaxes Appendix: The Time Value of MoneyCompound Interest TablesSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF INTERMEDIATEACCOUNTING IRevised, 2nd EditionBy Baruch Englard, College of Staten Island, City University of New York2011 (February 2011) / 368 pagesISBN: 9780071756068A Schaum PublicationIntermediate Accounting II was published, the Federal AccountingStandards Board has implemented important new guidelines for transparency and accountability in accounting practices. This second these changes, and closely follows the table of contents of McGraw-Hill’s bestselling Spiceland textbook.CONTENTSCh 1: Review of the Accounting ProcessCh 2: The Income Statement and Retained Earnings StatementCh 3: The Balance SheetEXAMINATION ICh 4: The Conceptual Framework of Accounting TheoryCh 5: The Time Value of MoneyCh 6: Cash and Temporary InvestmentsEXAMINATION IICh 7: ReceivablesCh 8: Inventories: General TopicsCh 9: Inventories: Additional Issues and MethodsEXAMINATION IIICh 10: Property, Plant, and EquipmentCh 11: Depreciation and DepletionCh 12: Intangible AssetsCh 13: Current LiabilitiesCh 14: Long-Term LiabilitiesSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF INTERMEDIATEACCOUNTING II2nd EditionBy Baruch Englard, College of Staten Island-City University of New York2009 (May 2009) / 336 pagesISBN: 9780071611664A Schaum PublicationMillions of students trust Schaum’s Outlines to help them succeed inthe classroom and on exams. Schaum’s is the key to faster learningand higher grades in every subject. Each Outline presents all the essentialcourse information in an easy-to-follow, topic-by-topic format.You also get hundreds of examples, solved problems, and practiceexercises to test your skills.CONTENTSCh 1: Long-Term LiabilitiesCh 2: Stock OwnershipCh 3: Stockholders’ EquityCh 4: Dilutive Securities & Earnings Per ShareCh 5: Investments: Temporary & Long-TermCh 6: Revenue Recognition IssuesCh 7: Accounting for LeasesCh 8: The Statement of Cash FlowsCost Accounting/Cost ManagementInternational editionNEW*9780073527116*FUNDAMENTALS OF COSTACCOUNTING3rd EditionBy William N Lanen, University of Michigan-Ann Arbor, Shannon Anderson, Rice Universityand Michael W Maher, University of CaliforniaDavis2011 (January 2010) / 752 pagesISBN: 9780073527116ISBN: 9780071220965 [IE]www.mhhe.com/lanen3ementals is short (approximately 700 pages) making it easy to cover inone semester. The authors have kept the text concise by focusing onthe key concepts students need to master. Opening vignettes and InAction boxes show realistic applications of these concepts throughout.All chapters end with a “Debrief” that links the topics in the chapter tothe decision problem faced by the manager in the opening vignette.Comprehensive end-of-chapter problems provide students with allthe practice they need to fully learn each concept.NEW TO THIS EDITION Updated examples and end-of-chapter problem materialthroughout. The opening vignettes now tie to one of the In Action items inthe chapter to highlight the relevance of cost accounting to today’sbusiness problems. New material on Lean Accounting added to chapter 1.Revised discussion of Microsoft Excel to estimate regression. New discussion of productivity and measuring productivity inChapter 18. NEW! McGraw-Hill’s Connect uses end-of-chapter materialpulled directly from the textbook to create static and algorithmic questionsthat can be used for practice, homework, quizzes, and tests.All new texts come bundled with Connect Plus at no additional cost.CONTENTSIntroduction and Overview1 Cost Accounting: Information for Decision Making36

Accounting2 Cost Concepts and BehaviorCost Analysis and Estimation3 Fundamentals of Cost-Volume-Profit Analysis4 Fundamentals of Cost Analysis for Decision Making5 Cost EstimationCost Management Systems6 Fundamentals of Product and Service Costing7 Job Costing8 Process Costing9 Activity-Based Costing10 Fundamentals of Cost Management11 Service Department and Joint Cost AllocationManagement Control Systems12 Fundamentals of Management Control Systems13 Planning and Budgeting14 Business Unit Performance Measurement15 Transfer Pricing16 Fundamentals of Variance Analysis17 Additional Topics in Variance Analysis18 Nonfinancial and Multiple Measures of PerformanceAppendix: Capital Investment Decisions: an OverviewInternational editionCOST MANAGEMENTA Strategic Emphasis, 5th EditionBy Edward Blocher, University of NC-Chapel Hill, David Stout, YoungstownState University and Gary Cokins, Sas/Worldwide Strategy2010 (October 2009) / 928 pagesISBN: 9780073526942ISBN: 9780071267489 [IE]www.mhhe.com/blocher5eCost Management: A Strategic Emphasis, by Blocher/Stout/Cokins ismanagement topics in cost accounting. The text is written to helpstudents understand more about management and the role of costaccounting in helping an organization succeed. This text aims to teachmanagement concepts and methods, also to demonstrate how managersuse cost management information to make better decisions andimprove their organization’s competitiveness. In teaching these keymanagement skills, the text takes on a strategic focus. It addressesmanagement accountant develop and present this information? Thistext helps students learn why, when, and how cost information is usedCONTENTSPart 1: Introduction to Strategy, Cost Management, and CostSystemsChapter 1: Cost Management and StrategyChapter 2: Implementing Strategy: The Value Chain, the BalancedScorecard, and the Strategy MapChapter 3: Basic Cost-Management ConceptsChapter 4: Job CostingChapter 5: Activity-Based Costing (ABC) and Customer ProfitabilityAnalysisChapter 6: Process CostingChapter 7: Cost Allocation: Departments, Joint Products, and By-ProductsPart 2: Planning and Decision-MakingChapter 8: Cost EstimationChapter 9: Profit Planning: Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) AnalysisChapter 10: Strategy and the Master BudgetChapter 11: Decision-Making with a Strategic EmphasisChapter 12: Strategy and Long-Term Investment AnalysisChapter 13: Cost Planning for the Product Life-Cycle: Target Costing,Theory of Constraints (TOC), and Strategic PricingPart 3: Operational-Level ControlChapter 14: Operational Performance Measurement: Sales, Direct-Cost Variances, and the Role of Nonfinancial Performance MeasuresChapter 15: Operational Performance Measurement: Indirect CostVariances and Resource-Capacity PlanningChapter 16: Operational Performance Measurement: Further Analysisof Productivity and Sales VariancesChapter 17: The Management and Control of Quality, Six-Sigma,and Lean AccountingPart 4: Management-Level ControlChapter 18: Strategic Performance Measurement: Cost Centers, ProfitCenters, and the Balanced Scorecard (BSC)Chapter 19: Strategic Performance Measurement: Investment CentersChapter 20: Management Compensation, Business Analysis, andBusiness ValuationInternational editionCOST MANAGEMENTStrategies for Business Decisions, 4th EditionBy Ronald W Hilton, Cornell University-Ithaca, Michael W Maher,University of California Davis and Frank Selto, University of Colorado-Boulder2008 (September 2007) / 960 pagesISBN: 9780073526805ISBN: 978 0071287999 [IE]Hilton/Maher/Selto (HMS) is for instructors who want to teach studentsto manage costs and not just account for costs. HMS maintains that,“Costs don’t just happen,” and with a pro-active approach towardcosts, managers who understand cost implications as well as accountantscan add value to an organization. Hilton, Maher, Seltofocuses on having students learn to make decisions by the use of CostManagement Challenges in the chapter opener, “You’re the DecisionMaker” boxes throughout each chapter, and the “You’re the DecisionMaker” simulation on the text website.CONTENTSPart 1 Setting the Strategic Foundation: The Importance of Analyzingand Managing Costs1.Cost Management and Strategic Decision Making Evaluating Opportunitiesand Leading Change2.Product Costing Systems: Concepts and Design Issues3.Cost Accumulation for Job-Shop and Batch Production OperationsPart 2 Activity-Based Management4.Activity-Based Costing Systems5.Activity-Based Management6.Managing Customer Profitability7.Managing Quality and Time to Create ValuePart 3 Process Costing and Cost Allocation8.Process-Costing Systems9.Joint-Process Costing10.Managing and Allocating Support-Service CostsPart 4 Planning and Decision Making11.Cost Estimation12.Financial and Cost-Volume-Profit Models13.Cost Management and Decision Making14.Strategic Issues in Making Long-Term Capital Investment Decisions15.Budgeting and Financial PlanningPart 5 Evaluating and Managing Performance Creating andManaging Value-Added Effort16.Standard Costing, Variance Analysis, and Kaizen Costing17.Flexible Budgets, Overhead Cost Management, and Activity-BasedBudgeting18.Organizational Design, Responsibility Accounting, and Evaluation37

Accountingof Divisional Performance19.Transfer Pricing20.Performance Measurement SystemsGlossaryPhoto CreditsBibliographyCompany Name IndexSubject IndexCOST ACCOUNTING4th EditionBy Jawaharlal, University of Delhi2008 /1064 pagesISBN: 9780070221628McGrawHill India TitleThis book is designed to aid students various elements of cost, costmethods and accounting systems for cost ascertainment, cost analysis,cost control and managerial decision making. It discusses thetheory extensively and includes a large number of practical problems.CONTENTSPart I: Conceptual Framework1. Financial Accounting and Management Accounting2. Cost: Concepts and ClassificationsPart 2: Elements of Cost3. Materials Control4. Materials Costing5. Labour Costs: Accounting and Control6. Factory Overheads: Distribution7. Administrative and Selling and Distribution Overheads8. Activity – Based Costing (ABC)Part 3: Costing Methods and Accounting of Costs9. Single or Output Costing10. Job, Contract and Batch Costing11. Process Costing12. Service Costing13. Cost Control Accounts14. Integrated Accounting System15. Reconciliation of Cost and Financial AccountsPart 4: Cost Analysis for Decision Making and Control16. Marginal (Variable) Costing17. Alternative Choices Decisions18. Pricing Decision19. Standard Costing20. Budgeting21. Responsibility Accounting and Divisional Performance MeasurementPart 5: Specialised Topics22. Uniform Costing and Interfirm Comparison23. Cost AuditAppendix A: Objective Type QuestionsInternational editionCOST ACCOUNTINGPrinciples and Applications, 7th EditionBy Horace R Brock, University of North Texas, Linda Herrington and LaVonda G Ramey of School Craft College2007 (August 2006) / 704 pagesISBN: 9780072982480ISBN: 9780071115605 [IE]www.mhhe.com/brock7eCONTENTSPart 1Chapter 1 Monitoring CostsChapter 2 Purchasing MaterialsChapter 3 Storing and Issuing MaterialsChapter 4 Controlling and Valuing InventoryChapter 5 Timekeeping and PayrollChapter 6 Charging Labor Costs into ProductionChapter 7 Departmentalizing Overhead CostsChapter 8 Setting Overhead RatesChapter 9 Applying Manufacturing OverheadChapter 10 Completing the Cost Cycle and Accounting for LostMaterialsPart 2Chapter 11 Process Cost System – Production Data and Cost FlowChapter 12 Average Costing of Work in ProcessChapter 13 Units Lost or Increased in ProductionChapter 14 First In, First Out (FIFO) Costing of Work in ProcessChapter 15 Accounting for By-Products and Joint ProductsPart 3Chapter 16 The Analysis of Cost BehaviorChapter 17 BudgetingChapter 18 Standard Costs: Materials and LaborChapter 19 Manufacturing Overhead Standard Costs: Completingthe Accounting Cycle for Standard CostsChapter 20 Cost-Volume-Profit AnalysisChapter 21 Analysis of Manufacturing Costs for Decision MakingChapter 22 Cost Accounting for Distribution Activities and ServiceBusinessesChapter 23 Decision Making – Capital Investment DecisionsCost AccountingSupplementsSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF COSTACCOUNTING3rd EditionBy Ralph S Polimeni, Hofstra University1994ISBN: 9780070110267A Schaum PublicationThis powerful study guide includes all subjects found in the leadingtextbooks and parallels the full-year cost accounting courses mostschools offer. Also appropriate for solo study, this book makes thecomplex concepts and techniques accessible through clear explanationsand solved problems to provide a review and help studentsmaster their skills.38

AccountingCollege AccountingNEW*9780078025273*COLLEGE ACCOUNTINGChapters 1-30, 13th EditionBy John Ellis Price, University of North Texas, M David Haddock, ChattanoogaState Tech and Michael Farina, Cerritos College2012 (June 2011) / 1184 pagesISBN: 9780078025273www.mhhe.com/price13e(Details unavailable at press time)NEW*9780077346102*COLLEGE ACCOUNTINGCHAPTER 1-14 WITHANNUAL REPORT2nd EditionBy John J Wild, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Vernon Richardson, University ofArkansas-Fayetteville and Ken Shaw, Universityof Missouri-Columbia2011 (January 2010)ISBN: 9780077346102www.mhhe.com/wildCA2eCollege Accounting by Wild, Richardson, and Shaw draws upon thesuccess of Wild’s Fundamental Accounting Principles text. Its inno-the integration of new computerized learning tools, superior end-ofchaptermaterial, and a highly engaging, pedagogical design. Inclusionof technology products such as Connect, Connect Plus, ExcelTemplates, and QuickBooks Pro 2010 software provides studentswith every possible advantage as they strive to understand the keyconcepts of accounting and their role in business.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to AccountingChapter 2: Accounting for Business TransactionsChapter 3: Applying Double-Entry AccountingChapter 4: Preparing the General Journal and General LedgerChapter 5: Adjusting Accounts and Preparing Financial StatementsChapter 6: Closing Process and Financial StatementsChapter 7: Fraud, Ethics, and ControlsChapter 8: Cash and Cash ControlsChapter 9: Employee Earnings, Deductions, and PayrollChapter 10: Employer Payroll Tax ReportingChapter 11: Merchandise Sales and Accounts ReceivableChapter 12: Merchandise Purchases and Accounts PayableChapter 13: Merchandiser’s Purchases Adjustments and Trail BalanceChapter 14: Merchandiser’s Financial Statements and the ClosingProcessAppendix A: Financial Statements InformationAppendix B: Accounting PrinciplesAppendix C via Web: Capital Budgeting and Investment AnalysisAppendix D via Web: Time Value of MoneyNEW*9780077346096*COLLEGE ACCOUNTINGCHAPTER 1-29 WITHANNUAL REPORT2nd EditionBy John J Wild, University of Wisconsin-Madison, Vernon Richardson, University ofArkansas-Fayetteville and Ken Shaw, Universityof Missouri-Columbia2011 (January 2010)ISBN: 9780077346096www.mhhe.com/wildCA2eCollege Accounting by Wild, Richardson, and Shaw draws upon thesuccess of Wild’s Fundamental Accounting Principles text. Its inno-the integration of new computerized learning tools, superior end-ofchaptermaterial, and a highly engaging, pedagogical design. Inclusionof technology products such as Connect, Connect Plus, ExcelTemplates, and QuickBooks Pro 2010 software provides studentswith every possible advantage as they strive to understand the keyconcepts of accounting and their role in business.NEW TO THIS EDITION Entrepreneurial Openers and Assignments: Each chapteris launched with a Decision Feature that introduces an engagingentrepreneurial scenario that shows the relevance of accounting tobusiness. These openers are motivating for students and, accordingly,helpful in teaching and learning accounting. Each chapter returns tothe Decision Feature that launches the chapter with an end-of-chapterassignment, titled Entrepreneurial Decision. This assignment appliesone or more learning objectives of the chapter to that entrepreneurialbusiness. New Feature Company: Students are provided relevant, realworldcompanies as a resource tool and motivating force in learningaccounting. Best Buy is the new feature company, which means thateach chapter has selected assignments that require student to use,analyze, or interpret its accounting data. New Comparative Companies: For comparative purposes withBest Buy, students are provided the financial statements of RadioShack.Assignments are included that ask students to compare andinterpret Best Buy and RadioShack data. Best Buy’s 2008 AnnualReport is packaged in-full with the text as another learning aid, andselected 2008 financial data for both companies are included in endof-bookAppendix A. Each of these companies is integrated into theend-of-chapter material. New Opener Companies: Each chapter of the book opens withthe manager(s) of a company that applies accounting data for its businessdecisions. These companies are specifically chosen as motivatingforces for students in that they typically reflect hip, innovative, andentertaining entrepreneurs that have successfully applied accountingdata to aid in their success. Assignments are included for each chapterthat ask students to further expand and apply the accounting methodsof that chapter to these feature companies. Updated Special Journal Coverage: Coverage of Cash ReceiptsJournal (Ch 11) and Cash Disbursements Journal (Ch 12) formerlyonly available via the text website, have been integrated into the textchapters this edition for complete coverage of special journal topics. New practice sets: These assignments appearing in Chapter12 cover special journals and subsidiary ledgers. Updated for NewStandards: Materials are updated to reflect new accounting standardsthat are applicable to the introductory course. Examples include thenew requirements for reporting effects of changes in accountingprinciples, the accounting for asset exchanges, and the classifications39

Accountingfor accounting changes. Payroll and Payroll Tax and Withholdingchapters have also be updated to reflect 2009 withholding data andrequirements. New streamlined content: The text is now 29 chapters. Chapters24 and 25 of the previous edition have been combined in Chapter 24of the second edition on financial statement analysis to streamlinepresentation and increase continuity for students. Other presentationenhancements include: Simplified discussion of 3-step process foranalyzing transactions (Ch 2); simplified 3-step process for determiningpostings to T-accounts (Ch 3); simplified 3-step adjusting processand examples (Ch 5). New Continuing Example in Merchandising Chapters: Chapters11-14 covering financial accounting concepts through a merchandiser’sperspective feature Z-Mart company example throughout forbetter continuity and clarity of accounting concepts. NEW! McGraw-Hill’s Connect uses end-of-chapter materialpulled directly from the textbook to create static and algorithmic questionsthat can be used for practice, homework, quizzes, and tests.All new texts come bundled with Connect Plus at no additional cost.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to AccountingChapter 2: Accounting for Business TransactionsChapter 3: Applying Double-Entry AccountingChapter 4: Preparing the General Journal and General LedgerChapter 5: Adjusting Accounts and Preparing Financial StatementsChapter 6: Closing Process and Financial StatementsChapter 7: Fraud, Ethics, and ControlsChapter 8: Cash and Cash ControlsChapter 9: Employee Earnings, Deductions, and PayrollChapter 10: Employer Payroll Tax ReportingChapter 11: Merchandise Sales and Accounts ReceivableChapter 12: Merchandise Purchases and Accounts PayableChapter 13: Merchandiser’s Purchases Adjustments and Trail BalanceChapter 14: Merchandiser’s Financial Statements and the ClosingProcessChapter 15: Accounts Receivable and UncollectiblesChapter 16: Notes Receivable and Notes PayableChapter 17: Inventories and Cost of SalesChapter 18: Plant Assets, Natural Resources, and IntangiblesChapter 19: Accounting for PartnershipsChapter 20: Corporate Formation and Stock TransactionsChapter 21: Corporate Earnings, Taxes, and DistributionsChapter 22: Long-Term BondsChapter 23: Cash Flow ReportingChapter 24: Financial Statement AnalysisChapter 25: Managerial Accounting Concepts and PrinciplesChapter 26: Departmental and Responsibility AccountingChapter 27: Job Order Cost AccountingChapter 28: Budgets and Standard CostingChapter 29: Relevant Costing for Managerial DecisionsAppendix A: Financial Statements InformationAppendix B: Accounting PrinciplesAppendix C*: Capital Budgeting and Investment DecisionsAppendix D*: Time Value of Money* Appendixes C and D are available on the book’s Website, mhhe.com/wildCA, and as print copy from a McGraw-Hill representativeCOLLEGE ACCOUNTINGA Contemporary ApproachBy M David Haddock, Chattanooga State Tech, John Ellis Price, Universityof North Texas and Michael Farina, Cerritos College2010 (January 2009) / 560 pagesISBN: 9780073396941ISBN: 9780077305079 (with Home Depot 2006 Annual Report)www.mhhe.com/haddock1eThe Haddock text features the successful author team Price et al. Theauthor team based A Contemporary Approach on the solid foundationof the Price 12e textbook; however, in Haddock, the approachAccounting instructors who teach the course without covering specialjournals. These instructors feel that special journals are an unnecessarilycomplicated subject for such a basic course. By eliminatingspecial journal coverage, professors are free to focus on recordingto the general journal and posting to the general ledger - the basicbookkeeping functions that are so important to accountants in the realworld. Competing books have placed special journals in an appendix(Slater) or tried to separate special journal coverage from generaljournal coverage but retain both (McQuaig). Haddock is the only texton the market that eliminates special journal coverage completely(why make students pay for material they will not learn in the course?).With Haddock on the roster, instructor’s have a choice between atraditional approach that fully integrates special journals into the textin a succinct and logical way (Price 12e) or a contemporary approachthat focuses on the basics and is more in keeping with where thecourse is headed in the future (Haddock 1e).CONTENTS1. Accounting: The Language of Business2. Analyzing Business Transactions3. Analyzing Business Transactions Using T Accounts4. The General Journal and the General Ledger5. Adjustments and the Worksheet6. Closing Entries and the Postclosing Trial Balance7. Accounting for Sales and Accounts Receivable, and Cash Receipts8. Accounting for Purchases, Accounts Payable, and Cash Payments9. Cash10. Payroll Computations, Records, and Payment11. Payroll Taxes, Deposits, and Reports12. Accruals, Deferrals, and the Worksheet13. Financial Statements and Closing ProceduresAppendix A: The Home Depot, Inc. Annual Report.Invitation to PublishMcGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbookproposals for publication.email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com.Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/40

AccountingAccounting InformationSystemsInternational editionACCOUNTING INFORMATION SYSTEMS2nd EditionBy Robert Hurt, Californina State Poly University-Pomona2010 (November 2009) / 448 pagesISBN: 9780078111051ISBN: 9780071220521 [IE]www.mhhe.com/hurt2eHurt’s Accounting Information Systems, 2e continues to take a freshnew approach that puts judgment and critical thinking, not technology,at the heart of the AIS course. Using a conversational writingstyle appealing to students, this book presents AIS as an art asmuch as a science. AIS is presented as a set of fundamental ideasand concepts that can be applied in various organizational contexts.Students are provided with vocabulary they will need to succeed inthe profession and ensuring that they can communicate clearly andeffectively about accounting information systems with both accountantsand nonaccountants. The text end-of-chapter exercises andassessment tools are all competency-based, distilling knowledge toits essential elements and then encouraging students to use thoseessential elements to think for themselves.CONTENTSPart One Introduction and Basic Concepts1 Role and Purpose of Accounting Information Systems2 Transaction Processing in the AIS3 Professionalism and Ethics4 Internal ControlsPart Two Documentation Techniques5 Flowcharting6 Data Flow Diagramming7 REAL ModelingPart Three Systems Analysis and Information Technology8 Information Systems Concepts9 XBRL10 E-business and Enterprise Resource Planning SystemsPart Four Business Processes11 Sales/Collection Process12 Acquisition/Payment Process13 Other Business Processes14 Business Process ManagementPart Five Other Topics in Accounting Information Systems15 Computer Crime and Information Technology Security16 Decision-Making Models and Knowledge Management17 Professional Certifications and Career Planning18 Auditing and Evaluating the AISGlossaryComprehensive Chapter ReferencesIndexACCOUNTING INFORMATION ANDREPORTING SYSTEMSBy Al Aseervatham, Moreton Institute of TAFE in Queensland2009 (August 2009)ISBN: 9780070286733McGraw-Hill Australia TitleThe only Australian book on accounting information systems. Thisinnovative new text follows a logical progression from basic principlesand builds on the knowledge acquired in each chapter. A runningcase study throughout the book offers a practical application of thetheory that is developed in each chapter. With learning objectives,key terms, practical and numerical examples, summaries, self-testproblems and review exercises this text provides all the teaching andlearning tools students require.CONTENTSChapter 1 Information systemsChapter 2 Business activities and transaction processingChapter 3 Documentation techniques and databasesChapter 4 Project management toolsChapter 5 System requirementsChapter 6 Accounting information systems and securityChapter 7 Accounting statutory obligationsChapter 8 Testing and documenting systemsChapter 9 The implementation of systems and recordsChapter 10 Monitoring reporting systems and reviewing reportingproceduresChapter 11 Accounting transaction titlesChapter 12 The revenue cycleChapter 13 The expenditure cycleChapter 14 The payroll cycleChapter 15 The conversion cycleChapter 16 The financial cycleSolutionsIndexInternational editionENTERPRISE INFORMATION SYSTEMSA Pattern-Based Approach, 3rd EditionBy Cheryl Dunn, Florida State University—Tallahassee, J. Owen Cherrington,Brigham Young Univeristy—Provo and Anita Sawyer Hollander,University of Tennessee—Knoxville, Anita Hollander, University of Tulsa,Eric Denna and Jay Owen Cherrington, and Brigham Young University- Provo2005 / 544 pagesISBN: 9780072404296ISBN: 9780071253192 [IE]CONTENTSChapter 1: An Introduction to Integrated Enterprise InformationSystemsChapter 2: Representation and Patterns: An Introduction to the REAEnterprise OntologyChapter 3: The REA Enterprise Ontology: Value System and ValueChain ModelingChapter 4: The REA Enterprise Ontology: Business Process ModelingChapter 5: Task Level ModelingChapter 6: Relational Database Design: Converting Conceptual REAModels to Relational DatabasesChapter 7: Information Retrieval from Relational DatabasesChapter 8: The Sales/Collection Business ProcessChapter 9: The Acquisition/Payment Business ProcessChapter 10: View Integration and Implementation CompromisesView IntegrationChapter 11: The Conversion Business ProcessChapter 12: The Human Resource Business ProcessChapter 13: The Financing Business ProcessChapter 14: Introduction to Enterprise System Risks and ControlsChapter 15: ERP Systems and E-Commerce: Intra- and Inter-Enterprise Modeling41

AccountingInternational editionELECTRONIC COMMERCESecurity, Risk Management, and Control,2nd EditionBy Marilyn Greenstein, Arizona State University-West and Miklos Vasarhelyi,Rutgers University, Newark2002ISBN: 9780072519150 (with PowerWeb) - Out of PrintISBN: 9780071240642 [IE with PowerWeb]www.mhhe.com/business/accounting/greenstein2eCONTENTS1. Overview of Electronic Commerce.2. The Electronization of Business.3. B2B Process and Strategies.4. Electronic Commerce and the Role of Independent Third-Parties.5. The Regulatory Environment.6. EDI, Electronic Commerce and the Internet.7. Risks of Insecure Systems.8. Risk Management.9. Internet Security Standards.10. Cryptography & Authentication.11. Firewalls.12. Electronic Commerce Payment Mediums.13. Intelligent Agents.14. Web-Based Marketing.Advanced AccountingInternational editionNEW*9780078110924*ADVANCED FINANCIALACCOUNTING9th EditionBy Richard E Baker, Northern Illinois University,Valdean C Lembke, University of Iowa, ThomasE King, Southern Illinois University and CynthiaJeffrey, Iowa State University2011 (December 2010) / 1120 pagesISBN: 9780078110924ISBN: 9780071289108 [IE]The Ninth Edition of Advanced Financial Accounting is an up-to-date,comprehensive, and highly illustrated presentation of the accountingand reporting principles and procedures used in a variety of businessentities. This edition continues to provide strong coverage of advancedaccounting topics, with clarity of presentation and integrated coveragebased on continuous case examples. The text is highly illustratedstatements so that students can see the development of each topic.Inclusion of all recent FASB and GASB pronouncements and thecontinuing deliberations of the authoritative bodies provide a currentand contemporary text for students preparing for the CPA Examinationand current practice. This has become especially important giventhe recent rapid pace of the authoritative bodies in dealing with majorissues having far-reaching The book’s building block approach introducesconcepts with simple examples and then gradually introducescomplexity, allowing students to easily keep pace with the material.The key strengths of this text are the clear and readable discussionsof concepts and the detailed demonstrations of concepts through illustrationsand explanations. The many favorable responses to priorclear presentation and comprehensive illustrations are essential tolearning the sophisticated topics in an advanced accounting course.NEW TO THIS EDITION New Author Team: Two new authors have joined the Bakerteam. Theodore Christensen and David Contrell, both from BYU,bring a new dynamic and fresh approach to Advanced Accountingnever seen before. Introductory Vignettes—Each chapter begins with a brief story ofa well-known company to illustrate why topics covered in that chapterare relevant in current practice. New FASB Codification—All authoritative citations to U.S.GAAP now include secondary citations to the new FASB codification.We maintain the former authoritative citations during this periodof transition. The next edition will transition completely to the FASBcodification. IFRS Comparisons—As the FASB and IASB work toward convergenceto a single set of global accounting standards, the SEC isdebating the wholesale introduction of international financial reportingstandards (IFRS). Given the SEC’s February 2010 work plan, studentsneed to prepare for the imminent transition to IFRS. The Ninth editionsummarizes key differences between current U.S. GAAP and IFRSto make students aware of changes that will likely occur if the SECadopts IFRS in the near future. A Building-Block Approach to Consolidation—Virtually all advancedfinancial accounting classes cover consolidation at least tosome extent. While this topic is perhaps the most important to instructors,students frequently struggle to gain a firm grasp of consolidationprinciples. The Ninth edition introduces consolidation concepts andprocedures more gradually by beginning the discussion earlier inchapters 2 and 3. Reorganization of Consolidation Elimination Entries—Consistentwith the building block approach to consolidation, the Ninth Editionincludes a slight reorganization of the elimination entries used in consolidationto facilitate the elimination of the investment in a subsidiaryin two steps: (1) first the book value portion of the investment andincome from the subsidiary are eliminated and (2) then the differentialportion of the investment and income from subsidiary are eliminatedwith separate entries. This approach facilitates the building-blockapproach in chapters 2-5. The Ninth Edition also uses frequent illustrationsto help students visualize the steps in the elimination process. Presentation of Intercompany Transactions—The Ninth Editionpresents inter-company inventory transfers before fixed asset transfersinventory transfers are (1) far much more common than fixedasset transfers and (2) easier for students to understand. In otherwords, the Ninth Edition switches the order of chapters 6 and 7 fromthe Eighth Edition. Moreover, the Ninth Edition emphasizes the fullyadjusted equity method in chapters 6, 7, and 8 instead of presentingthis method in appendices to these chapters as in prior editions. Thismethod links back to and is more consistent with the building blockchapters (2, 3, 4, and 5). New Instructor Resources—The authors have developed a newset of PowerPoint slides designed to accompany the Ninth Edition.These slides do much more than simply summarize the topics in eachchapter. They illustrate key concepts but also include group exercisesand practice quiz questions to give students hands-on practice in classto better prepare them for future homework and assessment experiences.Instructors benefit from proven interactive class discussionsand exercises fully annotated by the authors.42

Accounting New Advanced Study Guide— The Ninth Edition of AdvancedAccounting introduces the most cutting edge technology supplementever delivered in the advanced accounting market. AdvancedStudy-Guide.com is a product created exclusively by the authors of thetext which represents a new generation in study resources availableto students as well as a new direction and options in the resourcesInstructors can use to help their students and elevate their classroomexperiencesCONTENTSChapter 1: Intercorporate Acquisitions and Investments in OtherEntitiesChapter 2: Reporting Intercorporate InterestsChapter 3: The Reporting Entity and Consolidated Financial StatementsChapter 4: Consolidation of Wholly Owned SubsidiariesChapter 5: Consolidation of Less-Than-Wholly-Owen SubsidiariesChapter 6: Intercompany Transfers Noncurrent AssetsChapter 7: Intercompany Inventory TransactionsChapter 8: Intercompany IndebtednessChapter 9: Consolidation Ownership IssuesChapter 10: Additional Consolidation Reporting IssuesChapter 11: Multinational Accounting: Foreign Currency Transactionsand Financial InstrumentsChapter 12: Multinational Accounting: Translation of Foreign EntityStatementsChapter 13: Segment and Interim ReportingChapter 14: SEC ReportingChapter 15: Partnerships: Formation, Operation, and Changes inMembershipChapter 16: Partnerships: LiquidationChapter 17: Governmental Entities: Introduction and General FundAccountingChapter 18: Governmental Entities: Special Funds and GovernmentwideFinancial StatementsChapter 19: Not-for-Profit EntitiesChapter 20: Corporations in Financial DifficultyInternational editionNEW*9780078136627*ADVANCED ACCOUNTING10th EditionBy Joe Ben Hoyle, University of Richmond,Thomas Schaefer, University of Notre Dame andTimothy Doupnik, University of South Carolina2011 (March 2010) / 928 pagesISBN: 9780078136627ISBN: 9780071220873 [IE]www.mhhe.com/hoyle10eThe approach used by Hoyle, Schaefer, and Doupnik in the new editionallows students to think critically about accounting, just as theywill do while preparing for the CPA exam and in their future careers.With this text, students gain a well-balanced appreciation of themany aspects, it often focuses on past controversies and presentreporting as a product of intense and considered debate that continuestoday and into the future. The writing style of the nine previous editionshas been highly praised. Students easily comprehend chapterconcepts because of the conversational tone used throughout thebook. The authors have made every effort to ensure that the writingstyle remains engaging, lively, and consistent which has made thistext the market leading text in the Advanced Accounting market. TheTenth Edition includes an increase integration of IFRS as well as theupdated accounting standards.NEW TO THIS EDITION Updated Accounting Standards: Overall, the Tenth Edition of thetext provides updated accounting standards references to the newFinancial Accounting Standard Board (FASB) Accounting StandardsCodification (ASC). New Learning Objectives: Each chapter now includes LearningObjectives which are designated in the margin at the point whichthe coverage of that particular learning objective begins. The End ofChapter material has also been tagged by Learning Objective. Updated and New Information of IFRS: With IFRS being one ofthe hot/trendy topics in the Accounting discipline, the authors haveupdated and added relevant information on IFRS. New coverage of International Accounting Standards: This editionprovides new coverage of International Accounting standardswith comparison to US GAAP. The updated International Standardsinclude International Accounting Standard 3, 12, and 28. New Real World References and Scenarios: The Tenth Editionhas additional new real-world scenarios which makes the text the mostrelevant in the market. New real world references include financialreporting examples for contingent consideration, new real-world referencesto TicketMaster and Meade, International, and a new caseusing the Sprint-Nextel business combination. This new case includesquestions on comparisons with IFRS. Updated text material for changes in tax law: References to theUniform Partnership Act have been updated to take in the currentchanges that are taking place. This makes the material presented tothe students more relevant than any Advanced Accounting textbookin the market.CONTENTS1 The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments2 Consolidation of Financial Information3 Consolidations: Subsequent to the Date of the Acquisition4 Consolidated Financial Statements and Outside Ownership5 Consolidated Financial Statements: Intercompany Asset Transactions6 Variable Interest Entities, Intercompany Debt, Consolidated CashFlows, and Other Issues7 Consolidated Financial Statements: Ownership Patterns and IncomeTaxes8 Segment and Interim Reporting9 Foreign Currency Transactions and Hedging Foreign Exchange Risk10 Translation of Foreign Currency Financial Statements11 Worldwide Accounting Diversity and International Standards12 Financial Reporting and the Securities and Exchange Commission13 Accounting for Legal Reorganizations and Liquidations14 Partnerships: Formation and Operations15 Partnerships: Termination and Liquidation16 Accounting for State and Local Governments (Part I)17 Accounting for State and Local Governments (Part II)18 Accounting and Reporting for Private Not-for-Profit Organizations19 Accounting for Estates and Trusts43

AccountingNEW*9780078136634*FUNDAMENTALS OFADVANCED ACCOUNTING4th EditionBy Joe Ben Hoyle, University of Richmond,Thomas Schaefer, University of Notre Dame andTimothy Doupnik, University of South Carolina2011 (April 2010) / 640 pagesISBN: 9780078136634Fundamentals of Advanced Accounting, 4/e is ideal for those schoolswanting to cover 12 chapters in their advanced accounting course.This brief yet concise text allows students to think critically about accounting,just as they will do preparing for the CPA exam. With thistext, students gain a well-balanced appreciation of the Accountingreporting as a product of intense and considered debate that continuestoday and into the future as it originates from Hoyle’s big textAdvanced Accounting. The writing style of the three previous editionshas been highly praised. Students easily comprehend chapter conceptsbecause of the conversational tone used throughout the book.The authors have made every effort to ensure that the writing styleremains engaging, lively, and consistent which has made Hoyle themarket leading franchise in the Advanced Accounting market. TheFourth Edition includes an increase integration of IFRS as well asthe updated accounting standards.NEW TO THIS EDITION Updated Accounting Standards: Overall, the Fourth Edition of thetext provides updated accounting standards references to the newFinancial Accounting Standard Board (FASB) Accounting StandardsCodification (ASC). New Learning Objectives: Each chapter now includes LearningObjectives which are designated in the margin at the point whichthe coverage of that particular learning objective begins. The Endof Chapter material has also been tagged by Learning Objective. Updated and New Information on IFRS: With IFRS being one ofthe hot/trendy topics in the Accounting discipline, the authors haveupdated and added relevant information on IFRS. New coverage of International Accounting Standards: This editionprovides new coverage of International Accounting standardswith comparison to US GAAP. The updated International Standardsinclude International Accounting Standard 3, 12, and 28. New-Real World References and Scenarios: The Fourth Editionhas additional new real-world scenarios which makes the textthe most relevant in the market. New real world references includefinancial reporting examples for contingent consideration, new realworldreferences to TicketMaster and Meade, International, and anew case using the Sprint-Nextel business combination. This newcase includes questions on comparisons with IFRS. Updated text material for changes in tax law. References to theUniform Partnership Act have been updated to take in the currentchanges that are taking place. This makes the material presented tothe students more relevant than any Advanced Accounting textbookin the market.CONTENTS1 The Equity Method of Accounting for Investments2 Consolidation of Financial Information3 Consolidations: Subsequent to the Date of the Acquisition4 Consolidated Financial Statements and Outside Ownership5 Consolidated Financial Statements: Intercompany Asset Transactions6 Variable Interest Entities, Intercompany Debt, Consolidated CashFlows, and Other Issues7 Foreign Currency Transactions and Hedging Foreign Exchange Risk8 Translation of Foreign Currency Financial Statements9 Partnerships: Formation and Operations10 Partnerships: Termination and Liquidation11 Accounting for State and Local Governments (Part I)12 Accounting for State and Local Governments (Part II)NEW*9780071312912*CONSOLIDATED FINANCIALSTATEMENTS2nd EditionBy Ng Eng Juan2010 (August 2010) / 592 pagesISBN: 9780071312912An Asian PublicationConsolidated Financial Statements (Singapore) is a comprehensiveof the Singapore statutes and the Financial Reporting Standards(FRS) issued by the Accounting Standards Council that are effectiveas at 1 July 2009. In this second edition, the book has been updatedfor the new requirements of two new FRS, namely FRS 27 (2009)Consolidated and Separate Financial Statements and FRS 103 (2009)Business Combinations. The chapter arrangement in this secondof the sections on Joint Ventures in Chapters 6 and 7. This book iswritten based on many years of teaching, research and practicalexperience. It adopts a professional approach and is presented ina step-by-step, easy-to-understand style. It contains more than 80illustrative examples and numerous problems for self-study.Topics Covered• Consolidated balance sheets (also referred to as consolidatedstatements of financial position), consolidated statement of comprehensiveincome, consolidated statement of changes in equityand consolidated statement of cash flows• Changes in shareholding interests• Complex group structure• Investment in associates• Investment in joint ventures• Foreign subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures• Consolidation theory• Merger accountingCONTENTSPreface to the Second EditionPreface to the First EditionAbout the AuthorTable of Statutes, Accounting Institutions and Accounting StandardsChapter 1 Introduction1.1 What Are Consolidated Financial Statements?1.2 Who Has to Present Consolidated Financial Statements?1.3 Consolidation Procedures1.4 Usefulness and Limitations of Consolidated Financial Statements1.5 Approaches Adopted in This BookChapter 2 Consolidation at the Date of Acquisition44

Accounting2.1 Introduction2.2 Combination of Accounts2.3 Fair Value Adjustments2.4 Goodwill on Consolidation2.5 Non-controlling Interest2.6 SummaryProblems for Self-study 46Chapter 3 Consolidation Subsequent to the Date of Acquisition3.1 Introduction3.2 Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 53.3 Pre-acquisition and Post-acquisition Reserves3.4 Intragroup Account Balances3.5 Unrealized Intragroup Profits and Losses3.6 Intragroup Dividend3.7 Other Consolidation Adjustments3.8 New Rules for Non-Controlling Interest3.9 SummaryProblems for Self-studyChapter 4 Changes in Shareholding Interest and Other SpecificIssues4.1 Introduction4.2 Changes in Shareholding Interest4.3 Other Specific Issues4.4 SummaryProblems for Self-studyChapter 5 Complex Group Structure5.1 Introduction5.2 Father-son-grandson Structure5.3 Connecting Affiliation Structure5.4 Cross Holdings5.5 SummaryProblems for Self-studyChapter 6 Associates and Joint Ventures6.1 Introduction6.2 Associate: Definition6.3 Equity Accounting: Basic Principles6.4 Difference between Cost and Underlying Net Assets6.5 Transactions between Parent and Associate6.6 Impairment Loss6.7 Changes in Shareholding Interest6.8 Indirect Shareholding6.9 Joint Ventures6.10 SummaryProblems for Self-studyChapter 7 Foreign Subsidiaries, Associates and Joint Ventures7.1 Introduction7.2 Translation Process7.3 Foreign Subsidiary7.4 Foreign Associate7.5 Foreign Joint Ventures7.6 SummaryProblems for Self-studyChapter 8 Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows8.1 Introduction8.2 Non-controlling interest8.3 Associates8.4 Acquisition of Subsidiary8.5 Disposal of Subsidiary8.6 Foreign Subsidiary and Associate8.7 A Comprehensive Illustration8.8 SummaryAppendix 8A: Statement of Cash FlowsProblems for Self-studyChapter 9 Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity9.1 Introduction9.2 Requirements of FRS 19.3 Consolidation Issues9.4 SummaryProblems for Self-studyChapter 10 Further Issues10.1 Introduction10.2 Consolidation Theories10.3 Pooling of Interests (Merger) Method10.4 SummaryIndexADVANCED FINANCIAL ACCOUNTINGUpdated EditionBy Pearl Tan and Peter Lee2009 (March 2009) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780071269339An Asian PublicationInternational Accounting Standards (IAS) and International FinancialReporting Standards (IFRS) reporting framework. While the book isaimed at advanced level accounting degree students in tertiary institutions,it is a useful primer for practitioners who wish to reinforce theirknowledge of rapidly changing accounting standards. (Note: Thereto align IAS 39 with US GAAP).FEATURES Inclusion of the most recent amendments to existing standardsincluding the revised IFRS 3 (2008) and revised IAS 27 (2008). Coverage of complex topics: business combinations, consolidation,equity accounting, translation of foreign transactions and foreignoperations, financial instruments, share-based payments, earningsper share, deferred taxation and risk reporting disclosures.Application of the three “Cs” of sound accounting pedagogy:• Concepts Principles-based to enhance students’ conceptual understandingof the underlying rationale of accounting requirements.• Context Emphasizes the importance of understanding the economicsof and motivations for the specific transactions that are thesubject of accounting rules.• Competencies Focuses on the requirements of accounting standardswithin the IAS and IFRS reporting framework and providesin-depth coverage of how to apply them to complex settings. Rigorous and comprehensive illustrations, explanations andproblem sets aimed at achieving high standards of professionalcompetencies demanded by accountancy bodies worldwide.Analytical checks to allow for self-auditing of answers.CONTENTS1 Economic Perspectives of Risk Reporting2 Group Reporting I: Concepts and Context3 Group Reporting II: Application of the Purchase Method underIFRS 34 Group Reporting III: Consolidation under IAS 275 Group Reporting IV: Equity Accounting under IAS 286 Group Reporting V: Special Issues7 Accounting for the Effect of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates8 Financial Instruments: Classification, Recognition and Measurement9 Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging10 Accounting for Taxes on Income11 Earnings per Share12 Share-based Payment45

AccountingInternational editionMODERN ADVANCED ACCOUNTING10th EditionBy E. John Larsen, University of Southern California2006 / 880 pagesISBN: 9780073211596 (with OLC with Premium Content Card)ISBN: 9780071244596 [IE with OLC and Premium Card]www.mhhe.com/larsen10eCONTENTSChapter One. Ethical Issues in Advanced AccountingChapter Two. Partnerships: Organization and OperationChapter Three. Partnership Liquidation and Incorporation; JointVenturesChapter Four. Accounting for Branches; Combined Financial StatementsChapter Five. Business CombinationsChapter Six. Consolidated Financial Statements: On Date of BusinessCombinationChapter Seven. Consolidated Financial Statements: Subsequent toDate of Business CombinationChapter Eight. Consolidated Financial Statements: IntercompanyTransactionsChapter Nine. Consolidated Financial Statements: Income Taxes,Cash Flows, and Installment AcquisitionsChapter Ten. Consolidated Financial Statements: Special ProgramsChapter Eleven. International Accounting Standards; Accounting forForeign Currency TransactionsChapter Twelve. Translation of Foreign Currency Financial StatementsChapter Thirteen. Reporting for Components; Interim Reports; Reportingfor SECChapter Fourteen. Bankruptcy: Liquidation and ReorganizationChapter Fifteen. Estates and TrustsChapter Sixteen. Nonprofit OrganizationsChapter Seventeen. Governmental Entities: General FundChapter Eighteen. Governmental Entities: Other Governmental Fundsand Account GroupsChapter Nineteen. Governmental Entities: Proprietary Funds, FiduciaryFunds, and Comprehensive Annual Financial ReportInternational editionACCOUNTING FOR DERIVATIVES ANDHEDGINGBy Mark Trombley, University of Arizona2003 / 240 pagesISBN: 9780072440447 (Out of Print)ISBN: 9780071199209 [IE]www.mhhe.com/trombleyCONTENTS1. Introduction to Hedging.2. Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging.3. Interest Rate Swaps.4. Interest Rate Futures and Options.5. Foreign Currency Derivatives and Hedging.6. Additional Topics.AuditingNEW*9780073404004*2012 (February 2011) / 768 pagesISBN: 9780073404004(Details unavailable at press time)AUDITING AND ASSURANCESERVICESAn Applied ApproachBy Iris Stuart, California State University--FullertonInternational editionNEW*9780078111037*PRINCIPLES OF AUDITING AND OTHERASSURANCE SERVICES18th EditionBy Ray Whittington, DePaul University/McGowan Center, Kurt Pany,Arizona State University-Tempe2012 (April 2011) / 864 pagesISBN: 9780078111037ISBN: 9780071316880 [IE](Details unavailable at press time)International editionNEW*9780077396572*AUDITING & ASSURANCESERVICES4th EditionBy Timothy J Louwers, James Madison University,Robert J Ramsay, University of Kentucky-Lexington, David Sinason, Northern IllinoisUniversity and Jerry R Strawser, Texas A&MUniversity-College Station2011 (January 2010) / 864 pagesISBN: 9780077396572 (with ACL Software)ISBN: 9780071313919 [IE with ACL Software]The fourth edition of Auditing & Assurance Services is the most upto-dateauditing text on the market. All chapters and modules in thefourth edition have been revised to incorporate professional standards46

Accountingthrough SAS 116, AS7, international standards of auditing (ISAs), andunnumbered standards adopted through July 2009. New terminologyfrom the AICPA’s Clarity Project has been incorporated throughoutthe book. In addition, all chapters include new problems, KaplanCPA Review simulations, and comprehensive case questions. Fraudawareness, a thorough understanding of internal controls, and theability to use technology effectively are the hallmarks of a successfulauditor in business today. With Auditing & Assurance Services, 4thedition , students are prepared to take on auditing’s latest challenges.As a leader in fraud coverage, it is accompanied by the Apollo ShoesCase, the only standalone FRAUD audit case on the market (availableibility for instructors; the twelve chapters focus on the auditing processwhile the eight modules provide additional topics that can be taughtNEW TO THIS EDITION Chapter 2 has been revised to cover the new fundamental principlesgoverning an audit and discuss the correspondence betweenthese principles and the traditional ten generally accepted auditingstandards. Chapter 11 has been updated to consider the recent PCAOBguidance in Auditing Standard No. 7 (AS 7) on engagement qualityreview. Chapter 5 has been updated with more emphasis on the topdownauditing requirements of PCAOB Auditing Standard No. 5(AS 5). All chapters and modules have been revised to incorporateprofessional standards through SAS 116 and unnumbered standardsadopted by July 2009 and include international standards ofauditing (ISAs). All chapters feature new end-of-chapter material, includingKaplan CPA Review simulations.3 new comprehensive cases have been added:General Motors: Running on EmptySaytam Computer Services, Ltd.: India’s EnronPTL Club: The Harbinger of Things to ComeCONTENTSPart I: The Contemporary Auditing EnvironmentChapter 1: Auditing and Assurance ServicesChapter 2: Professional StandardsChapter 3: Management Fraud and Audit RiskPart II: The Financial Statement AuditChapter 4: Engagement PlanningChapter 5: Risk Assessment: Internal Control EvaluationChapter 6: Employee Fraud and the audit of CashAppendix 6A Internal Control QuestionnairesAppendix 6B Audit Plan QuestionnairesChapter 7: Revenue and Collection CycleFraud Cases: Extended Audit Procedures (SAS 99)Appendix 7A Internal Control QuestionnairesAppendix 7B Audit PlanChapter 8: Acquisition and Expenditure CycleFraud Case(s): Extended Audit Procedures (SAS 99)Appendix 8A Internal Control QuestionnairesAppendix 8B Audit PlansAppendix 8B The Payroll CycleChapter 9: Production CycleFraud Case: Extended Audit Procedures (SAS 99)Appendix 9A Internal Control QuestionnairesAppendix 9B Audit PlansChapter 10: Finance and Investment CycleFraud Case: Extended Audit Procedures (SAS 99)Appendix 10A Internal Control QuestionnairesAppendix 10B Substantive Audit PlansChapter 11: Completing the AuditChapter 12: Reports on Audited Financial StatementsPart III: Other TopicsModule A: Other Public Accounting ServicesModule B: Professional EthicsModule C: Legal LiabilityModule D: Internal, Governmental, and Fraud AuditsModule E: Overview of SamplingModule F: Attribute SamplingModule G: Variables SamplingModule H: Information Systems AuditingComprehensive CasesAndersen: An Obstruction of Justice?PTL Club—The Harbinger of Things to Come?GM: Running on Empty?Unhealthy Accounting at HealthSouthKPMG: How Many Firms?Something Went Sour at ParmalatGE: How Much Are Auditors Paid?Saytam Computer Services, Ltd.—India’s EnronNEW*9780078110818*AUDITING AFTERSARBANES-OXLEY3rd EditionBy Jay C Thibodeau, Bentley College and DeborahFreier2011 (March 2010) / 288 pagesISBN: 9780078110818www.mhhe.com/thibodeau3eThe approach used by Thibodeau and Freier emphasizes the sub-knowledge related to the practice of auditing. This type of approachhas long been acknowledged as a superior manner in which to teach.Since the authors present the concepts of auditing using actualcorporate contexts, they seek to provided students with a real-lifeappreciation of these issues and clearly demonstrate the value of theSarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the post-Sarbanes technical auditchanges happening in today’s society with actual companies such asEnron, WorldCom, Qwest, Sunbeam, that have become synonymouscases, instructors can assign 8 to 9 different cases for each of fourdifferent semesters.NEW TO THIS EDITION Revised Title of Text: The title of the text has been revised to‘Auditing and Accounting Cases: Investigating Issues of Fraud andProfessional Ethics to better reflect the content of the book and theway that the cases have been used effectively in both auditing andfinancial accounting classes. The new title reflects the fact that eachof the cases focuses on an issue that existed at a company where afinancial statement fraud actually occurred. New Bernie Madoff case: The authors have added a new casethat provides an overview of the fraud perpetrated by Bernie Madoff.The case is explicitly designed to help auditing professors impartknowledge about an auditor’s legal liability, including both criminal andcivil exposures. This case provides students with an engaging contextto help ensure that they fully understand the sever consequences ofmaking poor ethical choices as a CPA.47

Accounting New Case on Audit Documentation Requirements: This newcase will help auditing professors impart knowledge about auditdocumentation requirements by providing an overview of the shreddingof audit documentation that occurred in 2001 by Arthur Andersenon the Enron audit. This case provides a terrific mechanism to helpstudents understand the importance of audit documentation andrelated document retention policies. New Case on WorldCom: The authors have added a case that isdesigned to help auditing professors show students how WorldComcapitalized their line costs to perpetuate one of the biggest frauds inthe history of the United States. This case will help students betterunderstand the framework of specific rules related to the auditing andaccounting profession. Extensive coverage of AS 5: The Third Edition includes extensivecoverage of AS 5. Additionally, the new edition includes coverage ofa number of AU Sections that are part of Generally Accepted AuditingStandards. Specifically, the book includes coverage of topics likePlanning and Supervision and Audit Evidence.CONTENTSSection 1 Fraud Cases: Violations of Accounting PrinciplesCase 1.1 Waste Management: The Matching PrincipleCase 1.2 WorldCom: The Revenue Recognition PrincipleCase 1.3 Qwest: The Full Disclosure PrincipleCase 1.4 Sunbeam: The Revenue Recognition PrincipleCase 1.5 Waste Management: The Definition of an AssetCase 1.6 Enron: The Revenue Recognition PrincipleCase 1.7 WorldCom: The Matching PrincipleCase 1.8 The Fund of Funds: The Conservatism ConstraintCase 1.9 Qwest: The Revenue Recognition PrincipleCase 1.10 The Baptist Foundation of Arizona: The ConservatismConstraintCase 1.11 WorldCom: The Definition of an AssetSection 2 Ethics and Professional Responsibility CasesCase 2.1 Enron: IndependenceCase 2.2 Waste Management: Due CareCase 2.3 WorldCom: Professional ResponsibilityCase 2.4 Enron: Quality AssuranceCase 2.5 Sunbeam: Due CareCase 2.6 The Fund of Funds: IndependenceCase 2.7 Bernard L. Madoff Investment and Securities: A Focus onAuditors’ Legal Liability and Due CareCase 2.8 Enron: Audit DocumentationSection 3 Fraud and Inherent Risk Assessment CasesCase 3.1 Enron: Understanding the Client’s Business and IndustryCase 3.2 The Baptist Foundation of Arizona: Related Party TransactionsCase 3.3 WorldCom: Significant Business AcquisitionsCase 3.4 Sunbeam: Incentives and Pressure to Commit FraudCase 3.5 Qwest: Understanding the Client’s Business and IndustryCase 3.6 The Fund of Funds: Related Party TransactionsCase 3.7 Waste Management: Understanding the Client’s Businessand IndustrySection 4 Internal Control Systems: Entity-Level Control CasesCase 4.1 Enron: The Control EnvironmentCase 4.2 Waste Management: General Computing ControlsCase 4.3 The Baptist Foundation of Arizona: The WhistleblowerHotlineCase 4.4 WorldCom: The Internal Audit FunctionCase 4.5 Waste Management: Top-Side Adjusting Journal EntriesSection 5 Internal Control Systems: Control ActivityCase 5.1 The Fund of Funds: Valuation of InvestmentsCase 5.2 Enron: Presentation and Disclosure of Special-PurposeEntitiesCase 5.3 Sunbeam: Completeness of the Restructuring ReserveCase 5.4 Qwest: Occurrence of RevenueCase 5.5 The Baptist Foundation of Arizona: Presentation and Disclosureof Related PartiesCase 5.6 Waste Management: Valuation of Fixed AssetsCase 5.7 Qwest: Occurrence of RevenueAppendix Company CasesCase A.1 EnronCase A.2 Waste ManagementCase A.3 WorldComCase A.4 SunbeamCase A.5 QwestCase A.6 The Baptist Foundation of ArizonaCase A.7 The Fund of FundsInternational editionPRINCIPLES OF AUDITING AND OTHERASSURANCE SERVICES WITH ACLSOFTWARE CD17th EditionBy Ray Whittington, DePaul University/McGowan Center and Kurt Pany,Arizona State University-Tempe2010 (January 2009) / 832 pagesISBN: 9780077304454ISBN: 9780071288422 [IE with ACL Software CD]Whittington/Pany’s Principles of Auditing, is a market leader in theauditing discipline. Until October 2002, Ray Whittington was a memberof the Audit Standards Board and prior to Ray being on the ASB,Kurt Pany was on the board. Whittington recently completed histerm as President of the Auditing Section of the American AccountingAssociation. Principles of Auditing presents concepts clearly andproactively monitors changes in auditing making the relationshipbetween accounting and auditing understandable. The 17th editionmaintains the organization and balance sheet orientation, whileadding and enhancing topics of Risk, Assurance Services, Fraud,E-Commerce, and the latest auditing standards to meet the needsof the current marketplace.CONTENTS1. The Role of the Public Accountant in the American Economy2. Professional Standards3. Professional Ethics4. Legal Liability of CPAs5. Audit Evidence and Documentation6. Planning the Audit; Linking Audit Procedures to RiskAppendix A Selected Internet AddressesAppendix B Examples of Fraud Risk FactorsAppendix C Illustrative Audit Case7. Internal ControlAppendix A Antifraud Programs and Control Measures8. Consideration of Internal Control in an Information TechnologyEnvironment9. Audit SamplingAppendix A Probability-Proportion-to-Size SamplingAppendix B Audit Risk10. Cash and Financial Investments11. Accounts Receivable, Notes Receivable, and RevenueAppendix A Illustrative Audit CaseAppendix B Illustrative Audit Case12. Inventories and Cost of Goods Sold13. Property, Plant, and Equipment: Depreciation and Depletion14. Accounts Payable and Other LiabilitiesAppendix A Illustrative Audit Cases15. Debt and Equity Capital16. Auditing Operations and Completing the Audit17. Auditors’ Report18. Integrated Audits of Public Companies19. Additional Assurance Services: Historical Financial Information20. Additional Assurance Services: Other Information21. Internal, Operational, and Compliance Auditing48

AccountingUK AdaptationAUDITING & ASSURANCE SERVICES2nd EditionBy Aasmund Eilifsen, Norwegian Sch of Economics & Business Administration,William F Messier, University of Nevada Las Vegas, Steven MGlover and Douglas F Prawitt of Brigham Young University-Provo2009 (December 2009) / 720 pagesISBN: 9780077122508McGraw-Hill UK Titlewww.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/eilifsenAuditing & Assurance Services, Second International Edition combinesa genuine international perspective and relevant internationalregulatory requirements with a conceptual and systematic approachto auditing. This fully up-to-date textbook provides students with themost current concepts of auditing and professional requirements.CONTENTSPART I INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT AUDITINGChapter 1: An Introduction to Assurance and Financial StatementAuditingChapter 2: The Financial Statement Auditing EnvironmentPART II BASIC AUDITING CONCEPTS: RISK ASSESSMENT, MA-TERIALITY, AND EVIDENCEChapter 3: Risk Assessment and MaterialityChapter 4: Audit Evidence and Audit DocumentationPART III PLANNING THE AUDIT AND INTERNAL CONTROLChapter 5: Audit Planning and Types of Audit TestsChapter 6: Internal Control in a Financial Statement AuditChapter 7: Auditing Internal Control over Financial ReportingPART IV STATISTICAL AND NON-STATISTICAL SAMPLING TOOLSFOR AUDITINGChapter 8: Audit Sampling: An Overview and Application to Testsof ControlsChapter 9: Audit Sampling: An Application to Substantive Tests ofAccount BalancesPART V AUDITING BUSINESS PROCESSESChapter 10: Auditing the Revenue ProcessChapter 11: Auditing the Purchasing ProcessChapter 12: Auditing the Human Resource Management ProcessChapter 13: Auditing the Inventory Management ProcessChapter 14: Auditing Financing Process: Prepaid Expenses andProperty, Plant and EquipmentChapter 15: Auditing Financing Process: Long Term Liabilities, Stockholders’Equity and Income Statement AccountsChapter 16: Auditing Financing Process :Cash and InvestmentsPART VI COMPLETING THE AUDIT AND REPORTING RESPON-SIBILITIESChapter 17: Completing the EngagementChapter 18: Reports on Audited Financial StatementsPART VII PROFESSIONAL RESPONSIBILITIESChapter 19: Professional Ethics, Independence and Quality ControlPART VIII ASSURANCE, RELATED SERVICES AND INTERNALAUDITING SERVICESChapter 20: Assurance, Related Services and Internal AuditingAUDITING AND ASSURANCE SERVICES INAUSTRALIA4th EditionBy Grant Gay, Monash University and Roger Simnett, University of NewSouth Wales2009 (December 2009)ISBN: 9780070286740McGraw-Hill Australia TitleAuditing & Assurance Services takes a business risk approach -thestandard in audit practice that has been incorporated into both nationalare provided with a solid theoretical grounding in all aspects of auditing,as well as insight into current challenges of the profession. Witha reputation built over several editions for timely, comprehensive andaccurate incorporation of auditing standards this edition continues thetrend. The 4e is current with the revised Australian Auditing Standardsarising from the Clarity Project and enforceable from 1 January 2010.in from 2010.CONTENTSPart 1 The Auditing And Assurance Services ProfessionCh 1. Assurance & auditing: an overviewCh 2. The structure of the professionCh 3. Ethics, independence and corporate governanceCh 4. The legal liability of auditorsPart 2 Planning And RiskCh 5. Overview of elements of the financial report auditprocessCh 6. Planning, understanding the entity and evaluatingbusiness riskCh 7. Assessing specific business risks and materialityCh 8. Understanding and assessing internal controlPart 3 Tests Of Control And Tests Of DetailsCh 9. Tests of controlsCh 10. Substantive tests of transactions and balancesCh 11. Audit samplingPart 4 Completion And CommunicationCh 12. Completion and reviewCh 13. The auditor’s reporting obligationsPart 5 Other Assurance ServicesCh 14. Internal auditingCh 15. Audit and assurance services in the public sectorCh 16. Other assurance services and advanced topicsPRINCIPLES AND CONTEMPORARY ISSUESIN INTERNAL AUDITINGBy Puan Sri Datin Dr Mary Lee, Dr Hasnah Haji Haron, Dr Ishak Ismail,Dr Mohd. Hassan Che Haat, Norlela Zaini, Tong Seuk Ying, Lok Char Leeand Mohd, Farook Nasar2009 (June 2009) / 356 pagesISBN: 9789833850679An Asian PublicationThis book provides readers with an overview of the latest developmentsand various contemporary and contentious issues in internalauditing. It gives a good understanding on the role and responsibilitiesof an internal auditor as one of the governance partners and valueaddersin an organization. It highlights the importance of the internalauditing function in risk management, controls and governance. Withthe latest amendments issued under Para 15.18 of Bursa Malaysia’s(Amended) Listing Requirements on 31 January, 2008, mandatinginternal audit function for all public-listed companies, there is a needfor greater understanding of the internal audit function as one of themeans of safeguarding shareholders’ interests. This book also incorporatesthe new IIA’s International Professional Practices Framework(IPPF) which includes the Mandatory Guidance (such as the Code ofEthics and the International Standards for the Professional Practiceof Internal Auditing) and the Strongly Recommended Guidance (suchas the Position Papers, Practice Advisories and Practice Guides).The book is a joint effort of academicians from Universiti TeknologiMARA, Universiti Sains Malaysia, Universiti Malaysia Trengganu andpractitioners in internal auditing. The authors recognize that there isa need for more local and affordable books on internal auditing. Inthis regard, the authors hope that their concerted efforts in writing thising and also encourage continuous professional development in thisarea. The authors also feel that they should share their knowledgeand experience on internal auditing to meet the motto of The Instituteof Internal Auditors, “Progress Through Sharing”.49

AccountingAuditing Practice CasesAdvanced ManagerialAccountingInternational editionPEACH BLOSSOM COLOGNE COMPANY4th EditionBy Jack W. Paul, Lehigh University2007 (December 2005) / 192 pagesISBN: 9780073276595 (with CD)ISBN: 9780071259828 [IE with CD]CONTENTSI. General Instructions and Preparations.II. Permanent File Materials.1. History and Background.2. Organizational Structure.3. Internal Control.4. Chart of Accounts.5. Minutes of Board of Directors’ Meetings.III. Problem Assignments.Assignment #1: Planning the Integrated Audit. Assignment #2: Cash.Assignment #3: Accounts Receivable and Credit Sales. Assignment#4: Inventory and Purchases. Assignment #5: Property, Plant,and Equipment (Fixed Assets). Assignment #6: Accounts PayableProcessing and Unrecorded Liabilities. Assignment #7: Notes Payableand Accrued Interest. Assignment #8: Completing the Audit.IV. Current Year’s Working Trial Balance.V. Prior Year’s Working Papers.International editionAPPLE BLOSSOM COLOGNE COMPANY:AUDIT CASE5th EditionBy Jack Paul, Lehigh University2003ISBN: 9780072844504 (with CD-ROM)ISBN: 9780071244886 [IE with CD-ROM]www.mhhe.com/appleblossomCONTENTS1) Audit Planning and Integration of the Accounting Process2) Accounts Receivable and Credit Sales3) Cash4) Inventory and Purchases5) Prepaid Expenses6) Investments in Securities7) Property, Plant, and Equipment8) Accounts Payable Processing and Unrecorded Liabilities9) Payroll Processing and Accrued Liabilities10) Notes Payable and Accrued Interest11) Capital Stock and Retained Earnings12) Completing the AuditInternational editionNEW*9780078136726*ACCOUNTING FORDECISION-MAKING ANDCONTROL7th EditionBy Jerold Zimmerman, University of Roch2011 (January 2010) / 608 pagesISBN: 9780078136726ISBN: 9780071289641 [IE]www.mhhe.com/zimmerman7eAccounting for Decision Making and Control provides students andmanagers with an understanding appreciation of the strengths andlimitations of an organization’s accounting system. This book providesa framework for thinking about accounting systems and a basis foranalyzing proposed changes to these systems. The Seventh Editiondemonstrates that managerial accounting is an integral part of thetational topics. The purpose of this text is to provide students andmanagers with an understanding and appreciation of the strengths andlimitations of an organization’s accounting system, thereby allowingthem to be more intelligent users of these systems. The main purposeproposed by the author remains in tact for the Seventh Edition.NEW TO THIS EDITION New and updated problems: Over 16 new problems and casessupplement the existing problems. These new problems create freshmaterial for students while challenging them to critically analyzemultidimensional issues simultaneously requiring numerical problemsolvingskills. Real world company integration: Additional real world companiesand their practices have been integrated into the text. The readabilityand relevance of real world companies help students understand themthe concept of the topic at hand.More intuitive, easier-to-understand numerical examples have beenadded to this new edition. Each chapter has been updated andstreamlined based on feedback from students and instructors.CONTENTSChapter 1) IntroductionChapter 2) The nature of costsChapter 3) Opportunity cost of capital and capital budgetingChapter 4) Organizational architectureChapter 5) Responsibility accounting and transfer pricingChapter 6) BudgetingChapter 7) Cost allocation: TheoryChapter 8) Cost allocation: PracticesChapter 9) Absorption cost systemChapter 10) Criticisms of absorption cost systems: Incentives tooverproduceChapter 11) Criticisms of absorption cost systems: Inaccurate productcosts50

AccountingChapter 12) Standard costs: Direct labor and materialsChapter 13) Overhead and marketing variancesChapter 14) Management accounting in a changing environmentUndergraduate TaxationNEW*9780078110948*PRINCIPLES OF TAXATION FOR BUSINESSAND INVESTMENT PLANNING2012 Edition, 15th EditionBy Sally Jones, University of Virginia and Shelley C Rhoades-Catanach,Villanova University2012 (April 2011) / 608 pagesISBN: 9780078110948(Details unavailable at press time)NEW*9780077328368*MCGRAW-HILL’S TAXATION OFINDIVIDUALS2012 Edition, 3rd EditionBy Brian Spilker, Brigham Young Univesity, Benjamin C Ayers, Universityof Georgia, John Robinson, University of Texas at Austin, EdmundOutslay, Michigan State University, Ronald G Worsham and John ABarrick of Brigham Young university and Constance Weaver, Texas A&MUniversity2012 (April 2011) / 736 pagesISBN: 9780077328368(Details unavailable at press time)NEW*9780078111068*MCGRAW-HILL’S TAXATION OFINDIVIDUALS AND BUSINESS ENTITITES2012 Edition, 3rd EditionBy Brian Spilker, Brigham Young Univesity, Benjamin C Ayers, Universityof Georgia, John Robinson, University of Texas at Austin, EdmundOutslay, Michigan State University, Ronald G Worsham and John ABarrick of Brigham Young university and Constance Weaver, Texas A&MUniversity2012 (April 2011) / 1216 pagesISBN: 9780078111068(Details unavailable at press time)NEW*9780077479992*FUNDAMENTALS OF TAXATION2011 with Tax Act Software, 4th EditionBy Ana M Cruz, Miami-Dade College, Mike Deschamps, Miracosta College,Frederick Niswander, East Carolina University, Debra Prendergast,Northwestern Business College, Dan Schisler, East Carolina Universityand Jinhee Trone, Santa Ana College2011 (December 2010)ISBN: 9780077479992(Details unavailable at press time)NEW*9780078136689*PRINCIPLES OF TAXATIONFOR BUSINESS ANDINVESTMENT PLANNING2011 Edition, 14th EditionBy Sally Jones, University of VA-Charlottesvilleand Shelley C Rhoades-Catanach, VillanovaUniversityNEW *9780077328412*TAXATION OF BUSINESS ENTITITES2012 Edition, 3rd EditionBy Brian Spilker, Brigham Young Univesity, Benjamin C Ayers, Universityof Georgia, John Robinson, University of Texas at Austin, EdmundOutslay, Michigan State University, Ronald G Worsham and John ABarrick of Brigham Young university and Constance Weaver, Texas A&MUniversity2012 (April 2011) / 640 pagesISBN: 9780077328412(Details unavailable at press time)2011 (April 2010) / 640 pagesISBN: 9780078136689www.mhhe.com/sjones2011Principles of Taxation for Business and Investment Planning, byJones and Rhoades-Catanach, is a different approach to the studyof taxation than the traditional tax return preparation approach. Thisbook teaches students to recognize the role taxes play in businessand investment decisions. In addition, the book presents the generalrole of taxation and its implications across all taxpaying entities beforelows students to really grasp the fundamental concepts that are thetax rules and regulations change from year to year.NEW TO THIS EDITION This text’s coverage of new tax regulations is updated yearly toreflect the latest changes in tax law.51

Accounting Updated real world examples reinforce and illustrate key concepts.CONTENTSPart 1 Exploring the Tax EnvironmentCh. 1 Types of Taxes and the Jurisdictions That Use ThemCh. 2 Tax Policy Issues: Standards for a Good TaxPart 2 Fundamentals of Tax PlanningCh. 3 Taxes as Transaction CostsCh. 4 Maxims of Income Tax PlanningCh. 5 Tax ResearchPart 3 The Measurement of Taxable IncomeCh. 6 Taxable Income From Business OperationsCh. 7 Property Acquisitions and Cost Recovery DeductionsAppendix 7-A Midquarter Convention TablesCh. 8 Property DispositionsCh. 9 Nontaxable ExchangesPart 4 The Taxation of Business IncomeCh. 10 Sole Proprietorships, Partnerships, LLCs, and S CorporationsCh. 11 The Corporate TaxpayerAppendix 11-A Schedule M-3 for Reconciling Book and TaxableIncomeCh. 12 The Choice of Business EntityCh. 13 Jurisdictional Issues in Business TaxationPart 5 The Individual TaxpayerCh. 14 The Individual Tax FormulaAppendix 14-A Itemized Deduction WorksheetAppendix 14-B Federal Transfer Tax Rates (2009)Ch. 15 Compensation and Retirement Planning Ch. 16 Investmentand Personal Financial PlanningAppendix 16-A Comprehensive Schedule D ProblemAppendix 16-B Federal Transfer Tax Rates (2009)Ch. 17 Tax Consequences of Personal ActivitiesAppendix 17-A Social Security WorksheetPart 6 The Tax Compliance ProcessCh. 18 The Tax Compliance ProcessNEW*9780078136696*TAXATION OF BUSINESSENTITIES2011 Edition, 2nd EditionBy Brian Spilker, Brigham Young Univesity,Benjamin C Ayers, University of Georgia, JohnRobinson, University of Texas at Austin, EdmundOutslay, Michigan State University, Ronald GWorsham and John A Barrick of Brigham Younguniversity and Constance Weaver, Texas A&MUniversity2011 (April 2010) / 800 pagesISBN: 9780078136696www.mhhe.com/spilker2011The basic approach to teaching taxation hasn’t changed in decades.Today’s student deserves a new approach. McGraw-Hill’s Taxation ofIndividuals and Business Entities continues to be a bold and innovativenew textbook that has generated enthusiasm across the country. WithSeries is designed to provide a unique, innovative, and engaginglearning experience for students studying taxation. The breadth of thetopical coverage, the storyline approach to presenting the material,the emphasis on the tax and nontax consequences of multiple par-accounting topics make this book ideal for the modern tax curriculum.NEW TO THIS EDITION McGraw-Hill Connect Taxation: McGraw-Hill Connect Taxationis a web-based assignment and assessment platform that givesstudents the means to better connect with their coursework, withtheir instructors, and with the important concepts that they will needto know for success now and in the future. With Connect Taxation,instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes and tests online. Nearlyall the questions from the text are presented in an auto-gradableformat and tied to the text’s learning objectives. Instructors can editexisting questions and author entirely new problems. Track individualstudent performance—by question, assignment or in relation to theclass overall—with detailed grade reports. Integrate grade reportseasily with Learning Management Systems (LMS) such as WebCTand Blackboard. And much more! Connect Taxation allows students topractice important skills at their own pace and on their own schedule.Importantly, students’ assessment results and instructors’ feedbackare all saved online—so students can continually review their progressand plot their course to success. McGraw-Hill Connect Plus Taxation: McGraw-Hill Connect PlusTaxation is a web-based assignment and assessment platform thatgives students the means to better connect with their coursework,with their instructors, and with the important concepts that they willneed to know for success now and in the future. With Connect PlusTaxation, instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes and tests easilyonline. Students can practice important skills at their own pace andon their own schedule. With Connect Plus Taxation, students also get24/7 online access to an eBook—an online edition of the text—to aidthem in successfully completing their work, wherever and wheneverthey choose. TaxACT for Business Entities: We will now offer both TaxACT’sIndividual tax prep software, and their Entities bundle, which includesforms 1065, 1120 and 1120S as add-on products. This bundle combinesTaxACT’s 2009 Preparer’s 1040 with the 2009 Preparer’s Business3-Pack to offer preparer solutions for personal and business use. The book has been completely updated for all new tax law, ratechanges, and 2009 tax forms. The book is current through January2010. Other updates beyond September can be found on the book’sOnline Learning Center, www.mhhe.com/spilker2011.CONTENTSPart I: Business and Investment–Related Transactions1. Business Income, Deductions, and Accounting Methods2. Property Acquisition and Cost Recovery3. Property DispositionsPart II: Entity Overview and Taxation of C Corporations4. Entities Overview5. Corporate Operations6. FAS 109: Accounting for Income Taxes7. Corporate Taxation: Nonliquidating Distributions8. Corporate Taxation: Formation, Reorganization, and LiquidationPart III: Taxation of Flow-Through Entities9. Forming and Operating Partnerships10. Dispositions of Partnership Interests and Partnership Distributions11. S CorporationsPart IV: Multijurisdictional Taxation and Transfer Taxes12. State and Local Taxes13. The U.S. Taxation of Multinational Transactions14. Transfer Taxes and Wealth PlanningAppendix A: Tax FormsAppendix B: Tax Terms GlossaryAppendix C: Comprehensive Tax Return ProblemsAppendix D: Code Indices52

AccountingNEW*9780078136719*TAXATION OF INDIVIDUALS2011 Edition, 2nd EditionBy Brian Spilker, Brigham Young Univesity,Benjamin C Ayers, University of Georgia, JohnRobinson, University of Texas at Austin, EdmundOutslay, Michigan State University, Ronald GWorsham and John A Barrick of Brigham Younguniversity and Connie Weaver, Texas A&MUniversity2011 (April 2010)ISBN: 9780078136719www.mhhe.com/spilker2011The basic approach to teaching taxation hasn’t changed in decades.Today’s student deserves a new approach. McGraw-Hill’s Taxation ofIndividuals and Business Entities continues to be a bold and innovativenew textbook that has generated enthusiasm across the country. WithSeries is designed to provide a unique, innovative, and engaginglearning experience for students studying taxation. The breadth of thetopical coverage, the storyline approach to presenting the material,the emphasis on the tax and nontax consequences of multiple par-accounting topics make this book ideal for the modern tax curriculum.NEW TO THIS EDITION McGraw-Hill Connect Taxation: McGraw-Hill Connect Taxationis a web-based assignment and assessment platform that givesstudents the means to better connect with their coursework, withtheir instructors, and with the important concepts that they will needto know for success now and in the future. With Connect Taxation,instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes and tests online. Nearlyall the questions from the text are presented in an auto-gradableformat and tied to the text’s learning objectives. Instructors can editexisting questions and author entirely new problems. Track individualstudent performance—by question, assignment or in relation to theclass overall—with detailed grade reports. Integrate grade reportseasily with Learning Management Systems (LMS) such as WebCTand Blackboard. And much more! Connect Taxation allows students topractice important skills at their own pace and on their own schedule.Importantly, students’ assessment results and instructors’ feedbackare all saved online—so students can continually review their progressand plot their course to success. McGraw-Hill Connect Plus Taxation: McGraw-Hill Connect PlusTaxation is a web-based assignment and assessment platform thatgives students the means to better connect with their coursework,with their instructors, and with the important concepts that they willneed to know for success now and in the future. With Connect PlusTaxation, instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes and tests easilyonline. Students can practice important skills at their own pace andon their own schedule. With Connect Plus Taxation, students also get24/7 online access to an eBook—an online edition of the text—to aidthem in successfully completing their work, wherever and wheneverthey choose. TaxACT for Business Entities: We will now offer both TaxACT’sIndividual tax prep software, and their Entities bundle, which includesforms 1065, 1120 and 1120S as add-on products. This bundle combinesTaxACT’s 2009 Preparer’s 1040 with the 2009 Preparer’s Business3-Pack to offer preparer solutions for personal and business use. The book has been completely updated for all new tax law, ratechanges, and 2009 tax forms. The book is current through January2010. Other updates beyond September can be found on the book’sOnline Learning Center, www.mhhe.com/spilker2011.CONTENTSPart I: Intro to Taxation1. An Introduction to Tax2. Tax Compliance, the IRS, and Tax Authorities3. Tax Planning Strategies and Related LimitationsPart II: Basic Individual Taxation4. Individual Tax Overview5. Gross Income and Exclusions6. Individual Deductions7. Individual Income Tax Computation and Tax CreditsPart III: Business and Investment–Related Transactions8. Business Income, Deductions, and Accounting Methods9. Property Acquisition and Cost Recovery10. Property Dispositions11. InvestmentsPart IV: Specialized Topics12. Compensation13. Retirement Savings and Deferred Compensation14. Tax Consequences of Home OwnershipAppendix A: Tax FormsAppendix B: Tax Terms GlossaryAppendix C: Comprehensive Tax Return ProblemsAppendix D: Code IndicesAppendix E: Table of Cases CitedNEW*9780078136702*TAXATION OF INDIVIDUALSAND BUSINESS ENTITITES2011 Edition, 2nd EditionBy Brian Spilker, Brigham Young Univesity,Benjamin C Ayers, University of Georgia, JohnRobinson, University of Texas at Austin, EdmundOutslay, Michigan State University, Ronald GWorsham and John A Barrick of Brigham Younguniversity and Connie Weaver, Texas A&MUniversity2011 (April 2010) / 1216 pagesISBN: 9780078136702www.mhhe.com/spilker2011The basic approach to teaching taxation hasn’t changed in decades.Today’s student deserves a new approach. McGraw-Hill’s Taxation ofIndividuals and Business Entities continues to be a bold and innovativenew textbook that has generated enthusiasm across the country. WithSeries is designed to provide a unique, innovative, and engaginglearning experience for students studying taxation. The breadth of thetopical coverage, the storyline approach to presenting the material,the emphasis on the tax and nontax consequences of multiple par-accounting topics make this book ideal for the modern tax curriculum.NEW TO THIS EDITION McGraw-Hill Connect Taxation: McGraw-Hill Connect Taxationis a web-based assignment and assessment platform that givesstudents the means to better connect with their coursework, withtheir instructors, and with the important concepts that they will needto know for success now and in the future. With Connect Taxation,instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes and tests online. Nearlyall the questions from the text are presented in an auto-gradableformat and tied to the text’s learning objectives. Instructors can editexisting questions and author entirely new problems. Track individualstudent performance—by question, assignment or in relation to theclass overall—with detailed grade reports. Integrate grade reportseasily with Learning Management Systems (LMS) such as WebCT53

Accountingand Blackboard. And much more! Connect Taxation allows students topractice important skills at their own pace and on their own schedule.Importantly, students’ assessment results and instructors’ feedbackare all saved online—so students can continually review their progressand plot their course to success. McGraw-Hill Connect Plus Taxation: McGraw-Hill Connect PlusTaxation is a web-based assignment and assessment platform thatgives students the means to better connect with their coursework,with their instructors, and with the important concepts that they willneed to know for success now and in the future. With Connect PlusTaxation, instructors can deliver assignments, quizzes and tests easilyonline. Students can practice important skills at their own pace andon their own schedule. With Connect Plus Taxation, students also get24/7 online access to an eBook—an online edition of the text—to aidthem in successfully completing their work, wherever and wheneverthey choose. TaxACT for Business Entities: We will now offer both TaxACT’sIndividual tax prep software, and their Entities bundle, which includesforms 1065, 1120 and 1120S as add-on products. This bundle combinesTaxACT’s 2009 Preparer’s 1040 with the 2009 Preparer’s Business3-Pack to offer preparer solutions for personal and business use. The book has been completely updated for all new tax law, ratechanges, and 2009 tax forms. The book is current through January2010. Other updates beyond September can be found on the book’sOnline Learning Center, www.mhhe.com/spilker2011.CONTENTSPart I: Intro to Taxation1. An Introduction to Tax2. Tax Compliance, the IRS, and Tax Authorities3. Tax Planning Strategies and Related LimitationsPart II: Basic Individual Taxation4. Individual Tax Overview5. Gross Income and Exclusions6. Individual Deductions7. Individual Income Tax Computation and Tax CreditsPart III: Business and Investment–Related Transactions8. Business Income, Deductions, and Accounting Methods9. Property Acquisition and Cost Recovery10. Property Dispositions11. InvestmentsPart IV: Specialized Topics12. Compensation13. Retirement Savings and Deferred Compensation14. Tax Consequences of Home OwnershipPart V: Entity Overview and Taxation of C Corporations15. Entities Overview16. Corporate Operations17. FAS 109: Accounting for Income Taxes18. Corporate Taxation: Nonliquidating Distributions19. Corporate Taxation: Formation, Reorganization, and LiquidationPart VI: Taxation of Flow-Through Entities20. Forming and Operating Partnerships21. Dispositions of Partnership Interests and Partnership Distributions22. S CorporationsPart VII: Multijurisdictional Taxation and Transfer Taxes23. State and Local Taxes24. The U.S. Taxation of Multinational Transactions25. Transfer Taxes and Wealth PlanningAppendix A: Tax FormsAppendix B: Tax Terms GlossaryAppendix C: Comprehensive Tax Return ProblemsAppendix D: Code IndicesFUNDAMENTALS OF TAXATION2010 with Tax Act Software, 3rd EditionBy Ana M Cruz, Miami-Dade College, Mike Deschamps, Miracosta College,Frederick Niswander, East Carolina University, Debra Prendergast,Northwestern Business College, Dan Schisler, East Carolina Universityand Jinhee Trone, Santa Ana College2010 (December 2009)ISBN: 9780077292676www.mhhe.com/cruz2010This book is designed to not only expose beginning tax students to taxlaw, but to also teach the practical intricacies involved in preparationof a tax return. Emphasizing a hands-on approach to tax education,every concept introduced in the text includes meaningful exercisesthat allow students to reinforce what they are learning. Actual taxforms are included within the text” from the simplest 1040EZ to thenumerous 1040 schedule forms” with real-world data inserted intoactual tax forms to demonstrate applied skills. A copy of the individualtax return preparation software TaxACT 2009 Deluxe is also a part ofthe text package, providing yet another tool to bridge the gap betweenunderstanding and practical application of tax law.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to Taxation, the Income Tax Formula, andForm 1040EZChapter 2: Expanded Tax Formula, Forms 1040 and 1040A, andBasic ConceptsChapter 3: Gross Income: Inclusions and ExclusionsChapter 4: Adjustments for Adjusted Gross IncomeChapter 5: Itemized DeductionsChapter 6: Self-Employed Business IncomeChapter 7: Capital Gains and Other Sales of PropertyChapter 8: Rental Property, Royalties, Income from Flow ThroughEntitiesChapter 9: Tax CreditsChapter 10: Payroll TaxesChapter 11: Retirement and Other Tax-Deferred Plans and Annuities:Contributions and DistributionsChapter 12: Special Property TransactionsChapter 13: At-Risk/Passive Activity Loss Rules and the IndividualAlternative Minimum TaxChapter 14: Partnership TaxationChapter 15: Corporate TaxationAppendix A: Amended ReturnsAppendix B: Comprehensive Tax Return ProblemsAppendix C: Concept Check AnswersAppendix D: 2009 Tax TableAppendix E: Blank Tax FormsIndexNEW*9780071078764*TAXATION IN SINGAPOREBy Simon Poh2010 (August 2010) / 424 pagesISBN: 9780071078764An Asian PublicationThis book is intended for candidates taking professional examinationsin Singapore taxation, as well as full-time undergraduate students54

Accountingtaking Singapore income tax courses in local universities and othertertiary institutions. Lecturers may adopt it as the main text of a onesemestercourse on basic taxation in Singapore. It is also suitablefor those who have little or no knowledge in Singapore taxation, asit attempts to explain the tax laws in simple language. The depth ofin Singapore taxation, including preparation of both corporate andindividual tax computations.FEATURES Detailed coverage of main tax topics, including capital allowances,tax deductions and taxation of foreign income, non-residentsand companiesClear learning objectives set out at the beginning of each chapter In-depth review questions at the end of each chapter to test thereaders’ grasp of Singapore taxation Up-to-date information on tax laws, regulations and practice toequip readers with sufficient knowledge on tax compliance and basictax planning topics and concepts Inclusion of extracts of the Singapore Income Tax Act and theGoods and Services Tax Act as a convenient and easy reference toreaders, which are often referred to in practice and in examinationsCONTENTSPrefaceAbout the Author1. Introduction to Singapore Tax2. Concept of Income3. Tax Deductions4. Capital Allowances5. Taxation of Companies6. Taxation of Individuals7. Taxation of Partnerships8. Taxation of Non-residents9. Taxation of Foreign Income10. Goods and Services TaxExtracts of Income Tax ActPart I, Section 2: InterpretationPart III, Section 10: Charge of income taxPart IV, Section 13: Exempt incomePart V, Section 14: Deductions allowedPart V, Section 15: Deductions not allowedPart VI, Sections 16-24: Capital allowancesPart X, Section 39: Relief and deduction for resident individual andHindu joint familyPart XII, Section 45: Withholding of tax in respect of interest paid tonon-resident personsSixth Schedule, Sections 19(2) and 106(3): Number of years ofworking life of assetIndexTHE ESSENTIAL GUIDE TO PERSONALINCOME TAX IN MALAYSIA 2009 EDITION5th EditionBy Adam Malik Farouk, Hassan Md Ali, Humayun Begum Ibrahim andUmmu Kolsome Farouk2009 (March 2009) / 264 pagesISBN: 9789833850600An Asian PublicationThe Essential Guide to Personal Income Tax in Malaysia, 2009 Editionis written to suit the need of the average Malaysian individual taxpayer.It is also suitable for undergraduates who are being introduced tolife examples are used to reinforce the application of key principles.A COMPREHENSIVE GUIDE TO MALAYSIANTAXATION4th EditionBy Kasipillai Jeyapalan2009 (February 2009) / 1032 pagesISBN: 9789833850563An Asian PublicationA Comprehensive Guide to Malaysian Taxation, 4th Edition is anall-inclusive book covering every aspects of taxation, both direct andindirect taxation. It provides an in-depth analysis of the legal, technicaland administrative aspects of the Malaysian tax system. It covers allthe latest amendments including those arising from the Budget 2009.This book will prove invaluable for income tax practitioners, accountants,businessmen, business consultants and corporate managers.Accounting and law students sitting for the various university anduseful for its worked examples, questions and answers and clearand its practice. The law is stated as at 1 January 2009.NEW*9780073527055*ESSENTIALS OFACCOUNTING FORGOVERNMENTAL ANDNOT-FOR-PROFITORGANIZATIONS10th EditionBy Paul A Copley, James Madison Universityand John Engstrom, Northern Illinois University2011 (March 2010) / 480 pagesISBN: 9780073527055www.mhhe.com/copley10eCopley’s Essentials of Accounting for Governmental and Not-for-objective is to provide more concise coverage than what is availablein larger texts. The main focus of this text is on the preparation ofmental reporting. The approach in this edition is similar to that used The fund-basis statements are then used as input in the preparationof government-wide statements. The preparation of governmentwidestatements is presented in an Excel worksheet. This approachhas two advantages: (1) it is the approach most commonly appliedin practice, and (2) it is an approach familiar to students who havestudied the process of consolidation in their advanced accountingclasses. State and local government reporting is illustrated using anongoing example integrated throughout Chapters 3 through 8 and 13.This edition incorporates all of the FASB, GASB, GAO and AICPApronouncements passed since the last edition.NEW TO THIS EDITION New Chapter: A NEW Financial Reporting by the Federal Governmentchapter expands the scope of the text beyond state and localgovernment reporting while still maintaining its readable and succinctapproach to fundamental concepts.55

Accounting New end-of-chapter problems and exercises integrated throughoutthe whole textbook, including new Excel-based problems. Coverage of the following new professional materials: GASBStatement No. 54: Fund Balance Reporting and Governmental FundType Definitions, FASB Statement No. 164, Not-for Profit Entities; Mergers andAcquisitions, and IRS Form 990 Return of Organization ExemptFrom Income Tax The integrated continuous problem for state and local governments(Chapters 3-8 and 13) has been moved to the web site toprovide greater flexibility in assigning the material.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to Accounting and Financial Reporting forGovernmental and Not-for-Profit OrganizationsChapter 2: Overview of Financial Reporting for State and LocalGovernmentsChapter 3: Modified Accrual Accounting: Including the Role of FundBalances and Budgetary AuthorityChapter 4: Accounting for General and Special Revenue FundsChapter 5: Accounting for Other Governmental Fund Types: CapitalProjects, Debt Service, and PermanentChapter 6: Proprietary FundsChapter 7: Fiduciary (Trust) FundsChapter 8: Government-Wide Statements, Fixed Assets, Long-TermDebtChapter 9: Accounting for Special-Purpose Entities, Including PublicColleges and UniversitiesChapter 10: Accounting for Private Not-for-Profit OrganizationsChapter 11: College and University Accounting—Private InstitutionsChapter 12: Accounting for Hospitals and Other Health-Care ProvidersChapter 13: Auditing, Tax Exempt Entities, and Evaluating PerformanceChapter 14: Financial Reporting by the Federal GovernmentChapter 4: Accounting for Governmental Operating Activities – IllustrativeTransactions and financial StatementsChapter 5: Accounting for General Capital Assets and Capital ProjectsChapter 6: Accounting for General Long-Term Liabilities and DebtServiceChapter 7: Accounting for the Business-Type Activities of State andLocal GovernmentsChapter 8: Accounting for Fiduciary Activities – Agency and TrustFundsChapter 9: Financial Reporting of State and Local GovernmentsChapter 10: Analysis of Governmental Financial PerformancePart II: Accountability for Public FundsChapter 11: Accounting and Reporting for the Federal GovernmentChapter 12: Auditing of Governmental and Not-for-Profit OrganizationsChapter 13: Budgeting and Performance MeasurementPart III: Not-For-Profit OrganizationsChapter 14: Accounting for Not-for-Profit OrganizationsChapter 15: Not-for-Profit Organizations – Regulatory, Taxation, andPerformance IssuesChapter 16: Accounting for Colleges and UniversitiesChapter 17: Accounting for Health Care OrganizationsGlossaryGovernmental and Not-for-Profit OrganizationsIndexAccounting TheoryNEW*9780077126735*ACCOUNTING FOR GOVERNMENTAL ANDNONPROFIT ENTITITES15th EditionBy Earl R Wilson, University of Missouri-Columbia, Jacqueline L Reck,University of South Florida--Tampa and Susan C Kattelus, EasternMichigan University2010 (March 2009) / 800 pagesISBN: 9780073379609www.mhhe.com/wilson15ethat balances concepts and procedures written by accounting professorsengaged with professional for students who will be auditing andtext brings instructors and students a comprehensive knowledge ofstatement users and decision makers. With the extensive experienceof the current author team comes along a relevant and accurate newedition as well as instructor tools.CONTENTSChapter 1: Financial Reporting for Governmental and Not-for-ProfitEntitiesPart I: State and Local GovernmentsChapter 2: Principles of Accounting and Financial Reporting for Stateand Local GovernmentsChapter 3: Governmental Operating Statement Accounts: BudgetaryAccountingFINANCIAL ACCOUNTINGTHEORY2nd EditionBy Craig Deegan, RMIT University-Melbourneand Jeffrey Unermna, Manchester Business2011 (March 2011) / 576 pagesISBN: 9780077126735McGraw-Hill UK Titlewww.mcgraw-hill.co.uk.textbooks/deeganFinancial Accounting Theory, Second European Edition providesa complete grounding in the subject from a European perspective.Underpinned by research and applied through real-life examples it’sNEW TO THIS EDITION Updated coverage - all topics have been thoroughly updated andrecent debates added including extended discussion of the upcomingarea of social and environmental accounting New and updated real life examples - real life exhibits have beenupdated to showcase the issues considered in a real world context New research developments - all the latest research in the fieldhas been added and integrated into the text to provide a contemporaryand rigorous account of the subject56

AccountingCONTENTS1. Introduction to financial accounting theory2. The financial reporting environment3. The regulation of financial accounting4. International Accounting5. Normative theories of accounting 1: The case of accounting forchanging prices6. Normative theories of accounting 2: the case of conceptual frameworkprojects7. Positive Accounting Theory8. Unregulated corporate reporting decisions: Considerations ofsystems oriented theories9. Extended systems of accounting: The incorporation of social andenvironmental factors within external reporting10. Reactions of capital markets to financial reporting11. Reactions of individuals to financial reporting: an examination ofbehavioural research12. Critical Perspectives of AccountingInternational AccountingNEW*9780078110955*INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING3rd EditionBy Timothy Doupnik, University of South Carolina and Hector Perera,Massey University2012 (April 2011) / 640 pagesISBN: 9780078110955(Details unavailable at press time)FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING THEORY3rd EditionBy Craig Deegan, University of Southern Queensland2009 (May 2009)ISBN: 9780070277267McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/deegantheory3ePresenting accounting theory as a vibrant, relevant topic in a changingworld, this text has established itself as the market leader in Australiaand New Zealand. The third edition retains core strengths that appealboth to academics and students; critical evaluation, a writing style thatis easy to read and understand, and a balanced discussion of differenttheories of accounting to stimulate student interest. Contemporaryexamples and questions have been included and other content (suchas the topic of international accounting) extensively updated. Withtwelve chapters that are arranged in a logical sequence, this text isideally suited for one-semester subjects. It is also an ideal text forthose undertaking further research at post graduate levels; comprehensiveinternal referencing guides point the reader to undertakefurther reading or investigate aspects at a deeper level.CONTENTS1 Introduction to financial accounting theory2 The financial reporting environment3 The regulation of financial accounting4 International accounting5 Normative theories of accounting: the case of accounting forchanging prices6 Normative theories of accounting: the case of conceptual frameworkprojects7 Positive Accounting Theory8 Unregulated corporate reporting decisions: considerations ofsystems-oriented theories9 Extended systems of accounting: the incorporation of social andenvironmental factors within external reporting10 Reactions of capital markets to financial reporting11 Reactions of individuals to financial reporting: an examination ofbehavioural research12 Critical perspectives of accountingIndexInternational editionINTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING2nd EditionBy Timothy Doupnik, University of South Carolina and Hector Perera,Massey University2009 (October 2008) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780073379623ISBN: 9780071276184 [IE]www.mhhe.com/doupnik2eInternational Accounting can be viewed in terms of accounting issuesuniquely confronted by companies involved in international business.It also can be viewed more broadly as the study of how accountingis practiced in each and every country around the world, learningabout and comparing the differences in various accounting methods.International Accounting, 2e is unique in its content and is up-to-dateyear, this text captured approximately 30% of the market.CONTENTSChapter 1: Introduction to International AccountingChapter 2: Worldwide Accounting DiversityChapter 3: International Convergence of Financial ReportingChapter 4: International Financial Reporting StandardsChapter 5: Comparative AccountingChapter 6: Foreign Currency Transactions and Hedging ForeignExchange RiskChapter 7: Translation of Foreign Currency Financial StatementsChapter 8: Additional Financial Reporting IssuesChapter 9: Analysis of Foreign Financial StatementsChapter 10: International TaxationChapter 11: International Transfer PricingChapter 12: Strategic Accounting Issues in Multinational CorporationsChapter 13: Comparative International Auditing and CorporateGovernance57

AccountingFinancial StatementAnalysisInternational editionFINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS ANDSECURITY VALUATION4th EditionBy Stephen Penman, Columbia University-Business School2010 (March 2009) / 784 pagesISBN: 9780073379661ISBN: 9780071267809 [IE]vesting, showing how the analyst challenges the current market priceof a share by analyzing the fundamentals. With a careful assessmentof accounting quality, accounting comes to life as it is integrated withation tools for active investing.CONTENTSList of CasesList of Accounting Clinics1 Introduction to Investing and Valuation2 Introduction to the Financial StatementsPart One Financial Statements and Valuation3 How Financial Statements Are Used in Valuation4 Cash Accounting, Accrual Accounting, and Discounted Cash FlowValuation5 Accrual Accounting and Valuation: Pricing Book Values6 Accrual Accounting and Valuation: Pricing EarningsPart Two The Analysis of Financial Statements7 Viewing the Business Through the Financial Statements8 The Analysis of the Statement of Shareholders’ Equity9 The Analysis of the Balance Sheet and Income Statement10 The Analysis of the Cash Flow Statement11 The Analysis of Profitability12 The Analysis of Growth and Sustainable EarningsPart Three Forecasting and Valuation Analysis13 The Value of Operations and the Evaluation of Enterprise Priceto-BookRatios and Price-Earnings Ratios14 Anchoring on the Financial Statements: Simple Forecasting andSimple Valuation15 Full-Information Forecasting, Valuation, and Business StrategyAnalysisPart Four Accounting Analysis and Valuation16 Creating Accounting Value and Economic Value17 Analysis of the Quality of Financial StatementsPart Five The Analysis of Risk and Return18 The Analysis of Equity Risk and Return19 The Analysis of Credit Risk and ReturnAppendix A Summary of FormulasIndexInternational editionFINANCIAL STATEMENT ANALYSIS10th EditionK R Subramanyan, University of Southern California and John J Wild,University of Wisconsin Madison2009 (May 2008) / 784 pagesISBN: 9780073379432ISBN: 9780071263924 [IE]www.mhhe.com/subramanyam10eFinancial Statement Analysis, 10e, emphasizes effective businessanalysis and decision making by analysts, investors, managers, andother stakeholders of the company. It continues to set the standard inThe textbook is set up in a three part framework which makes thistextbook one of the best selling books in the market. It begins with anoverview (chapters 1-2), followed by accounting analysis (chaptersbalanced view of analysis, including both equity and credit analysis,and both cash-based and earnings-based valuation models. The tenthanalysis to all business decision makers. The authors:1. Use numerous and timely “real world” examples and casesfootnotesstatement analysis5. Apply a concise and succinct writing style to make the materialaccessibleCONTENTSPart One: Introduction and OverviewChapter 1: Overview of Financial Statement AnalysisChapter 2: Financial Reporting and AnalysisPart Two: Accounting AnalysisChapter 3: Analyzing Financing ActivitiesChapter 4: Analyzing Investing ActivitiesChpater 5: Analyzing Investing Activities: Special TopicsChpater 6: Analyzing Operating ActivitiesPart Three: Financial AnalysisChapter 7: Cash Flow AnalysisChpater 8: Return on Invested CapitalChapter 9: Prospective analysisChapter 10: Credit AnalysisChapter 11: Equity Analysis and ValuationComprehensive Case: Applying Financial Statement Analysis58

AccountingInternational editionEQUITY VALUATION AND ANALYSIS2nd EditionBy Russell Lundholm and Richard Sloan of University of Michigan--AnnArbor2007 (August 2006) / 336 pagesISBN: 9780077219857 (with eVal CD and Pass Code Card)ISBN: 9780071260558 [IE]CONTENTSPart One1. Introduction2. Information Collection3. Understanding the Business4. Accounting Analysis5. Financial Ratio Analysis6. Cash Flow Analysis7. Structured Forecasting8. Forecasting Details9. The Cost of Capital10. Valuation11. Valuation Ratios12. Some ComplicationsPart Two1. AOL Time Warner Merger2. The Valuation of Amazon.com in June 20013. Turnaround at Bally Total Fitness4. Boston Chicken, Inc.5. Four Valuation Models-One Value6. EnCom Corporation7. GAAP versus the Street: Three Cases of Conflicting QuarterlyEarnings Announcements8. The Home Depot, Inc.9. Evaluation Intel’s Earnings Torpedo10. Interpreting Margin and Turnover Ratios11. Netflix, Inc. 12. Overstock.com13. Pre-Paid Legal Services14. Determinants of Valuation Ratios: The Restaurant Industry in 200315. Forecasting for the Love Boat: Royal Caribbean Cruises in 199816. Can Salton Swing?17. A Tale of Two Movie TheatersAppendix A Appendix B Appendix C Appendix DIndexInvitation to PublishMcGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbookproposals for publication.email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com.Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/Survey of AccountingInternational editionNEW*9780078110856*SURVEY OF ACCOUNTING3rd EditionBy Thomas P Edmonds, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Philip ROlds, Virginia Commonwealth University, Frances M McNair, MississippiState University and Bor-Yi Tsay, University of Alabama at Birmingham2012 (February 2011) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780078110856ISBN: 9780071315050 [IE]www.mhhe.com/edmondssurvey3e(Details unavailable at press time)International editionNEW*9780073527062*ACCOUNTINGWhat the Numbers Mean,9th EditionBy David Marshall, Millikin University, WayneWilliam McManus, International College ofthe Cayman Islands and Daniel Viele, WebsterUniversity2011 (January 2010) / 784 pagesISBN: 9780073527062ISBN: 9780071221023 [IE]www.mhhe.com/marshall9eAccounting has become known as the language of business. This newedition is written to meet the needs of those students who will not beaccountants but who do need to understand accounting to learn thekey language that embarks us in the business world. Marshall, theleading text in the Survey market, takes readers through the basics:what accounting information is, what it means, and how it is used. Inwhat they do and do not communicate. This enables them to gainthe crucial decision-making and problem-solving skills they need inorder to succeed in a professional environment. The new edition stillhas a strong focus on Return on Investment while updated contentis integrated throughout.FEATURES NEW! McGraw-Hill’s Connect uses end-of-chapter materialpulled directly from the textbook to create static and algorithmic questionsthat can be used for practice, homework, quizzes, and tests.All new texts come bundled with Connect Plus at no additional cost. Problem Tutors: Tutorials are available on the OLC, which showstudents how to use Excel while going through and End of Chapterproblem step-by-step. These clips, recorded by the text authors showstudents how to walk through a problem, while the author explainsthe onscreen details.59

Accounting Updated EOC problems: A new batch of end of chapter problemshave been refreshed and updated to bring originality to thisimportant feature. Updated Content: New content has been updated throughoutthe text. These topics include FASB standard 158, explanation withinthe Illustration of Trend analysis section, stock options exercised, andreal world applications throughout the text. ROI Focus: Return on Investment (ROI) is one of the most importantconcepts applicable to business. The authors explain ROI earlyon, and the effects of various financial reporting practices that areexplained in subsequent chapters are illustrated in a real-world contextwith reference to their impact on this key performance measure. Managerial coverage is enhanced throughout the book withtopics including Activity-Based Costing and Relevant Cost DecisionMaking, Cost Accounting in Service Organizations, Analysis of InvestmentCenters, and The Balanced Scorecard. References to text website embedded in end-of-chapter section.These notes direct students to the online learning center that accompaniesthe text in order to take advantage of specific web-basedmaterials as part of their study routine. These items include Self-StudyQuizzes and Demonstration Problems. Appendix with Intel Corporation’s complete 2008 annual reportprovides the basis for problem material that gives students hands-onexperience using this important resource. “Business in Practice” and “Business on the Internet” capsulescontinue to highlight various business procedures and their impacton financial statements. Mini-cases at the end of each chapter provide the basis for aconceptual discussion of important topics from each chapter whilepresenting an opportunity for students to enhance writing skills. Manyof these cases bring an enhanced ethical component to the text. Excel spreadsheet problems allow students to work with andanalyze financial data in a format commonly found in practice. Theready-made templates offer the convenience of e-mailing completedwork to the Instructor. As students progress through each chapter, “What Does ItMean?” questions periodically prompt them to test their comprehensionfollowing the presentation of key topics. What Does It Mean?Answers are provided in the end-of-chapter materials. Capstone epilogue, “The Future of Accounting,” helps bring “thebig picture” of accounting into focus. This section emphasizes theprofession (AICPA vision project), business in general (e-commerceand other activities), technology (the Internet, Data Warehouses, etc.),and a user’s/manager’s role in information access (database queriesand end-user computing). Enhanced Student Online Learning Center includes free accessto the Student Study Guide and Working Papers and other supplements.Students now have a wide range of additional self-study questionsand quizzes to practice with as well as step-by-step tutorials toprovide extra support. Sarbanes-Oxley and Corporate Governance Coverage: Chapter10 covers corporate governance issues and Sarbanes-Oxley, reinforcingthe importance of annual report footnotes. This coverage alsohelps instructors integrate ethics into their courses.CONTENTSChapter 1. Accounting—Present and PastPart 1 Financial AccountingChapter 2. Financial Statements and Accounting Concepts/PrinciplesChapter 3. Fundamental Interpretations Made From Financial StatementDataChapter 4. The Bookkeeping Process and Transaction AnalysisChapter 5. Accounting for and Presentation of Current AssetsChapter 6. Accounting for and Presentation of Property, Plant andEquipment, and other Noncurrent AssetsChapter 7. Accounting for and Presentation of LiabilitiesChapter 8. Accounting for and Presentation of Owners’ EquityChapter 9. The Income Statement and the Statement of Cash FlowsChapter 10. Corporate Governance, Explanatory Notes and OtherDisclosuresChapter 11. Financial Statement AnalysisPart 2 Managerial AccountingChapter 12. Managerial Accounting and Cost-Volume-Profit AnalysisChapter 13. Cost Accounting and ReportingChapter 14. Cost PlanningChapter 15. Cost ControlChapter 16. Costs for Decision MakingEpilogue: Accounting—The FutureInternational editionSURVEY OF ACCOUNTING2nd EditionBy Thomas P Edmonds, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Philip ROlds, Virginia Commonwealth University, Frances M McNair, MississippiState University and Bor-Yi Tsay, University of Alabama at Birmingham2010 (February 2009) / 688 pagesISBN: 9780073379555ISBN: 9780070170414 [IE]www.mhhe.com/edmondssurvery2e managerial accounting in a single 16-week course, presenting thematerial in a style easy for non-accounting majors to grasp. It incorporatesthe same pedagogical innovations that have made Edmonds’marketplace, including his unique Horizontal Financial StatementsModel and a multiple accounting cycle approach that demonstratesthe impact of related events over a series of accounting cycles.CONTENTSChapter 1 Elements of Financial StatementsChapter 2 Understanding the Accounting CycleChapter 3 Accounting for Merchandising BusinessesChapter 4 Accounting for Inventories, Internal Control, and CashChapter 5 Accounting for ReceivablesChapter 6 Accounting for Long-Term Operational AssetsChapter 7 Accounting for LiabilitiesChapter 8 Proprietorships, Partnerships, and CorporationsChapter 9 Financial Statement AnalysisChapter 10 Management Accounting a Value-Added DisciplineChapter 11 Cost Behavior, Operating Leverage, and ProfitabilityAnalysisChapter 12 Cost Accumulation, Tracing, and AllocationChapter 13 Relevant Information for Special DecisionsChapter 14 Planning for Profit and Cost ControlChapter 15 Performance EvaluationChapter 16 Planning for Capital InvestmentsAppendix A Accessing the EDGAR Database through the InternetAppendix B Topps Annual Report 2003Appendix C The Double-Entry Accounting System60

AccountingAust AdaptationACCOUNTING: WHAT THE NUMBERS MEANRevised 2nd EditionBy Marshall (US Author), Jean McCartney, University of Western Sydney,Dianne Van Rhyn, Murdoch University, Wayne McManus (US Author) andDaniel Viele (US Author)2009 (December 2009)ISBN: 9780070997394McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/marshall2rWinner: Best Tertiary title (Adaptation) - Australian Publishing Awards2008. The judges particularly praised the book as follows: “the wrap-of students. The learning objectives are graded and the chapters arewell structured. Everything is tied into the learning objectives and isgraded accordingly”.This accessible introduction to accounting retains a practical balancebetween accounting theory and practice. Taking a transaction analysisapproach Accounting: What The Numbers Mean is ideally suited forthe one–semester introductory accounting unit. These courses aretypically taken by non-accounting majors, as well as postgraduateclarity of the pedagogy and writing style - have been maintained. Toaid learning, chapters have been streamlined and greater coverageof ratio analysis included, whilst debits and credits material has beenretained in the appendix.CONTENTSPart 1: Financial Accounting1. Financial accounting2. Financial statements and accounting concepts/principles3. The accounting process4. Accounting for and presentation of current assets5. Accounting for and presentation of property, plant, and equipment,and other non-current assets6. Accounting for and presentation of liabilities7. Owners’ equity8. The income statement and the cash flow statement9. Governance and other information10. Fundamental interpretations11. Financial statement analysisPart 2: Management Accounting12. Management accounting, cost-volume-profit relationships andshort-term decision making13. Cost accounting and reporting systems14. Cost analysis for planning and controlAppendicesAppendix 1. CFK Annual report for the year ended 30 June 2006Appendix 2. From transaction analysis to debits and creditsAppendix 3. Solutions to ‘What does it mean?’, ‘So what do you think?’and Multiple-choice QuestionsGlossaryIndexMBA ManagerialInternational editionNEW*9780078136726*ACCOUNTING FORDECISION-MAKING ANDCONTROL7th EditionBy Jerold Zimmerman, University of Rochester2011 (January 2010) / 720 pagesISBN: 9780078136726ISBN: 9780071289641 [IE]www.mhhe.com/zimmerman7eAccounting for Decision Making and Control provides students andmanagers with an understanding appreciation of the strengths andlimitations of an organization’s accounting system. This book providesa framework for thinking about accounting systems and a basis foranalyzing proposed changes to these systems. The Seventh Editiondemonstrates that managerial accounting is an integral part of thetational topics. The purpose of this text is to provide students andmanagers with an understanding and appreciation of the strengths andlimitations of an organization’s accounting system, thereby allowingthem to be more intelligent users of these systems. The main purposeproposed by the author remains in tact for the Seventh Edition.NEW TO THIS EDITION New and updated problems: Over 16 new problems and casessupplement the existing problems. These new problems create freshmaterial for students while challenging them to critically analyzemultidimensional issues simultaneously requiring numerical problemsolvingskills. Real world company integration: Additional real world companiesand their practices have been integrated into the text. The readabilityand relevance of real world companies help students understand themthe concept of the topic at hand. More intuitive, easier-to-understand numerical examples havebeen added to this new edition. Each chapter has been updatedand streamlined based on feedback from students and instructors.CONTENTSChapter 1) IntroductionChapter 2) The nature of costsChapter 3) Opportunity cost of capital and capital budgetingChapter 4) Organizational architectureChapter 5) Responsibility accounting and transfer pricingChapter 6) BudgetingChapter 7) Cost allocation: TheoryChapter 8) Cost allocation: PracticesChapter 9) Absorption cost systemChapter 10) Criticisms of absorption cost systems: Incentives tooverproduceChapter 11) Criticisms of absorption cost systems: Inaccurate productcostsChapter 12) Standard costs: Direct labor and materialsChapter 13) Overhead and marketing variancesChapter 14) Management accounting in a changing environment61

AccountingMBA PrinciplesInternational editionNEW*9780073379593*ACCOUNTINGTexts and Cases, 13th EditionBy Robert Anthony and David Hawkins ofHarvard Business School, Kenneth Merchant,University of Southern California2011 (May 2010) / 944 pagesISBN: 9780073379593ISBN: 9780071289092 [IE]www.mhhe.com/anthony13eAccounting: Text & Cases is a product of lifelong dedication to thecounting as well as broader managerial issues, the book incorporatesa breadth of experience that is sure to enrich your course and yourstudents. The approximately 109 cases that make up most of the endof chapter material are combination of classic Harvard style cases andextended problems, with 12 complete new cases added to the 13thedition. The text is covered as two parts. Part 1 deals with chapters15-28 which in essence is associated with management accounting.The tale end of part 2 also focuses on broader issues of control andchanges relevant to Accounting.NEW TO THIS EDITIONPart 1 of this edition has been updated to reflect the current times: accounting that are expected to occur during the following years.-A number of new cases have been added, covering the politics andeconomics of standard setting, acquisition accounting, contingent li-recognition, and several other contemporary accounting controversiesand developments.nancial Report Standards (IFRS) materials. Updated Revision of Part 2 in this edition: A discussion of timedrivenactivity-based costing was added, along with supporting examplesand case materials. Other changes provide updated statistics,improved clarity of discussion, and new problems and cases. There are 12 new cases in the Thirteenth Edition which relate totopics that are relevant to today’s student.CONTENTSPart One: Financial Accounting1. The Nature and Purpose of Accounting2. Basic Accounting Concepts: The Balance Sheet3. Basic Accounting Concepts: The Income Statement4. Accounting Records and Systems5. Revenue and Monetary Assets6. Cost of Sales and Inventories7. Long-Lived Nonmonetary Assets and Their Amortization8. Sources of Capital: Debt9. Sources of Capital: Owners’ Equity10. Other Items That Affect Net Income and Owners’ Equity11. The Statement of Cash Flows12. Acquisitions and Consolidated Statements13. Financial Statement Analysis14. Understanding Financial StatementsPart Two: Management Accounting15. The Nature of Management Accounting16. The Behavior of Costs17. Full Costs and Their Uses18. Additional Aspects of Product Costing Systems19. Standard Costs, Variable Costing Systems, Quality Costs, andJoint Costs20. Production Cost Variance Analyses21. Other Variance Analysis22. Control: The Management Control Environment23. Control: The Management Control Process24. Strategic Planning and Budgeting25. Reporting and Evaluation26. Short-Run Alternative Choice Decisions27. Longer-Run Decisions: Capital Budgeting28. Management Accounting System DesignCorporate FinancialReportingNEW*9780078110863*FINANCIAL REPORTING AND ANALYSIS5th EditionBy Lawrence Revsine, Northwestern University, Daniel W Collins andBruce Johnson of University of Iowa-Iowa City and Fred Mittelstaedt,University of Notre Dame2012 (January 2011) / 1120 pagesISBN: 9780078110863CONTENTSChapter 1 The Economic and Institutional Setting for FinancialReportingChapter 2 Accrual Accounting and Income DeterminationChapter 3 Additional Topics in Income DeterminationChapter 4 Structure of the Balance Sheet and Statement of CashFlowsChapter 5 Essentials of Financial Statement AnalysisChapter 6 The Role of Financial Information in Valuation and CreditRisk AssessmentChapter 7 The Role of Financial Information in ContractingChapter 8 ReceivablesChapter 9 InventoriesChapter 10 Long-Lived AssetsChapter 11 Financial Instruments as LiabilitiesChapter 12 Financial Reporting for LeasesChapter 13 Income Tax ReportingChapter 14 Pensions and Postretirement BenefitsChapter 15 Financial Reporting for Owners’ EquityChapter 16 Intercorporate Equity InvestmentsChapter 17 Statement of Cash FlowsAppendix Time Value of MoneyIndex62

AccountingManagement Control16. Management Control Systems in Context.Appendix: Answers to Practice CasesInternational editionMANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS12th EditionBy Robert N Anthony, Harvard Business School and Vijay Govindarajan,Dartmouth College2007 (May 2006) / 784 pagesISBN: 9780073100890ISBN: 9780071254106 [IE]CONTENTSCh. 1 The Nature of Management Control Systems.Part 1 The Management Control Environment.Ch. 2 Understanding Strategy.Ch. 3 Understanding Behavior in Organizations.Ch. 4 Responsibility Centers: Revenue and Expense Centers.Ch. 5 Profit Centers.Ch. 6 Transfer Pricing.Ch. 7 Measuring and Controlling Assets Employed.Part 2 The Management Control Process.Ch. 8 Strategic Planning.Ch. 9 Budget Preparation.Ch. 10 Analyzing Financial Performance Reports.Ch. 11 Performance Measurement.Ch. 12 Management Compensation.Part 3 Variations in Management Control.Ch. 13 Controls for Differentiated Strategies.Ch. 14 Service Organizations.Ch. 15 Multinational Organizations. Ch. 16 Management Control ofProjectsInternational editionMANAGEMENT CONTROL IN NON-PROFITORGANIZATIONS7th EditionBy Robert N Anthony, Harvard Graduate School of Business, and DavidYoung, Harvard University2003 / 840 pagesISBN: 9780072508253 (GOP)ISBN: 9780071199223 [IE]CONTENTSI. INTRODUCTION1. The Management Control Function.2. Characteristics of Nonprofit Organizations.II. MANAGEMENT CONTROL PRINCIPLES3. General Purpose Financial Statements.4. Analyzing Financial Statements.5. Full-Cost Accounting.6. Measurement and Use of Differential Costs.7. Pricing Decisions.III. MANAGEMENT CONTROL SYSTEMS8. The Management Control Environment.9. Programming and Program Analysis.10. Operations Budgeting.11, Control of Operations.12. Measurement of Output.13. Reporting on Performance: Technical Aspects.14. Reporting on Performance: Management Control Reports.15. Operations Analysis and Program Evaluation.BudgetingBUDGETING3rd EditionBy Alan Banks, Grafton College of TAFE and John Giliberti, MeadowbankInstitute of TAFE2008 (June 2008)ISBN: 9780070172555McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/budgeting3eNational Accounting Training Package, but will also be suitable for anycourse containing a basic budgeting unit. Competency-based trainingAustralian VET system and this book has been written with theseaims in mind. This new edition provides a more in-depth insight intothe principles of budgeting and forecasting. The easy-to-use structureand layout has been maintained and the book presents a logicalexplanation of budgeting, beginning from basics and working its wayinto more complex problems to ensure student learning is maximised.CONTENTSChapter 1 Budgeting FundamentalsChapter 2 Revenue budgets for merchandising and service organisationsChapter 3 Operating budgets for merchandising and service organisationsChapter 4 Cash budgets for merchandising and service organisationsChapter 5 Budgeted financial statements for merchandising andservice organisationsChapter 6 Master budgets for manufacturing organisationsChapter 7 Flexible budgetsChapter 8 Performance reportsChapter 9 Behavioural aspects of budgetingAll Global Editions areadapted to better meet theneeds of courses outsidethe United States.Please contact your localsales representative formore details.63

AccountingOther AccountingInternational editionNEW*9780078136665*FORENSIC ACCOUNTING2nd EditionBy William Hopwood, George Richard Young and Jay Leiner of FloridaAtlantic University-Boca Raton2012 (April 2011) / 529 pagesISBN: 9780078136665ISBN: 9780071289320 [IE](Details unavailable at press time)NEW*9780078025280*ETHICAL OBLIGATIONSAND DECISION-MAKING INACCOUNTINGText and Cases, 2nd EditionBy Steven M Mintz, Claremont McKenna Collegeand Roselyn Morris, Texas State University-SanMarcos2011 (October 2010) / 512 pagesISBN: 9780078025280www.mhhe.com/mintz2eThe overriding philosophy of this text is that the ethical obligationsof accountants and auditors are best understood in the context ofprofessional responsibilities including one’s role in the corporatefunction, obligations to prevent and detect fraud, and legal liabilities.Ethical Obligations and Decision Making in Accounting was writtendevoted to helping students cultivate the ethical commitment neededto ensure that their work meets the highest standards of integrity,independence, and objectivity. Ethical Obligations and Decision Makingin Accounting is designed to provide the instructor with the bestTo that end, it includes numerous features designed to make bothlearning and teaching easier.NEW TO THIS EDITION New Chapter: International Financial Reporting: Ethics andCorporate Governance Considerations is a new chapter that providesa foundation for instruction in international accounting, auditing, andcorporate governance. New Cases: More than 20 new cases taken from the files of theSEC and dozens of new discussion questions. There are now 160total discussion questions and 75 cases. Many of the cases deal with well known examples of financialstatement fraud in the U.S. including Adelphia, America Online, Cendant,Enron, Fannie Mae, HealthSouth, Lucent Technologies, BernieMadoff, MicroStrategy, Sunbeam, Tyco, Waste Management, World-Com, Xerox, and ZZZZ Best. Some of the international cases includeParmalat, Royal Ahold, Royal Dutch Shell, Satyam, and Siemens.There is also a new classic Harvard case, The Parable of the Sadhu. New Coverage of IFRS and several international financialreporting cases Four additional major cases that can be used for comprehensivetesting, a group project, or research assignment. Dozens of additional cases and instructional resources that areavailable to enrich student learning There is sufficient case and problem material to allow the instructorto vary the course over at least two to three terms. The writing style is pitched specifically to students, making thematerial easy to follow and absorb.CONTENTSChapter 1 – Ethical Reasoning: Implications for AccountingChapter 2 – Accountants’ Ethical Decision Process and ProfessionalJudgmentChapter 3 – Corporate Governance and Ethical ManagementChapter 4 – AICPA Code of Professional ConductChapter 5 – Audit Responsibilities and Accounting FraudChapter 6 – Legal and Regulatory Obligations in an Ethical FrameworkChapter 7 – Earnings Management and the Quality of FinancialReportingChapter 8 – International Financial Reporting: Ethics and CorporateGovernance ConsiderationsMajor CasesNEW*9780070277687*ACCOUNTING ANDBOOKKEEPINGPrinciples and PracticeBy Association of Accounting Technicians AATand David Willis2010 (November 2010)ISBN: 9780070277687McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/bookkeepingAccounting and Bookkeeping Principles and Practice provides ain the FNS10 Financial Services Training Package. It covers all themain requirements of the Tax Practitioners Board to enable registrationas a provider of BAS services in Australia. This text is also auseful resource for students of a wide range of introductory accountingcourses. Featuring a student-friendly writing style and a wealth ofexercises, this is the perfect text for VET-level bookkeeping students.FEATURES Author team includes members of the Association of AccountingTechnicians, the leading professional body for bookkeepers in Australia.AAT is at the centre of recent ground-breaking developmentsin Australian bookkeeping Supported by a free workbook in which students can completethe multiple choice questions, exercises and trial exam papers found64

Accountingin the main book. Answers to these questions are included in the back Features content on: BAS provisions including GST law, wineequalisation tax law, luxury car tax law, fuel tax law, fringe benefitstax law, PAYG withholding, and PAYG installment Current Australian Tax Office forms are used to develop studentexpertise Graded tutorials and worked examples are included in eachchapter to aid in the comprehension of presented theoryInternational editionFORENSIC ACCOUNTINGBy William Hopwood, George Richard Young and Jay Leiner of FloridaAtlantic University-Boca Raton2008 (February 2007) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780073526850ISBN: 9780071269254 [IE]www.mhhe.com/hopwood1ethe most comprehensive view of fraud investigation on the market.reporting, Hopwood includes a vast range of civil and criminal accountingfraud and related activities, from false business valuationsand employer fraud to information security and counter-terrorism.The author team’s experience in fraud investigation lends the booka real-world perspective unmatched by any other textbook.CONTENTS1. An Introduction to Forensic Accounting2. The Forensic Accounting Legal Environment3. Forensic Accounting, the Organization, and the Information System4. The Auditing Environment5. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act Of 20026. Forensic Science and Information Technology7. Information Security8. Forensic Auditing and Investigation9. Financial Statement Fraud10. Fraud Against the Organization: Employee, Vendor, and OtherSchemes11. Tax Fraud12. Bankruptcy, Divorce, and Identity theft13. Organized Crime and Terrorism Investigations14. Business Valuation15. Dispute Resolution and Litigation ServicesPRINCIPLES OF INTERNAL CONTROL &CORPORATE GOVERNANCEBy Alan Trenerry2008 (November 2008) / 400 pagesISBN: 9780070159235McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/trenerrynecessary responsibilities and accountability of directors and managementin relation to the Corporate Responsibility provisions in thecorporate legislation. Internal controls, corporate governance andservices market Implement and maintain internal control procedures(Internal Controls) Monitor corporate governance activities is the onlycompulsory sectoral unit in the Advanced Diploma of Accounting(Corporate Governance)CONTENTSPrelims List of figures and tablesElements of competency and performance criteriaPreface and acknowledgementsChapter 1 Corporate governanceChapter 2 Internal Control basicsChapter 3 Internal Controls for the accounting functionChapter 4 Internal Controls in operations – sales, order entry, CreditControl and accounts receivableChapter 5 Internal Controls in operations – purchasing, receivingand accounts payableChapter 6 Internal Controls in operations – cash receipts and liquidassetsChapter 7 Internal Controls in operations – cash payments and liquidliabilitiesChapter 8 Internal Controls in operations – Human Resources andpayrollChapter 9 Internal Controls in operations – inventory and stock controlChapter 10 Internal Controls in operations – non-current assets andbusiness financingChapter 11 Information technology applications and operationsChapter 12 Monitoring corporate governance – internal auditChapter 13 Monitoring corporate governance – external auditChapter 14 Monitoring corporate governance – ethicsGlossaryAnswers to self-assessment case studiesIndexSCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF BOOKKEEPINGAND ACCOUNTING4th EditionBy Joel J Lerner, Sulivan County Community College and Rajul Gokarn2010 (September 2009) / 480 pagesISBN: 9780071635363A Schaum PublicationSchaum’s Outline of Bookkeeping and Accounting is the ideal reviewing for perpetual and periodic inventory system. It also includes achapter on the most popular accounting software, which accountingstudents are expected to master before they graduate.CONTENTS1. Assets, Liabilities, and Capital2. Debits and Credits: The Double-Entry System3. Journalizing and Posting Transactions4. Financial Statements5. Adjusting and Closing Procedures6. Computer Application: Peachtree Complete® Software Introduction7. Repetitive Transaction: The Sales and the Purchases Journals8. The Cash Journal9. Summarizing and Reporting via the Worksheet10. The Merchandising Company11. Costing Merchandise Inventory12. Pricing Merchandise13. Negotiable Instruments14. Controlling Cash15. Payroll16. Property, Plant, and Equipment: Depreciation17. The Partnership18. The Corporation65

AccountingProfessional ReferencesFINANCIAL ACCOUNTING DEMYSTIFIEDBy Leonard Eugene Berry2011 (December 2010) / 352 pagesISBN: 9780071741026A Professional Reference ing course--without formal training, unlimited time, or a genius IQ. professor Leonard Eugene Berry provides an effective, illuminating,and entertaining way for students to learn this complex curriculum.preparing and reporting accounting information to parties outside anconcepts, valuing inventories, accounting methods, stockholder’sequity, receivables, and more. Featuring end-of-chapter quizzes andaccounting in no time at all. This interactive self-teaching text offers:• An easy way to understand financial accounting• Hundreds of worked examples with solutions• A quiz at the end of each chapter to reinforce learning and pinpointweaknesses• A final exam at the end of the book to verify retention• No unnecessary technical jargon• A time-saving approach to performing better on an exam or at work!Simple enough for a beginner, but challenging enough for an ad- developing a working knowledge of this important business topic.CONTENTSChapter 1. The Nature and Environment of Financial Accounting;Chapter 2. Financial Statements: A Closer Look;Chapter 3. Types of Business Activities and Their Impact on Accounting;Chapter 4. Basic Financial Accounting ConceptsChapter 5. The Accounting Process: Analyzing and Recording BusinessTransactions;Chapter 6. Accounting for Cash and Short Term Investments;Chapter 7. Accounting for Receivables;Chapter 8. Accounting for Inventories and Cost of Goods Sold;Chapter 9. Accounting for Plant and Equipment, Natural Resources,and Intangibles;Chapter 10. Accounting for Current and Long-Term Liabilities;Chapter 11. Accounting for Stockholders Equity;Chapter 12. Statement of Cash Flows;Chapter 13. Financial Statement Analyses;Final Exam;Answers to Quiz, Test, and Exam Questions;IndexINTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTINGDEMYSTIFIEDBy Geri B Wink and Laurie Corradino2011 (December 2010) / 336 pagesISBN: 9780071738859A Professional ReferenceMaking complex accounting principles as easy as 1-2-3! Lookingto apply your knowledge of basic accounting principles in the realworld as a CPA or bookkeeper? Having trouble understandingmore complex accounting theories for that next big test? IntermediateAccounting DeMYSTiFieD is an easy-to-use self-teaching guidethat reviews and expands upon core GAAP principles. IntermediateAccounting DeMYSTiFieD addresses every statement compris-advanced principles. You’ll learn how to perform such tasks as gen-internal controls within a company, use international accountingstandards—and much more! This fast and easy guide offers:• Tips and examples for mastering more advanced accountingtheories.• Tactics for maintaining solid internal controls within a business.• Strategies for creating accurate and reliable financial statements.• Techniques for overcoming common accounting errors.Simple enough for a novice but challenging enough for a veteranCPA, Intermediate Accounting DeMYSTiFieD is a shortcut to decodingkey accounting concepts and principles.CONTENTSSection 1: The Balance Sheet – Assets: What Do I Own?Chapter 1. CashChapter 2. InventoryChapter 3. Long Term ReceivablesChapter 4. InvestmentsChapter 5. Property, Plant, and EquipmentChapter 6. IntangiblesSection 2: The Balance Sheet – Liabilities: What Do I Owe?Chapter 7. Current LiabilitiesChapter 8. Long Term LiabilitiesSection 3: The Balance Sheet – Stockholder’s Equity: What IsLeft Over?Chapter 9. Contributed CapitalChapter 10. Earnings Per ShareChapter 11. Retained EarningsSection 4: The Income Statement: How Much Have I Earned?Chapter 12. Income MeasurementChapter 13. Income TaxesChapter 14. PensionsChapter 15. LeasesChapter 16. Statement of Cash FlowsSection 6: Additional Tough Topics Made EasyChapter 17. Accounting Changes and ErrorsChapter 18. International Accounting StandardsNUMBERS RULE YOUR WORLDThe Hidden Influence of Probabilities andStatistics on Everything You DoBy Kaiser Fung2010 (January 2010) / 224 pagesISBN: 9780071626538A Professional ReferenceIn the popular tradition of eye-opening bestsellers like Freakonomics,The Tipping Point, and Super Crunchers, this fascinating bookfrom renowned statistician and blogger Kaiser Fung takes you in-in every way. These are the statistics that rule your life, your job,your commute, your vacation, your food, your health, your money,and your success. This is how engineers calculate your quality ofliving, how corporations determine your needs, and how politiciansestimate your opinions. These are the numbers you never thinkabout-even though they play a crucial role in every single aspect ofyour life. What you learn may surprise you, amuse you, or even enrageyou. But there’s one thing you won’t be able to deny: NumbersRule Your World…CONTENTS1.) Introduction2.) Fast Passes are to Slow Merges: the discontent of being averaged3.) Bagged Spinach is to Bad Score: the virtue of being wrong4.) Item Bank is to Risk Pool: the dilemma of being together66

Accounting5.) Timid Testers are to Magic Lassos: the cloak of being asymmetric6.) Jet Crashes are to Jackpots: the power of being impossible7.) ConclusionHOW TO READ A BALANCE SHEETThe Bottom Line on What You Need to Knowabout Cash Flow, Assets, Debt, Equity, Profit...and How It All Comes TogetherBy Rick Makoujy2010 (April 2010) / 224 pagesISBN: 9780071700337A Professional Referencesmall-business owner, department manager, or individual investoror business student, How to Read a Balance Sheet provides theposition at any single point in time. How to Read a Balance Sheet• What a balance sheet is and how it is used to boost profits• Key components of the balance sheet, including cash, receivables,inventory, long-lived assets, accounts payable, accrued expenses,long-term debt, and equity• How these different elements relate to one another—and how tokeep them under control• Formulas, tips, and examples that illustrate key concepts• Practical advice to maximize operating efficiencies through effectivemanagementHow to Read a Balance Sheet opens a new door to top performancefor any business professional.CONTENTSPrefaceAcknowledgmentsIntroductionChapter 1. Primer on the Balance Sheet and Income StatementChapter 2. AssetsChapter 3. LiabilitiesChapter 4. EquityChapter 5. Basic Accounting Principles and MethodsChapter 6. Finance Concepts and ToolsChapter 7. Balance Sheet Utilization and ImplicationsChapter 8. Balance Sheet AbusesChapter 9. Effective Balance Sheet Management TechniquesChapter 10. The Cash Flow StatementChapter 11. Common Mistakes When Starting a BusinessChapter 12. Financial Statement AnalysisChapter 13. Summary and ConclusionsAppendix Balance Sheet (End of Last Year)NotesIndexFINANCIAL STATEMENTSRevised and Expanded EditionBy Thomas Ittelson2009 (October 2008) / 285 pagesISBN: 9781601630230A Professional ReferenceNow the best-selling book of its kind has gotten even better.This revisedand expanded second edition of Ittelson’s master work will giveWith more than 100,000 copies in print, Financial Statements is astock-market investors, undergraduate business and MBA students,and accounting books fail either because they are written “by accountantsfor accountants” or the authors “dumb down” the concepts untilthey are virtually useless. Financial Statements deftly shows that allby clearly and simply demonstrating how the balance sheet, incomeunderstandable language. Every concept is explained with a basic,straightforward transaction example. And with the book’s uniquelyvisual approach, you’ll be able to see exactly how each transactionmajor sections with nine new chapters were added to this revisedsecond edition of Financial Statements, simply the clearest and mostCONTENTSPreface to the Second EditionIntroductionSection A: Financial Statements: Structure & VocabularyChapter 1: Twelve Basic PrinciplesChapter 2: The Balance SHeetChapter 3: The Income StatementChapter 4: The Cash Flow StatementChapter 5: ConnectionsSection B: Transactions: Exploits of AppleSeed Enterprises, Inc.Chapter 6: Startup Financing and StaffingChapter 7: Staffing and Equipping Facility: Planning for ManufacturingStartupChapter 8: Startup of Manufacturing OperationsChapter 9: Marketing and SellingChapter 10: Administrative TasksChapter 11: Growth, Profit & ReturnSection C: Financial Statements: Construction & AnalysisChapter 12: Keeping Track with Journals and LedgersChapter 13: Ratio AnalysisChapter 14: Alternative Accounting Policies and ProceduresChapter 15: Cooking the BooksSection D: Business Expansion: Strategy, Risk & CapitalChapter 16: Mission, Vision, Goals, Strategies, Actions and TacticsChapter 17: Risk and UncertaintyChapter 18: Making Decisions about Appleseed’s FutureChapter 19: Sources and Costs of CapitalSection E: Making Good Capital Investment DecisionsChapter 20: The Time Value of MoneyChapter 21: Net Present Value (NPV)Chapter 22: Making Good Capital Investment DecisionsSummary and ConclusionAppendix A. Short History of Business Fraud and Speculative BubblesAppendix B. Nominal Dollars vs Real DollarsIndexAbout the Author67

AccountingFINANCIAL STATEMENTS DEMYSTIFIEDA Self-Teaching GuideBy Bonita Kramer and Christie Johnson2009 (March 2009) / 320 pagesISBN: 9780071543873A Professional ReferenceDesigned for the reader with little or no accounting or business it effectively in making investment decisions. The book describes theCONTENTSI. IntroductionII. Basic ConceptsIII. The Income StatementIV. The Balance SheetV. The Statement of Stockholders’ EquityVI. The Statement of Cash FlowsVII. Reading the Financial StatementsVIII. Fraudulently Misstated Financial StatementsREVIEW COPY(Available for course adoption only)To request for a review copy,• contact your local McGraw-Hillrepresentatives or,• fax the Review Copy Request Form foundin this catalog or,• e-mail your request tomghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,• submit online at www.mheducation.asiaInvitation to PublishMcGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbookproposals for publication.email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com.Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/68

Bank Management .............................................................................................99Behavioral Finance ...........................................................................................102Business Finance ...............................................................................................84Cases in Corporate Finance ...............................................................................90Derivatives / Futures & Options ..........................................................................94Finance for the Non-Financial Managers .........................................................105Financial Institutions and Markets ......................................................................97Financial Institutions Management .....................................................................96Financial Planning ............................................................................................102Financial System ..............................................................................................106International Financial Management ................................................................100International Financial Markets.........................................................................102Investments - Graduate ......................................................................................89Investments - Supplementary .............................................................................88Investments - Textbooks .....................................................................................85Managerial & Corporate Finance - Graduate .....................................................80Managerial & Corporate Finance - Supplements ...............................................78Managerial & Corporate Finance - Textbooks ....................................................71Mathematis of Finance .....................................................................................106Money and Capital Markets ................................................................................92Personal Finance..............................................................................................103Portfolio Management ........................................................................................93Professional References ..................................................................................110Real Estate Finance / Investment.....................................................................109Real Estate Principles, Analysis & Management ..............................................108Risk Management.............................................................................................105Upper Division Insurance .................................................................................108FINANCE, INSURANCE & REAL ESTATE69

New TitlesFINANCE, INSURANCE & REAL ESTATE2012 Author ISBN PageInternational Financial Management, 6e Eun 9780078034657 100Fundamentals of Investment Management, 10e Hirt 9780078034626 85Fundamentals of Investments, 6e Jordan 9780073530710 85Personal Finance, 10e Kapoor 9780073530697 103FINANCE, INSURANCE & REAL ESTATE2011 Author ISBN PageCasebook to accompany Foundations of Financial Management, 14e Block 9780077316174 78Foundations of Financial Management with Time Value of Money Card, 14e Block 9780077454432 71Investments, 9e Bodie 9780073530703 85, 89Principles of Corporate Finance, 10e Brealey 9780077356385 80Principles of Corporate Finance, Concise, 2e Brealey 9780073530741 81Real Estate Finance & Investments, 14e Brueggeman 9780073377339 109Fundamentals of Corporate Finance [UK] Hillier 9780077125257 72International Corporate Finance Robin 9780073530666 100Corporate Finance: Core Principles and Applications, 3e Ross 9780073530680 82Essentials of Corporate Finance, 7e Ross 9780073382463 72Fundamentals of Corporate Finance: An Asian Perspective [Asian Pub] Ross 9780071088022 73Financial Institutions Management: A Risk Management Approach, 7e Saunders 9780073530758 96Running Money: Professional Portfolio Management Stewart 9780073530581 93Derivatives Sundaram 9780072949315 94FINANCE, INSURANCE & REAL ESTATE2010 Author ISBN PageFinancial Mathematics for Actuaries [Asian Pub] Chan 9780071288934 106Managing Your Personal Finance [Asian Pub] Chan 9780071078863 103Fundamentals of Financial Management, 5e [India] Chandra 9780070700796 73Financial Market [Asian Pub] Ching 9789833850891 97Futures and Options [Asian Pub] Parameswaran 9780071313643 95Essentials of Corporate Finance, 2e [Aust Adaptation] Ross 9780070284975 74Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, 5e [Aust Adaptation] Ross 9780070284951 75Financial Management for Beginners, 3e [Asian Pub] Samad 9789675771002 74Financial Market Essentials [Aust] Viney 9780070286658 9770

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateManagerial & CorporateFinance - TextbooksGlobal editionNEW*9780077454432*FOUNDATIONS OFFINANCIAL MANAGEMENTWITH TIME VALUE OFMONEY CARD14th EditionBy Stanley B Block, Texas Christian University,Geoffrey A Hirt, DePaul University and BartleyDanielson, North Carolina State University2011 (October 2010)ISBN: 9780073530727 (NAI)ISBN: 9780077454432ISBN: 9780071220644 [GE] - Pub April 2011Foundations of Financial Management has built a loyal following dueto its strong real-world emphasis, clear writing style, and step-by-of concepts and applications. In addition to completing the textbookrevisions, Block, Hirt, and Danielsen also revise all end of chapterproblems and complete the solutions themselves. The authors knowwhat works and what doesn’t work for students, and they have consistentlymaintained a high quality textbook that is responsive to thedemands of the marketplace.NEW TO THIS EDITION McGraw-Hill’s Connect Finance. Connect Finance offers anumber of powerful tools and features to make managing assignmentseasier, so you can spend more time teaching. Students can engagewith their coursework anytime and anywhere, making the learningprocess more accessible and efficient. In short, Connect Financefacilitates student learning and optimizes your time and energies, enablingyou to focus on course content, teaching, and student learning.• Create and deliver online, auto-graded homework assignments,quizzes, and tests directly from the end-of-chapter materials ortest bank. Problems are available as both static and algorithmicproblems.• Students receive immediate, detailed feedback on their assignments,allowing them to focus on the areas where they needimprovement.• o Select key problems offer Guided Examples next to the assignedproblems to show how to work through a similar problem. Studentscan learn from this video to then solve their own assigned problems.• A Self Quiz and Study program allows students to evaluate theirperformance through a practice test and then receive recommendationsfor specific readings from the text, supplemental studymaterial, and practice work that will improve their mastery of eachlearning objective. Lectures provided by author Bart Danielsen arealso available to help students learn the concepts.• Pre-built assignments are available to save you set up time.• Questions mapped to AACSB skill areas, Bloom’s Taxonomy levels,and difficulty level enable you to run reports that assess specificlearning outcomes. Estimated time tags are also available for eachquestion, giving you greater control over the amount of time yourstudents will spend on the assignment. Connect Plus Finance. This packaging option combines all thegreat features of Connect Finance, along with access to an onlineversion of Foundations of Financial Management, linked to additionalstudy features, so that students can easily refer back to the text forreview and guidance. Connect Plus Finance is available with a newbook at no additional charge! Every chapter has been reviewed and revised to reflect the recentfinancial crisis. Significant updates include:• Chapter 1 provides a discussion of the causes behind the financialcrisis including the housing bubble, the misuse of derivatives, andexcessive risk taking by top corporate management. Chapter 1 alsocovers the demise of key financial institutions (Lehman Brothers,Bear Sterns, etc.) and the impact of corporate governance.• In Chapter 2, the Bernie Madoff story is covered in full to demonstratehow unethical behavior can go undetected by federalregulators and accountants. The negative effect on investors suchas charitable foundations and individuals (Steven Spielberg) isconsidered. In The Time Value of Money (Ch 9) and Valuation and Ratesof Return (Ch 10) chapters, calculator keystrokes and formulas areincluded in the margins, in addition to the text’s traditional use oftables. Both calculator and formula solutions are also included in theSolutions Manual. In the coverage of Working Capital Management, the use ofadvanced technology is discussed along with its effect on the managementof current assets and the financing of those assets. Specialattention is given to inventory tracking systems and the elimination offloat. Real life examples are presented of technology used by Wal-Mart, Boeing, and others. Hedging to reduce interest rate risk is covered in Chapter 8 todemonstrate how corporations and individuals can reduce their interestrate risk through hedging in the futures market. An easy to followexample is presented of this involved process. The changing landscape of investment banking is emphasized inChapter 14. The industry is becoming more global in scope, increasinglyconcentrated, and more controlled by regulation.NEW! ConnectNEW! Connect PlusCONTENTSPart 1. Introduction1. The Goals and Functions of Financial ManagementPart 2. Financial Analysis and Planning2. Review of Accounting3. Financial Analysis4. Financial Forecasting5. Operating and Financial LeveragePart 3. Working Capital Management6. Working Capital and the Financing Decision7. Current Asset Management8. Sources of Short-Term FinancingPart 4. The Capital Budgeting Process9. The Time Value of Money10. Valuation and Rates of Return11. Cost of Capital12. The Capital Budgeting Decision13. Risk and Capital BudgetingPart 5. Long-Term Financing14. Capital Markets15. Investment Banking: Public and Private Placement16. Long-Term Debt and Lease Financing17. Common and Preferred Stock Financing18. Dividend Policy and Retained Earnings19. Convertibles, Warrants and DerivativesPart 6. Expanding the Perspective of Corporate Finance20. External Growth through Mergers21. International Financial Management71

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateNEW*9780077125257*FUNDAMENTALS OFCORPORATE FINANCEBy David Hillier, University of Strathclyde andIain Clacher, Leeds University2011 (January 2011) / 752 pagesISBN: 9780077125257McGraw-Hill UK Titlewww.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/hillierFundamentals of Corporate Finance, 1st European Edition, bringsproblem solving approach. The book is an adaptation of the highly suc-FEATURES More relevant coverage of regulatory frameworks, internationalcorporations and organizations. A wealth of new examples and cases looking at corporate financein action at well-known international companies such as BMW,Google, Lloyds TSB, McDonalds, Louis Vuitton, Ryanair, Nokia andmany more. Numerous opportunities to test your knowledge with ConceptQuestions, Chapter Review and Self Test Problems, Concept Reviewand Critical Thinking Questions, and Questions and Problems.CONTENTSPart One: Overview of Corporate FinanceChapter 1: Introduction to Corporate FinanceChapter 2: Corporate GovernanceChapter 3: Financial Analysis and PlanningPart Two: Valuation of Future Cash FlowsChapter 4: Introduction To Valuation: The Time Value Of MoneyChapter 5: Discounted Cash Flow ValuationChapter 6: Bond ValuationChapter 7: Equity ValuationPart Three: Capital BudgetingChapter 8: Net Present Value and Other Investment CriteriaChapter 9: Making Capital Investment DecisionsChapter 10: Project Analysis and EvaluationPart Four: Risk and ReturnChapter 11: Some Lessons from Capital Market HistoryChapter 12: Return, Risk, and the Security Market LinePart Five: Cost of Capital and Long-Term Financial PolicyChapter 13: Cost of CapitalChapter 14: Raising CapitalChapter 15: Financial Leverage and Capital Structure PolicyChapter 16: Dividends and Dividend PolicyPart Six: Topics in Corporate FinanceChapter 17: Short-Term Financial Planning and ManagementChapter 18: International Corporate FinanceChapter 19: Behavioral FinanceChapter 20: Financial Risk ManagementChapter 21: Options and Corporate FinanceChapter 22: Mergers & AcquisitionsGlobal editionNEW*9780073382463*ESSENTIALS OFCORPORATE FINANCE7th EditionBy Stephen A. Ross, Massachusetts Institute ofof Southern California and Bradford D Jordan,University of Kentucky--Lexington2011 (February 2010) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780073382463ISBN: 9780077400200 (with Connect Plus)ISBN: 9780071314367 [GE with Connect]www.mhhe.com/rwjand Jordan is written to convey the most important concepts and prin-have distilled the subject down to the essential topics in 18 chapters.They believe that understanding the “why” is just as important, if notmore so, than understanding the “how,” especially in an introductorycourse. Three basic themes emerge as their central focus:1. An emphasis on intuition—separate and explain the principlesat work on a common sense, intuitive level before launching intodecisions have valuation effects.maker is emphasized and they stress the need for managerial inputand judgment.NEW TO THIS EDITION McGraw-Hill’s Connect Finance. Connect Finance offers anumber of powerful tools and features to make managing assignmentseasier, so you can spend more time teaching. Students can engagewith their coursework anytime and anywhere, making the learningprocess more accessible and efficient. In short, Connect Financefacilitates student learning and optimizes your time and energies, enablingyou to focus on course content, teaching, and student learning. Create and deliver online, auto-graded homework assignments,quizzes, and tests directly from the end-of-chapter materials or testbank. Problems are available as both static and algorithmic problems. Students receive immediate, detailed feedback on their assignments,allowing them to focus on the areas where they needimprovement. A Personal Learning Plan allows students to evaluate their performancethrough a practice test and then receive recommendationsfor specific readings from the text, supplemental study material, andpractice work that will improve their mastery of each learning objective.Pre-built assignments are available to save you set up time. Questions mapped to AACSB skill areas, Bloom’s Taxonomylevels, and difficulty level enable you to run reports that assess specificlearning outcomes.72

Finance, Insurance & Real Estate Connect Plus Finance. This packaging option combines all thegreat features of Connect Finance, along with access to an onlineversion of Essentials of Corporate Finance, linked to additional studyfeatures, so that students can easily refer back to the text for reviewand guidance. Connect Plus Finance is available with a new book atno additional charge! The latest research on dividend policy is reflected in Chapter 14,which has been significantly rewritten to include the life cycle theoryand the impact of the 2003 dividend tax cut. New international material on the stock market risk premium isnow included in Chapter 10. Every chapter has been evaluated and revised to provide themost up to date information and current examples. This providesrelevance and interest for both students and instructors. Key contentupdates and additions include: Updated corporate ethics box with Bank of America purchase ofMerrill Lynch and new material on Microsoft/Yahoo! takeover battle(Chapter 1) A new example comparing ratios for Lowe’s and Home Depotand a new example comparing DuPont breakdowns for Yahoo! andGoogle (Chapter 3) New opener on GE’s “Ecomagination” program (Chapter 8) New opener on inventory periods in the auto industry (Chapter16) New opener on the US dollar/Canadian “loonie” exchange rate(Chapter 18)NEW! Algorithmic test bankUPDATED! Updated PowerPointsCONTENTSPart I. Overview of Financial ManagementCh. 1 Introduction to Financial ManagementPart 2. Understanding Financial Statements and Cash FlowCh. 2 Financial Statements, Taxes, and Cash FlowCh. 3 Working with Financial StatementsPart 3. Valuation of Future Cash FlowsCh. 4 Introduction to Valuation: The Time Value of MoneyCh. 5 Discounted Cash Flow ValuationPart 4. Valuing Stocks and BondsCh. 6 Interest Rates and Bond ValuationCh. 7 Equity Markets and Stock ValuationPart 5. Capital BudgetingCh. 8 Net Present Value and Other Investment CriteriaCh. 9 Making Capital Investment DecisionsPart 6. Risk and ReturnCh. 10 Some Lessons from Capital Market HistoryCh. 11 Risk and ReturnPart 7. Long-Term FinancingCh. 12 Cost of CapitalCh. 13 Leverage and Capital StructureCh. 14 Dividends and Dividend PolicyCh. 15 Raising CapitalPart 8. Short-Term Financial ManagementCh. 16 Short-Term Financial PlanningCh. 17 Working Capital ManagementPart 9. Topics in Business FinanceCh. 18 International Aspects of Financial ManagementAppendix A. Mathematical TablesAppendix B. Key EquationsAppendix C. Answers to Selected End-of-Chapter ProblemsAppendix D. Using the HP-10B and TI BA II Plus Financial CalculatorsNEW *9780071088022*FUNDAMENTALS OF CORPORATE FINANCEAn Asian Perspective-2011 (August 2011)ISBN: 9780071088022An Asian PublicationFinance plays a very important role in the modern corporation. The which, in turn, facilitate the smooth functioning and growth of thein the markets may differ in the way they are set up and operate. Inadaptation so that students would not be left with the sense that themarkets of the USA and Europe, but are equally applicable elsewhere.By the same token, illustrations using Asian examples would alsohighlight that most Asian corporations have successfully incorporatedbe assured that the concepts they learn from the book are relevantand highly applicable to local institutions and corporations and notand interesting fashion. The development of the content and the layoutin the chapters make the learning process less intimidating and moreappealing. The examples help the students to crystallize the concepts.This Asian adaptation will retain the strengths of the original editionbut will Asian-ise the context and content of the textbook. Studentswill then be better able to relate the subject to the environment underwhich their institutions and corporations operate.NEW*9780070700796*FUNDAMENTALS OFFINANCIAL MANAGEMENT5th EditionBy Pasanna Chandra2010 (April 2010)ISBN: 9780070700796McGraw-Hill India Title(Details unavailable at press time)All Global Editions areadapted to better meet theneeds of courses outsidethe United States.Please contact your localsales representative formore details.73

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateNEW*9789675771002*FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT FORBEGINNERS3rd EditionBy Rodziah Abd Samad, Rohani Abdul Wahab and Shelia Christabel2010 (June 2010) / 460 pagesISBN: 9789675771002An Asian PublicationFinancial Management for Beginners has been written for students ofBusiness and Accountancy. The book is written for both newcomersSome prior knowledge of economics, statistics and accounting willbe helpful. Student learning is aided by learning objectives at thebeginning of each chapter, concept questions in each chapter, trueor false, multiple choice, self-test questions and problems at the endand as a selfstudy text. Key answers for a number of questionsare included. The book is composed of narrative explanations withworked examples and diagrams, as well as relevant formulae whichare easy to follow. This book consists of 12 chapters, beginning withcapital management, management of current liability, – managementof current assets, time value of money, risk and return, capital budgeting,cost of capital, analysis and impact of leverage, and endingwith dividend policy. The aim of this text is to provide a foundation inThe text is relevant to students pursuing diploma and undergraduatecourses in Business and Accountancy and also professional courses-Institute of Management Accountants and Institute of CharteredSecretaries and Administrators.CONTENTS1. Introduction to Financial Management2. Evaluation of Financial Performance3. Financial Planning and Forecasting4. Management of Working Capital5. Management of Current Assets6. Management of Current Liabilities7. Time Value of Money8. Risk and Return9. Capital Budgeting10. Cost of Capital11. Analysis and Impact of Leverage12. The Dividend DecisionAppendixSuggested SolutionsGlossaryBibliography and Further ReadingIndexREVIEW COPY(Available for course adoption only)To request for a review copy,• contact your local McGraw-Hillrepresentatives or,• fax the Review Copy Request Form foundin this catalog or,• e-mail your request tomghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,• submit online at www.mheducation.asiaAust AdaptationNEW*9780070284975*ESSENTIALS OFCORPORATE FINANCE2nd EditionBy Stephen A Ross, Mass Institute of Tech,Rowan Trayler and Ron G Bird of UniversityUniversity of Souhtern California and BradfordD Jordan, University of Kentucky-Lexington2010 (November 2010)ISBN: 9780070284975McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/ross_ess2eThis is the second Australian and New Zealand edition of Essentialslocal authors Rowan Trayler (UTS) and Ron Bird (UTS). Trayler andBird have created a successful and engaging text for students in singlesemester courses, balancing theory with real-world regional storiesand concepts. Essentials of Corporate Finance is part of a suite ofRoss products and has an emphasis on applications and relevancyto business within a 18 chapter structure. The text aims to make corereal-life, regional examples. Perhaps the most exciting developmentfor the new edition is that Essentials of Corporate Finance now comeswith Connect Plus. This is a new, unique and powerful tool for lecturersand students which includes an integrated ebook, assignment andquiz builder, pre-built assignments and algorithmic testbank questionsCONTENTSPart 1. Overview of Financial ManagementChapter 1: Introduction to Financial ManagementPart 2. Understanding Financial Statements and Cash FlowChapter 2: Financial Statements, Taxes and Cash FlowChapter 3: Working with Financial StatementsPart 3. Valuation of Future Cash FlowsChapter 4: Introduction to Valuation: The Time Value of MoneyChapter 5: Discounted Cash Flow ValuationPart 4. Valuing Stocks and BondsChapter 6: Interest Rates, Bill and Bond ValuationChapter 7: Equity Markets and Share ValuationPart 5. Capital BudgetingChapter 8: Net Present Value and Other Investment CriteriaChapter 9: Making Capital Investment DecisionsPart 6. Risk and ReturnChaper 10: Some Chapters From Capital Market HistoryChapter 11: Risk and ReturnPart 7. Long Term FinancingChapter 12: Cost of CapitalChapter 13: Leverage and Capital StructureChapter 14: Dividends and Dividend PolicyChapter 15: Raising CapitalPart 8. Short-Term Financial ManagementChapter 16: Short-Term Financial PlanningChapter 17: Working Capital ManagementAppendix A: Mathematical TablesAppendix B: Key EquationsGlossaryIndex74

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateAust AdaptationNEW*9780070284951*FUNDAMENTALS OFCORPORATE FINANCE5th EditionBy Stephen A Ross, Mass Institute of Tech, MarkChristensen, Queensland University of Technol-University, Spencer Thompson, Queensland Uni-University of Southern California and BradfordD Jordan, University of Kentucky-Lexington2010 (December 2010)ISBN: 9780070284951McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/ross5eJoining Australian author Mark Christensen in writing this edition isand industry experience to the text and has helped to create a considerablyupdated and revised text that continues to capitalise on the richpedagogy and thorough treatment of the topic by the US Ross team.In addition to illustrating pertinent concepts and presenting up-to-datecoverage, Fundamentals of Corporate Finance 5e strives to presentthe material in a way that makes it accessible and relevant and easyto understand. To meet the varied needs of its intended audience,Fundamentals of Corporate Finance 5e is rich in valuable learningtools. The text is relaxed and approachable in tone and the authorscontinue to convey their considerable enthusiasm for the subject.International editionFUNDAMENTALS OF CORPORATE FINANCE9th EditionUniversity of Southern California and Bradford D Jordan, University ofKentucky-Lexington2010 (February 2009) / 800 pagesISBN: 9780073382395 (Standard Edition)ISBN: 9780077246129 [Alternate Edition]ISBN: 9780071088558 [IE]www.mhhe.com/rwjThe best-selling Fundamentals of Corporate Finance (FCF) is writtendeveloped and taught in terms of a few integrated, powerful ideas. Assuch, there are three basic themes that are the central focus of thebook: 1) An emphasis on intuition—underlying ideas are discussedin general terms and then by way of examples that illustrate in moreplainhow particular decisions have valuation effects. 3) A managerialdecision maker, and they stress the need for managerial input andjudgment. The Ninth Edition continues the tradition of excellencethat has earned Fundamentals of Corporate Finance its status asmarket leader. Every chapter has been updated to provide the mostsupplements package has been updated and improved, and withthe new Excel Master online tool, student and instructor support hasnever been stronger.CONTENTSPart One: Overview of Corporate FinanceChapter 1: Introduction to Corporate FinanceChapter 2: Financial Statements, Taxes, and Cash FlowPart Two: Financial Statements and Long-Term Financial PlanningChapter 3: Working with Financial StatementsChapter 4: Long-Term Financial Planning and GrowthPart Three: Valuation of Future Cash FlowsChapter 5: Introduction to Valuation: The Time Value of MoneyChapter 6: Discounted Cash Flow ValuationChapter 7: Interest Rates and Bond ValuationChapter 8: Stock ValuationPart Four: Capital BudgetingChapter 9: Net Present Value and Other Investment CriteriaChapter 10: Making Capital Investment DecisionsChapter 11: Project Analysis and EvaluationPart Five: Risk and ReturnChapter 12: Some Lessons from Capital Market HistoryChapter 13: Return, Risk, and the Security Market LinePart Six: Cost of Capital and Long-Term Financial PolicyChapter 14: Cost of CapitalChapter 15: Raising CapitalChapter 16: Financial Leverage and Capital Structure PolicyChapter 17: Dividends and Payout PolicyPart Seven: Short-Term Financial Planning and ManagementChapter 18: Short-Term Finance and PlanningChapter 19: Cash and Liquidity ManagementChapter 20: Credit and Inventory ManagementPart Eight: Topics in Corporate FinanceChapter 21: International Corporate FinanceInternational editionFUNDAMENTALS OF CORPORATE FINANCE6th EditionBy Richard A Brealey, London Business School, Stewart C Myers, MassInstitute of Tech and Alan J Marcus, Boston College2009 (September 2008)ISBN: 9780077263348 (with S&P Card)ISBN: 9780070091757 [IE with S&P Card]ISBN: 9780071311410 [IE without S&P Card]www.mhhe.com/bmm6eFundamentals of Corporate Finance, by Richard A. Brealey, StewartC. Myers and Alan J. Marcus, has been applauded for its modernapproach and interesting examples. Professors praise the authors’well-organized and thoughtful writing style and their clear exposi-treatment of core topic areas. Since this author team is known for theirtextbooks, it’s no surprise that they have created an innovative andmarket-driven revision that is more student friendly than ever. Every-CONTENTSPart One: Introduction1. Goals and Governance of the Firm2. Financial Markets and Institutions3. Accounting and Finance4. Measuring Corporate PerformancePart Two: Value5. The Time Value of Money6. Valuing Bonds7. Valuing Stocks8. Net Present Value and Other Investment Criteria9. Using Discounted Cash-Flow Analysis to Make Investment Decisions10. Project Analysis75

Finance, Insurance & Real EstatePart Three: Risk11. Introduction to Risk, Return, and the Opportunity Cost of Capital12. Risk, Return, and Capital Budgeting13. The Weighted-Average Cost of Capital and Company ValuationPart Four: Financing14. Introduction to Corporate Financing15. Venture, Capital, IPOs, & Seasoned OfferingsPart Five: Debt and Payout Policy16. Debt Policy17. Payout PolicyPart Six: Financial Analysis and Planning18. Long-Term Financial Planning19. Short-Term Financial Planning20. Working Capital ManagementPart Seven: Special Topics21. Mergers, Acquisitions, and Corporate Control22. International Financial Management23. Options24. Risk ManagementPart Eight: Conclusion25. What We Do and Do Not Know About FinanceInternational editionFINANCE: APPLICATIONS AND THEORYBy Marcia Millon Cornett, Boston University, Troy Adair, Wilkes Universityand John Nofsinger, Washington State Univesity-Pullman2009 (October 2008) / 688 pagesISBN: 9780073382258ISBN: 9780071288507 [IE]www.mhhe.com/can1e- a low- to mid-level book for classes that focus on solving problems.These authors - instead of coming to the table with how corporaterentlyis being taught. That goal, combined with the innovative themesand technologies we have integrated, is leading to a book that isgetting some very positive feedback from the market - especiallyfrom Brigham users.This book’s framework emphasizes three themes:Finance is about Solving Problems and Decision-MakingFinance can be taught using the Personal PerspectiveFinance is about connecting Core ConceptsCONTENTSPart I: IntroductionChapter1: Introducing Financial ManagementPart II: Financial StatementsChapter 2: Reviewing Financial StatementsChapter 3: Analyzing Financial Statements and PlanningPart III: Valuating of Future Cash FlowsChapter 4: Time Value of Money 1: Analyzing of Single Cash FlowsChapter 5: Time Value of Money 2: Analyzing of Annuity Cash FlowsPart IV: Valuing of Bonds and StocksChapter 6: Valuing BondsChapter 7: Valuing StocksChapter 8: Understanding Financial Markets and InstitutionsPart V: Risk and ReturnChapter 9: Characterizing Risk and ReturnChapter 10: Estimating Risk and ReturnPart VI: Capital BudgetingChapter 11: Calculating the Cost of CapitalChapter 12: Estimating Cash Flows on Capital Budgeting ProjectsChapter 13: Weighing Net Present Value and Other Capital BudgetingInvestment CriteriaPart VII: Capital Structure IssuesChapter 14: Addressing Long-term Debt, Equity, and Capital StructureChapter 15: Sharing Firm Wealth: Dividends, Share Repurchasesand other PayoutsChapter 16: Issuing Capital and the Investment Banking ProcessPart VIII: Working Capital ManagementChapter 17: Addressing Working Capital and Managing Short-termAssets and LiabilitiesPart IX: Other Topics in FinanceChapter 18: Considering International Aspects of Corporate FinanceChapter 19: Dealing with Mergers & Acquisitions and FinancialDistressInternational editionANALYSIS FOR FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT9th EditionBy Robert Higgins, University of Washington2009 (November 2008)ISBN: 9780077297657 (with S&P Bind-In Card)ISBN: 9780071276269 [IE]www.mhhe.com/higgins9eAnalysis for Financial Management, 8e is a paperback text and hasbeen written to present standard techniques and modern developmentsin a practical and intuitive manner. It is intended for non-CONTENTSPart I: Assessing the Financial Health of the FirmChapter 1: Interpreting Financial StatementsChapter 2: Evaluating Financial PerformanceAppendix: International Differences in Financial StructurePart II: Planning Future Financial PerformanceChapter 3: Financial ForecastingChapter 4: Managing GrowthPart III: Financing OperationsChapter 5: Financial Instruments and MarketsAppendix: Forward Contracts, Options, and the Management ofCorporate RisksChapter 6: The Financing DecisionAppendix: The Irrelevance PropositionPart IV: Evaluating investment OpportunitiesChapter 7: Discounted Cash Flow TechniquesAppendix Mutually Exclusive Alternatives and Capital RationingChapter 8: Risk Analysis in Investment DecisionsAppendix: Asset Beta and Adjusted Present ValueChapter 9: Business Valuation and Corporate RestructuringAppendix: The Venture Capital Method of ValuationGlossarySuggested Answers to Odd-Numbered End-of-Chapter Problems76

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateInternational editionTHEORY OF INTEREST3rd EditionBy Stephen Kellison2009 (February 2008) / 480 pagesISBN: 9780073382449ISBN: 9780071276276 [IE]www.mhhe.com/kellison3e and expanded from previous editions. The text covers the basicmathematical theory of interest as traditionally developed. The bookis a thorough treatment of the mathematical theory and practicalpedagogical approach of the second edition has been retained in thethird edition. The textbook narrative emphasizes both the importanceof conceptual understanding and the ability to apply the techniquesto practical problems. The third edition has considerable updates thatmake this book relevant to students in this course area.CONTENTSChapter 1: The Measurement of InterestChapter 2: Solution of Problems in InterestChapter 3: Basic AnnuitiesChapter 4: More General AnnuitiesChapter 5: Amortization Schedules and Sinking FundsChapter 6: Bond and Other SecuritiesChapter 7: Yield RatesChapter 8: Practical applicationsChapter 9: More advanced financial analysisChapter 10: The term structure of interest ratesChapter 11: Duration, convexity and immunizationChapter 12: Stochastic approaches to interestChapter 13: Options and other derivativesAPPENDIXESAppendix A: Table numbering the days of the yearAppendix B: Illustrative mortgage loan amortization scheduleAppendix C: Basic mathematical reviewAppendix D: Statistical backgroundAppendix E: Iteration methodsAnswers to the exercisesGlossary of notationIndexUK AdaptationFUNDAMENTALS OF CORPORATE FINANCE4th EditionBy Collin Firer, University of Cape Town, Stephen A. Ross, MassachusettsCalifornia and Bradford D. Jordan, University of Kentucky2008 (June 2008) / 928 pagesISBN: 9780077114787McGraw-Hill UK TitleThis fourth edition of Fundamentals of Corporate Finance is an acces-tailored for the South African market.CONTENTSPart One: Overview of Corporate FinanceChapter 1: Introduction to Corporate FinanceChapter 2: Financial Statements, Taxes, and Cash FlowPart Two: Financial Statements and Long-Term Financial PlanningChapter 3: Working with Financial StatementsChapter 4: Long-Term Financial Planning and GrowthPart Three: Valuation of Future Cash FlowsChapter 5: Introduction to Valuation: The Time Value of MoneyChapter 6: Discounted Cash Flow ValuationChapter 7: Interest Rates and Bond ValuationChapter 8: Share ValuationPart Four: Capital BudgetingChapter 9: Net Present Value and Other Investment CriteriaChapter 10: Making Capital Investment DecisionsChapter 11: Project Analysis and EvaluationPart Five: Risk and ReturnChapter 12: Some Lessons From Capital Market HistoryChapter 13: Return, Risk, and the Security Market LineChapter 14: Options and Corporate FinancePart Six: Cost of Capital and Long-Term Financial PolicyChapter 15: Cost of CapitalChapter 16: Raising CapitalChapter 17: Financial Leverage and Capital Structure PolicyChapter 18: Dividends and Dividend PolicyPart Seven: Short-Term Financial Planning and ManagementChapter 19: Short-Term Finance and PlanningChapter 20: Current Asset ManagementPart Eight: Topics in Corporate FinanceChapter 21: International Corporate FinanceChapter 22: Risk Management: An Introduction to Financial EngineeringChapter 23: Option ValuationChapter 24: Mergers and AcquisitionsChapter 25: LeasingInvitation to PublishMcGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbookproposals for publication.email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com.Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/77

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateManagerial & CorporateFinance - SupplementsNEW*9780077316174*CASEBOOK TO ACCOMPANYFOUNDATIONS OF FINANCIALMANAGEMENT14th EditionBy Stanley Block, Texas Christian University2011 (September 2010)ISBN: 9780077316174These 31 cases, written by Block/Hirt/Danielsen, are ideal for indepthanalysis and facilitate an integrated understanding of the topicspresented in the book.International editionCASE STUDIES IN FINANCE6th EditionBy Robert Bruner, University of VA-Charlottesville2010 (January 2009) / 816 pagesISBN: 9780073382456ISBN: 9780071267526 [IE]www.mhhe.com/bruner6eCase Studies in Finance links managerial decisions to capital marketsand the expectations of investors. At the core of almost all of the casesfor guidance in resolving the case problem. The focus on value helpsThese cases also invite students to apply modern information technologyto the analysis of managerial decisions.CONTENTSPart 1: Setting Some ThemesCase 1 Warren E. Buffett, 2005Case 2 Bill Miller and Value TrustCase 3 Ben & Jerry’s HomemadeCase 4 The Battle for Value, 2004: FedEx Corp. vs. United ParcelService, Inc.Part 2: Financial Analysis and ForecastingCase 5 The Thoughtful ForecasterCase 6 The Financial Detective, 2005Case 7 Krispy Kreme Doughnuts, Inc.Case 8 The Body Shop International PLC 2001: An Introduction toFinancial ModelingCase 9 Horniman HorticultureCase 10 Kota Fibres, Ltd.Case 11 Deutsche BrauereiCase 12 Value Line Publishing: October 2002Part 3: Estimating the Cost of CapitalCase 13 “Best Practices” in Estimating the Cost of Capital: Surveyand Synthesis”Case 14 Nike, Inc.: Cost of CapitalCase 15 Teletech Corporation, 2005Case 16 The Boeing 7E7Part 4: Capital Budgeting and Resource AllocationCase 17 The Investment DetectiveCase 18 Worldwide Paper CompanyCase 19 Target CorporationCase 20 Aurora Textile CompanyCase 21 Compass RecordsCase 22 Victoria Chemicals plc (A): The Merseyside ProjectCase 23 Victoria Chemicals plc (B): Merseyside and RotterdamProjectsCase 24 Euroland Foods S.A.Case 25 Star River Electronics Ltd.Part 5: Management of the Firm’s Equity: Dividends, Repurchases,Initial OfferingsCase 26 Gainesboro Machine Tools CorporationCase 27 EMICase 28 JetBlue Airways IPO ValuationCase 29 TRX, Inc.: Initial Public OfferingCase 30 Purinex, Inc.Part 6: Management of the Corporate Capital StructureCase 31 An Introduction to Debt Policy and ValueCase 32 Structuring Coprorate Financial Policy: Diagnosis of Problemsand Evaluation of StrategiesCase 33 California Pizza KitchenCase 34 The Wm. Wrigley Jr. Company: Capital Structure, Valuation,and Cost of CapitalCase 35 Deluxe CorporationCase 36 Deutsche Bank Securities: Financing the Acquisition ofConsolidated Supply S.A.Part 7: Analysis of Financing Tactics: Leases, Options, andForeign CurrencyCase 37 Baker AdhesivesCase 38 Carrefour S.A.Case 39 Primus Automation Division, 2002Case 40 MoGen, Inc.Part 8: Valuing the Enterprise: Acquisitions and BuyoutsCase 41 Methods of Valuation: Mergers and AcquisitionsCase 42 Arcadian Microarray Technologies, Inc.Case 43 Yeats Valves and ControlsCase 44 Hershey Foods CorporationCase 45 General Mills’ Acquisition of Pillsbury from Diageo PLCCase 46 The Timken CompanyCase 47 Matlin PattersonCase 48 Hostile Takeovers: A Primer for the Decision MakerCase 49 General Electric’s Proposed Acquisition of HoneywellInternational editionFINGAME 5.0 PARTICIPANT’S MANUALWITH REGISTRATION CODE5th EditionBy Leroy D Brooks, John Carroll University2008 (June 2007) / 170 pagesISBN: 9780077219888ISBN: 9780071275675 [IE]Brooks’ FinGame Online 5.0 is a comprehensive multiple periodcompany over numerous periods of operation. Students have controlcountingstatement analysis, and general decision making. Internetaccess by the instructor and student is required. Students use the Fin-Game Participant’s Manual for instructions to operate their companyon the McGraw-Hill/Irwin website. The Participant’s Manual includesa password in order to access the website. The Instructor’s Manualis very important and imperative to teaching from FinGame OnlineCONTENTSStudent ManualChapter 1 IntroductionChapter 2 Initiation and Use on the Web78

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateChapter 3 Establishing a Management PlanChapter 4 The Company Environment and RulesChapter 5 The Game and The Real WorldAppendix Financial Statement ConstructionInstructor’s ManualWelcomeChapter 1 Web Access and Operating InstructionsChapter 2 Use of the Game in a CourseChapter 3 The Company Environment and RulesAppendix: FinGame Report RequirementsInternational editionFINANCE AND INVESTMENTS USING THEWALL STREET JOURNALBy Peter Crabb, Northwest Nazarene University2003 / 408 pagesISBN: 9780072829365 (Out of Print)ISBN: 9780071218856 [IE]CONTENTSPART I: INTRODUCTION.1. Finance and Investments Using the Wall Street Journal.PART II: MARKET ANALYSIS.2. Economic Analysis.3. Industry Analysis.4. International Economics and Markets.PART III: SECURITIES MARKETS AND ANALYSIS.5. Time Value of Money.6. Bond Valuations.7. Stock Valuations.8. Foreign Exchange.PART IV: INVESTMENT ANALYSIS.9. Financial Statement Analysis.10. Technical Analysis.PART V: DERIVATIVE SECURITIES.11. Options.12. Futures.13. Index Futures and Options.PART VI- PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT.14. Risk Measurement.15. Asset Allocation.16. Benchmarking.PART VII—CORPORATE FINANCING.17. Cost of Capital.18. Public Offering of Securities.19. Dividend Policy.20. Mergers and Acquisitions.SCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF FINANCIALMANAGEMENT3rd EditionBy Jae Shim, California State University and Joel Siegel, Queens College2010 (August 2009) / 504 pagesISBN: 9780071635318A Schaum PublicationSchaum’s Outline of Financial Management provides a succinct reviewcasting,planning and budgeting, the management of working capital,capital budgeting, and more.CONTENTS1. Introduction2. Analysis of Financial Statements and Cash Flow3. Financial Forecasting, Planning, and Budgeting4. The Management of Working Capital5. Short-Term Financing6. Time Value of Money7. Risk, Return, and Valuation8. Capital Budgeting (Including Leasing)9. Capital Budgeting Under Risk10. Cost of Capital11. Leverage and Capital Structure12. Dividend Policy13. Term Loans and Leasing14. Long-Term Debt15. Preferred and Common StockSCHAUM’S QUICK GUIDE TO BUSINESSFINANCE201 Decision-Making Tools for Business, Finance,and Accounting StudentsBy Jae K. Shim, Ph.D., California State University, Stephen W. Hartman,New York Institute of Technology and Joel Siegel, Ph.D., Queens College,CUNY1998 / 354 pagesISBN: 9780070580312A Schaum PublicationFor quick and authoritative answers to questions on business andyou how to apply them, step by step. Perfect for college and graduateand accounting, this comprehensive, portable guide gives you quickyou can grasp and use in seconds. You get explanations, examples,and demonstrations of formulas for vertical analysis; net-cost method; capital; earnings per share; inventory turnover; and nearly 200 more.This is the handiest tool available for mastering business formulas!REVIEW COPY(Available for course adoption only)To request for a review copy,• contact your local McGraw-Hillrepresentatives or,• fax the Review Copy Request Form foundin this catalog or,• e-mail your request tomghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,• submit online at www.mheducation.asia79

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateManagerial & CorporateFinance - GraduateGlobal editionNEW *9780077356385*PRINCIPLES OF CORPORATEFINANCE10th EditionBy Richard A Brealey, London Business School,Stewart C Myers, Mass Institute of Tech andFranklin Allen, University of Pennsylvania2011 (February 2010) / 1088 pagesISBN: 9780073530734 (NAI)ISBN: 9780077356385 (+ S&P Market Insight)ISBN: 9780071314176 [GE] - Pub Nov 2010www.mhhe.com/bmaPrinciples of Corporate Finance is the worldwide leading text thatpractical problems and as a way to respond to change by showingnot just how, but why companies and management act as they do.managers. The Tenth Edition has been rewritten, refreshed, and fullyby Connect Finance, an exciting new homework management system.NEW TO THIS EDITION McGraw-Hill Connect Finance. Connect Finance offers a numberof powerful tools and features to make managing assignments easier,so you can spend more time teaching. Students can engage with theircoursework anytime and anywhere, making the learning process moreaccessible and efficient. In short, Connect Finance facilitates studentlearning and optimizes your time and energies, enabling you to focuson course content, teaching, and student learning.• Create and deliver online, auto-graded homework assignments,quizzes, and tests directly from the end-of-chapter materials ortest bank. Problems are available as both static and algorithmicproblems.• Students receive immediate, detailed feedback on their assignments,allowing them to focus on the areas where they needimprovement.• A Personalized Learning Plan allows students to evaluate theirperformance through a practice test and then receive recommendationsfor specific readings from the text, supplemental studymaterial, and practice work that will improve their mastery of eachlearning objective.• Pre-built assignments are available to save you set up time.• Questions mapped to AACSB skill areas, Bloom’s Taxonomy levels,and difficulty level enable you to run reports that assess specificlearning outcomes.• Connect Plus Finance. This packaging option combines all thegreat features of Connect Finance, along with access to an onlineversion of Principles of Corporate Finance, linked to additionalstudy features, so that students can easily refer back to the textfor review and guidance. Connect Plus Finance is available witha new book at no additional charge! Every chapter has been reviewed and revised to reflect the recentcredit crisis. Significant updates include:• The discussion of agency costs and the importance of good governancein Chapter 1• The discussion on executive compensation in Chapter 12• The review of market efficiency that now includes expanded contenton asset price bubbles in Chapter 13• The section on financial institutions that now covers the causesand progress of the crisis in Chapter 14• The discussion of the AIG debacle in Chapter 23• The coverage of the effect of the crisis on money-market mutualfunds in Chapter 30 Useful Spreadsheet Functions boxes have been added to selectchapters to walkthrough how to use Excel functions and spreadsheetswhen applying financial concepts. Numbered and Titled Examples are now called out and featuredwithin chapters to further illustrate concepts. A Real-Time Data Analysis section has been added to the endof chapter material in select chapters. Standard & Poor’s problemsas well as additional web exercises are housed together in this area.Students will be asked to apply real financial data in order to solvethe problems supplied in this section. Several chapters have been rewritten and refreshed for addedsimplicity and better flow.• Chapter 2 combines Chapters 2 and 3 from the 9th edition, goingdirectly into how present values are calculated.• Chapter 3 introduces bond valuation and has been reordered andsimplified. The chapter focuses on default-free bonds, but alsoincludes an introduction to corporate debt and default risk.• Short-term and long-term financial planning are now combinedin Chapter 29.• Chapter 28 is now devoted entirely to financial analysis, whichshould be more convenient to instructors who wish to assign thistopic early in their courses. A new, 4 color design and more real world examples make thebook more appealing and relevant to today’s students. Increased international coverage reflects the reality that financialmanagers work more than ever in an international environment.Chapters 27 (Managing International Risks) and 33 (Governanceand Corporate Control around the World) are exclusively devotedto international issues. More cross-border comparisons or non-U.S.examples have been added throughout the text.Managerial ApproachCONTENTSPart One: Value1- Goals and Governance of the Firm2- How to Calculate Present Values3- Valuing Bonds4- The Value of Commons Stocks5- Net Present Value and Other Investment Criteria6- Making Investment Decisions with the Net Present Value RulePart Two: Risk7- Introduction to Risk and Return8- Portfolio Theory and the Capital Asset Pricing Model9- Risk and the Cost of CapitalPart Three: Best Practice in Capital Budgeting10- Project Analysis11- Investment, Strategy, and Economic Rents12- Agency Problems, Compensation, and the Performance MeasurementPart Four: Financing Decisions and Market Efficiency13- Efficient Markets and Behavioral Finance14- An Overview of Corporate Financing15- How Corporations Issue SecuritiesPart Five: Payout Policy and Capital Structure16- Payout Policy80

Finance, Insurance & Real Estate17- Does Debt Policy Matter?18- How Much Should a Corporation Borrow?19- Financing and ValuationPart Six: Options20- Understanding Options21- Valuing Options22- Real OptionsPart Seven: Debt Financing23- Credit Risk and the Value of Corporate Debt24- The Many Different Kinds of Debt25- LeasingPart Eight: Risk Management26- Managing Risk27- Managing International RisksPart Nine: Financial Planning and Working Capital Management28- Financial Analysis29- Financial Planning30- Working Capital ManagementPart Ten: Mergers, Corporate Control, and Governance31- Mergers32- Corporate Restructuring33- Governance and Corporate Control Around the WorldPart Eleven: Conclusion34- Conclusion: What We Do and Do Not Know About FinanceInternational editionNEW*9780073530741*PRINCIPLES OF CORPORATEFINANCEConcise, 2nd EditionBy Richard A Brealey, London Business School,Stewart C Myers, Mass Institute of Tech andFranklin Allen, University of Pennsylvania2011 (April 2010) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780073530741ISBN: 9780071289160 [IE]www.mhhe.com/bma2eThroughout Principles of Corporate Finance, Concise the authorsand as a way of learning how to respond to change by showing notjust how but why companies and management act as they do. Themoney, the valuation of bonds and stocks, and practical capital budg-planning and analysis.The text is modular, so that Parts can be introduced in an alternativeorder.• Short-term and long-term financial planning are now combinedin Chapter 19.• Chapter 18 is now devoted entirely to financial analysis, whichshould be more convenient to instructors who wish to assign thistopic early in their courses. Every chapter has been reviewed and revised to reflect the recentcredit crisis. Significant updates include:• The discussion of agency costs and the importance of good governancein Chapter 1• The review of market efficiency that now includes expanded contenton asset price bubbles in Chapter 11. Useful Spreadsheet Functions boxes have been added to selectchapters to walkthrough how to use Excel functions and spreadsheetswhen applying financial concepts. Numbered and Titled Examples are now called out and featuredwithin chapters to further illustrate concepts. Real-Time Data Analysis section has been added to the end ofchapter material in select chapters. Standard & Poor’s problems aswell as additional web exercises are housed together in this area.Students will be asked to apply real financial data in order to solvethe problems supplied in this section. A new, 4 color design and more real world examples make thebook more appealing and relevant to today’s students. Connect Finance is not available for Concise, but Connect forthe 10th edition of Principles of Corporate Finance can be used withConcise. A conversion guide for mapping from the full version toConcise is available; please contact your sales rep for details.CONTENTSPart One: Value1: Goals and Governance of the Firm2: How to Calculate Present Values3: Valuing Bonds4: The Value of Common Stocks5: Net Present Value and Other Investment Criteria6: Making Investment Decisions with the Net Present Value RulePart Two: Risk7: Introduction to Risk and Return8: Portfolio Theory and the Capital Asset Pricing Model9: Risk and the Cost of CapitalPart Three: Best Practices in Capital Budgeting10: Project AnalysisPart Four: Financing Decisions and Market Efficiency11: Efficient Markets and Behavioral FinancePart Five: Payout Policy and Capital Structure12: Payout Policy13: Does Debt Policy Matter?14: How Much Should a Corporation Borrow?15: Financing and ValuationPart Six: Options16: Understanding Options17: Valuing OptionsPart Seven: Financial Planning and Working Capital Management18: Financial Analysis19: Financial PlanningAppendixGlossaryIndexNEW TO THIS EDITION Several chapters have been rewritten and refreshed for addedsimplicity and better flow.• Chapter 2 combines Chapters 2 and 3 from the 1st edition, goingdirectly into how present values are calculated.• Chapter 3 introduces bond valuation and has been reordered andsimplified. The chapter focuses on default-free bonds, but alsoincludes an introduction to corporate debt and default risk.81

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateGlobal editionNEW*9780073530680*CORPORATE FINANCECore Principles and Applications3rd EditionBy Stephen A Ross, Mass Institute of Tech,California, Jeffrey Jaffe, University of Pennsylvaniaand Bradford D Jordan, University ofKentucky-Lexington2011 (October 2010) / 736 pagesISBN: 9780073530680ISBN: 9780071221160 [GE] - Pub April 2011www.mhhe.com/rwjjCorporate Finance: Core Principles and Applications, 3rd edition, by that is approachable to the widest possible audience. The conciseformat, managerial context and design, and student-friendly writingstyle are key attributes to this text. RWJJ Core Principles strikes abalance by introducing and covering the essentials, while leavingmore specialized topics to follow-up courses. This text distills thea decidedly modern approach. The well-respected author team isknown for the clear, accessible presentation of material that makesthis text an excellent teaching tool.NEW TO THIS EDITION McGraw-Hill’s Connect Finance. Connect Finance offers anumber of powerful tools and features to make managing assignmentseasier, so you can spend more time teaching. Students can engagewith their coursework anytime and anywhere, making the learningprocess more accessible and efficient. In short, Connect Financefacilitates student learning and optimizes your time and energies, enablingyou to focus on course content, teaching, and student learning.• Create and deliver online, auto-graded homework assignments,quizzes, and tests directly from the end-of-chapter materials ortest bank. Problems are available as both static and algorithmicproblems.• Students receive immediate, detailed feedback on their assignments,allowing them to focus on the areas where they needimprovement.• Pre-built assignments are available to save you set up time.• Questions mapped to AACSB skill areas, Bloom’s Taxonomy levels,and difficulty level enable you to run reports that assess specificlearning outcomes. Fully updated to include all new chapter openers and all new endof chapter problem, as well as the following coverage:• New material on corporate governance and regulation, includingSarbanes Oxley, in Chapter 1• Improved discussion of financial ratios e.g. EBITDA and EV inChapter 3• New material on the full payout model in Chapter 9• New material on global equity risk premiums and the global marketcollapse in Chapter 10• New material on how to estimate the WACC in Chapter 12• More material on bubbles in Chapter 13• Updated data on capital structure in Chapter 15CONTENTSPart I Overview1 Introduction to Corporate Finance2 Financial Statements and Cash Flow3 Financial Statements Analysis and Long-Term PlanningPart II Valuation and Capital Budgeting4 Discounted Cash Flow Valuation5 Interest Rates and Bond Valuation6 Stock Valuation7 Net Present Value and Other Investment Rules8 Making Capital Investment Decisions9 Risk Analysis, Real Options, and Capital BudgetingPart III Risk and Return10 Risk and Return Lessons from Market History11 Return and Risk: The Capital Asset Pricing Model (CAPM)12 Risk, Cost of Capital, and Capital BudgetingPart IV Capital Structure and Dividend Policy13 Corporate Financing Decisions and Efficient Capital Markets14 Capital Structure: Basic Concepts15 Capital Structure: Limits to the Use of Debt16 Dividends and Other PayoutsPart V Special Topics17 Options and Corporate Finance18 Short-Term Finance and Planning19 Mergers and Acquisitions20 International Corporate FinanceInternational editionCORPORATE FINANCE WITH S&P CARD9th EditionJeffrey Jaffe, University of Pennsylvania2010 (October 2009)ISBN: 9780077337629ISBN: 9780071313070 [IE without S&P]www.mhhe.com/rwj ingcontemporary examples to make the theory come to life. Thenumber of integrated and powerful intuitions, rather than a collectionof unrelated topics. They develop the central concepts of modernoptions, and the trade-off between risk and return, and use them toThe well-respected author team is known for their clear, accessiblepresentation of material that makes this text an excellent teachinghomework management system.CONTENTSPart I--OverviewChapter 1: Introduction to Corporate FinanceChapter 2: Financial Statements and Cash FlowChapter 3: Financial Statements Analysis and Long-Term PlanningPart II--Valuation and Capital BudgetingChapter 4: Discounted Cash Flow ValuationChapter 5: Net Present Value and Other Investment RulesChapter 6: Making Capital Investment DecisionsChapter 7: Risk Analysis, Real Options, and Capital BudgetingChapter 8: Interest Rates and Bond ValuationChapter 9: How to Value StocksPart III--RiskChapter 10: Risk and Return: Lessons from Market HistoryChapter 11: Return and Risk: The Capital Asset Pricing ModelChapter 12: An Alternative View of Risk and Return: The ArbitragePricing TheoryChapter 13: Risk, Cost of Capital, and Capital BudgetingPart IV: Capital Structure and Dividend PolicyChapter 14: Efficient Capital Markets and Behavioral ChallengesChapter 15 : Long-Term Financing: An Introduction82

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateChapter 16: Capital Structure: Basic ConceptsChapter 17: Capital Structure: Limits to the Use of DebtChapter 18: Valuation and Capital Budgeting for the Levered FirmChapter 19: Dividends and Other PayoutsPart V: Long-Term FinancingChapter 20: Issuing Securities to the PublicChapter 21: LeasingPart VI: Options, Futures, and Corporate FinanceChapter 22: Options and Corporate FinanceChapter 23: Options and Corporate Finance: Extensions and ApplicationsChapter 24: Warrants and ConvertiblesChapter 25: Derivatives and Hedging RiskPart VII: Short-Term FinanceChapter 26: Short-Term Finance and PlanningChapter 27: Cash ManagementChapter 28: Credit and Inventory ManagementPart VIII: Special TopicsChapter 29: Mergers and AcquisitionsChapter 30: Financial DistressChapter 31: International Corporate FinanceInternational editionBEHAVIORAL CORPORATE FINANCEBy Hersh Shefrin2007 (November 2005) / 224 pagesISBN: 9780072848656ISBN: 9780071257367 [IE]www.mhhe.com/shefrinCONTENTS1- Behavioral Foundations2- Valuation3- Capital Budgeting4- Perceptions About Risk and Return5- Inefficient Markets and Corporate Decisions6- Capital Structure7- Dividend Policy8- Agency Conflicts and Corporate Governance9- Group Process10- Mergers and Acquisitions11- Application of Real-Option Techniques to Capital Budgeting andCapital Structure (on the website only)FINANCIAL MARKETS AND CORPORATESTRATEGYMark Grinblatt, University of California-Los Angeles, David Hillier,Leeds University and Sheridan Titman, University of Texas at Austin2008 (September 2008) / 864 pagesISBN: 9780077119027McGraw-Hill UK Titlewww.mcgraw-hill.co.uk/textbooks/hillierThis new European edition of the best-selling US text offers clear andthe current international context.CONTENTSPart I. Financial Markets and Financial Instruments1. Raising Capital2. Debt Financing3. Equity FinancingPart II. Valuing Financial Assets4. Portfolio Tools5. Mean-Variance Analysis and the Capital Asset Pricing Model6. Factor Models and the Arbitrage Pricing Theory7. Pricing Derivatives8. OptionsPart III. Valuing Real Assets9. Discounting and Valuation10. Investing in Risk-Free Projects11. Investing in Risky Projects12. Allocating Capital and Corporate Strategy13. Corporate Taxes and the Impact of Financing On Real AssetValuationPart IV. Capital Financial Structure14. How Taxes Affect Financing Choices15. How Taxes Affect Dividends and Share Repurchases16. Bankruptcy Costs and Debt Holder-Equity Holder Conflicts17. Capital Structure and Corporate StrategyPart V. Incentives, Information, and Corporate Control18. How Managerial Incentives Affects Financial Decisions19. The Information Conveyed by Financial Decisions20. Mergers and AcquisitionsPart VI. Risk Management21. Risk Management and Corporate Strategy22. The Practice of Hedging23. Interest Rate Risk ManagementAppendix A. Mathematical TablesInternational editionFINANCIAL MARKETS AND CORPORATESTRATEGY2nd EditionBy Mark Grinblatt, UCLA and Sheridan Titman, University of Texas atAustin2002 / 864 pagesISBN: 9780072294330ISBN: 9780071123419 [IE]ISBN: 9780071236867 [IE - Printed in 2 Colors]www.mhhe.com/grinblattCONTENTSPart I. Financial Markets and Financial Instruments1.Raising Capital2. Debt Financing3. Equity FinancingPart II. Valuing Financial Assets4. The Mathematics and Statistics of Portfolios5. Mean-Variance Analysis and the Capital Asset Pricing Model6. Factor Models and the Arbitrage Pricing Theory7. Pricing Derivatives8. OptionsPart III. Valuing Real Assets9. Discounting and Valuation10. Investing in Risk-less Projects11. Investing in Risky Projects12. Allocating Capital and Corporate Strategy13. Corporate Taxes and the Impact of Financing On Real AssetValuationPart IV. Capital Structure14. How Taxes Affect Financing Choices15. How Taxes Affect Dividends and Share Repurchases16. Bankruptcy Costs and Debt Holder-Equity Holder Conflicts17. Capital Structure and Corporate StrategyPart V. Incentives, Information, and Corporate Control18. How Managerial Incentives Affects Financial Decisions19. The Information Conveyed by Financial Decisions20. Mergers and AcquisitionsPart VI. Risk Management21. Risk Management and Corporate Strategy22. The Practice of Hedging83

Finance, Insurance & Real Estate23. Interest Rate Risk ManagementAppendix A. Interest Rate MathematicsAppendix B. Mathematical TablesBusiness FinanceSTRATEGIC CORPORATE FINANCEBy Tony Davies, University of Wales, Bangor and Tony Boczko, HullUniversity2008 (April 2008) / 584 pagesISBN: 9780077109417McGraw-Hill UK TitleThis rigorous and engaging text is ideal for non-specialist studentsof Business Finance. With the logical approach of the business lifecycle, user-friendly style and broad topic coverage, Strategic CorporateFinance is an essential textbook for all modules in introductoryCONTENTSPart I: Corporate FinanceChapter 1 The financial environmentChapter 2 Corporate objectivesChapter 3 Corporate governanceChapter 4 Capital investment decisionsChapter 5 Risk, return and portfolio theoryChapter 6 Capital structure and the cost of capitalChapter 7 Sources of finance and the capital marketsCase Study IChapter 8 Financial analysisChapter 9 Financial planningChapter 10 Management of working capitalChapter 11 International operations and investmentChapter 12 Financial risk managementCase Study IIPart II: Financial StrategyChapter 13 The business life cycle and financial strategyChapter 14 Financial strategies from start-up to growthChapter 15 Financial strategies from growth to maturity to declineChapter 16 Mergers and acquisitions (M&As)Chapter 17 Financial strategies in M&AsChapter 18 Reorganisations and restructuringCase Study IIIBUSINESS FINANCE10th EditionBy Graham Peirson and Rob Brown of Monash University, Steve Easton,University of Newcastle and Peter Howard, Monash University, Claytonand Sean Pinder, University of Melbourne2008 (December 2008)ISBN: 9780070144675McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/peirson10eNow in its landmark tenth edition, Business Finance is the authoritativeauthor team, this edition has been extensively updated and revisedto ensure that it continues to meet the needs of today’s students. Updatedstatistics, numerous real-life examples and information on newregulatory changes and market developments have been integratedthroughout. Quality, proven content and a trusted pedagogy combinein Business Finance to provide comprehensive subject coverage forCONTENTSCh 1 IntroductionCh 2 Consumption, investment and the capital marketCh 3 The time value of money: an introduction to financial mathematicsCh 4 Applying the time value of money to security valuationCh 5 Project evaluation: principles and methodsCh 6 The application of project evaluation methodsCh 7 Portfolio theory and asset pricingCh 8 The capital marketCh 9 Sources of long-term finance: equityCh10 Sources of finance: debtCh11 Dividend and share repurchase decisionsCh12 Principles of capital structureCh13 Capital structure decisionsCh14 The cost of capital and taxation issues in project evaluationCh15 Leasing and other equipment financeCh16 Capital market efficiencyCh17 Futures contractsCh18 Options and contingent claimsCh19 Analysis of takeoversCh20 International financial managementCh21 Management of short-term assets: inventoryCh22 Management of short-term assets: liquid assets accountsreceivableAppendicesGlossaryAuthor indexSubject indexREVIEW COPY(Available for course adoption only)To request for a review copy,• contact your local McGraw-Hillrepresentatives or,• fax the Review Copy Request Form foundin this catalog or,• e-mail your request tomghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,• submit online at www.mheducation.asia84

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateInvestments - TextbooksNEW *9780078034626*FUNDAMENTALS OF INVESTMENTMANAGEMENT10th EditionBy Geoffrey A Hirt, DePaul University and Stanley B Block, Texas ChristianUniversity2012 (June 2011) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780078034626(Details unavailable at press time)NEW*9780073530710*2012 (January 2011) / 736 pagesISBN: 9780073530710(Details unavailable at press time)FUNDAMENTALS OFINVESTMENTS6th EditionBy Bradford D Jordan, University of Kentucky-Lexington and Thomas Miller, St Louis UniversityGlobal editionNEW*9780073530703*INVESTMENTS9th EditionBy Zvi Bodie, Boston University, Alex Kane,University of California-San Diego and Alan JMarcus, Boston College2011 (September 2010) / 1056 pagesISBN: 9780073530703ISBN: 9780071289146 [GE] - Pub March 2011www.mhhe.com/bkmBodie, Kane, and Marcus’ Investments sets the standard for graduate/MBAinvestments textbooks. It blends practical and theoreticalcoverage, while maintaining an appropriate rigor and a clear writingmeaning that most securities are priced appropriately given their riskand return attributes. The text places greater emphasis on asset allocationand offers a much broader and deeper treatment of futures,options, and other derivative security markets than most investmenttexts. It is also the only graduate Investments text to offer an onlinehomework management system, McGraw-Hill’s Connect Finance.NEW TO THIS EDITION McGraw-Hill’s Connect Finance. Connect Finance offers anumber of powerful tools and features to make managing assignmentseasier, so you can spend more time teaching. Students can engagewith their coursework anytime and anywhere, making the learningprocess more accessible and efficient. In short, Connect Financefacilitates student learning and optimizes your time and energies, enablingyou to focus on course content, teaching, and student learning.• Create and deliver online, auto-graded homework assignments,quizzes, and tests directly from the end-of-chapter materials ortest bank. Problems are available as both static and algorithmicproblems.• Students receive immediate, detailed feedback on their assignments,allowing them to focus on the areas where they needimprovement.• A Self Quiz and Study program allows students to evaluate theirperformance through a practice test and then receive recommendationsfor specific readings from the text, supplemental studymaterial, and practice work that will improve their mastery of eachlearning objective.• Pre-built assignments are available to save you set up time.• Questions mapped to AACSB skill areas, Bloom’s Taxonomy levels,and difficulty level enable you to run reports that assess specificlearning outcomes. Connect Plus Finance. This packaging option combines all thegreat features of Connect Finance, along with access to an onlineversion of Investments, linked to additional study features, so thatstudents can easily refer back to the text for review and guidance. ConnectPlus Finance is available with a new book at no additional charge! The first part of the book has been significantly revised to reflectthe recent financial crisis. Updates include:• A new section on the 2008 financial crash, its causes, timeline,and systemic risk in Chapter 1.• New material on the failures of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac inChapter 2.• New discussions on short selling, tail risk and extreme events, andpossible security price bubbles throughout the first half of the text.• To further link theory with practice, end of chapter problems containpractice questions for the CFA® Exams provided by Kaplan Schweser,a global leader in CFA® education. End of chapter problemsets also contain questions from past CFA exams (identified withan icon and separated into their own section). The Appendix at theback of the book lists each CFA question in the text and the examfrom which it was taken. Also, Chapter 3 includes excerpts fromthe “Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct” ofthe CFA Institute. Chapter 28, which discusses investors and theinvestment process, is modeled after the CFA Institutes framework.CONTENTSPart I Introduction1 The Investment Environment2 Asset Classes and Financial Instruments3 How Securities are Traded4 Mutual Funds and Other Investment CompaniesPart II Portfolio Theory and Practice5 Introduction to Risk, Return, and the Historical Record6 Risk Aversion and Capital Allocation to Risky Assets7 Optimal Risky Portfolios8 Index ModelsPart III Equilibrium in Capital Markets9 The Capital Asset Pricing Model10 Arbitrage Pricing Theory and Multifactor Models of Risk and Return11 The Efficient Market Hypothesis12 Behavioral Finance and Technical Analysis13 Empirical Evidence on Security Returns85

Finance, Insurance & Real EstatePart IV Fixed-Income Securities14 Bond Prices and Yields15 The Term Structure of Interest Rates16 Managing Bond PortfoliosPart V Security Analysis17 Macroeconomic and Industry Analysis18 Equity Valuation Models19 Financial Statement AnalysisPart VI Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives20 Options Markets: Introduction21 Option Valuation22 Futures Markets23 Futures, Swaps, and Risk ManagementPart VII Applied Portfolio Management24 Portfolio Performance Evaluation25 International Diversification26 Hedge Funds27 The Theory of Active Portfolio Management28 Investment Policy and the Framework of the CFA InstituteReferences to CFA ProblemsGlossaryName IndexSubject IndexInternational editionESSENTIALS OF INVESTMENTS WITH S&PCARD8th EditionBy Zvi Bodie, Boston University, Alex Kane, University of California-SanDiego and Alan J Marcus, Boston College2010 (September 2009)ISBN: 9780077339180ISBN: 9780071267496 [IE without S&P Card]ISBN: 9780071084383 [IE with Connect Plus]www.mhhe.com/bodieess8eThe market leading undergraduate investments textbook, Essentialsof Investments, 8e by Bodie, Kane and Marcus, emphasizes assetallocation while presenting the practical applications of investmenttheory. The authors have eliminated unnecessary mathematical detailand concentrate on the intuition and insights that will be useful topractitioners throughout their careers as new ideas and challengeschapter on Hedge Funds.CONTENTSPart 1: Elements of Investments1- Investments: Background and Issues2- Asset Classes and Financial Instruments3- Securities Markets4- Mutual Funds and Other Investment CompaniesPart 2: Portfolio Theory5- Risk and Return: Past and Prologue6- Efficient Diversification7- Capital Asset Pricing and Arbitrage Pricing Theory8- The Efficient Market Hypothesis9- Behavioral Finance and Technical AnalysisPart 3: Debt Securities10- Bond Prices and Yields11- Managing Bond PortfoliosPart 4: Security Analysis12- Macroeconomic and Industry Analysis13- Equity Valuation14- Financial Statement AnalysisPart 5: Derivative Markets15- Options Markets16- Option Valuation17- Futures Markets and Risk ManagementPart 6: Active Investment Management18- Portfolio Performance Evaluation19- Globalization and International Investing20- Hedge Funds21- Taxes, Inflation, and Investment Strategy22- Investors and the Investment ProcessInternational editionINVESTMENTS2nd EditionBy Mark Hirschey, University of Kansas-Lawrence and John Nofsinger,Washington State University-Pullman2010 (January 2009) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780077305574 (with S&P Bind-In Card)ISBN: 9780071271035 [IE]ISBN: 9780071104357 [IE with S&P Card]www.mhhe.com/hirschey2eSince behavioral is intertwined in all aspects of investing, this textdoes just that. Investments: Analysis and Behavior is written froma unique perspective that will provide students with knowledge ofinvestment analytical tools and an understanding of the forces thatdrive the industry.CONTENTSPart 1 Introduction to InvestmentsChapter 1 IntroductionChapter 2 Equity MarketsChapter 3 Buying and Selling EquitiesChapter 4 Risk and ReturnPart 2 Market Efficiency and Investor BehaviorChapter 5 Asset Pricing Theory and Performance EvaluationChapter 6 Efficient-Market HypothesisChapter 7 Market AnomaliesChapter 8 Psychology and the Stock MarketPart 3 Investment AnalysisChapter 9 Business EnvironmentChapter 10 Financial Statement AnalysisChapter 11 Value Stock InvestingChapter 12 Growth Stock InvestingChapter 13 Technical AnalysisPart 4 Fixed IncomeChapter 14 Bond Instruments and MarketsChapter 15 Bond ValuationPart 5 Investment ManagementChapter 16 Mutual FundsChapter 17 Global InvestingChapter 18 Option Markets and StrategiesChapter 19 Futures MarketsChapter 20 Real Estate and Tangible AssetsAppendix A The Time Value of Money and CompoundingAppendix B Reference to the Chartered Financial Analyst QuestionsGlossaryIndex86

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateInternational editionFUNDAMENTALS OF INVESTMENTS5th EditionBy Bradford D Jordan, University of Kentucky-Lexington and ThomasMiller, St Louis University2009 (September 2008)ISBN: 9780077283292 (with S&P Card & Stock-Trak Card)ISBN: 9780070091672 [IE with S&P and Stock Trak Card]www.mhhe.com/jm5eFundamentals of Investments was written to: 1. Focus on students asinvestment managers, giving them information they can act on insteadof concentrating on theories and research without the proper context.the investment world. 3. Organize topics in a way that makes themeasy to apply--whether to a portfolio simulation or to real life--andsupport these topics with hands-on activities. The approach of thisstudent as an individual investor or investments manager. Second, instruments--stocks, bonds, options, and futures--focusing on theircharacteristics and features, their risks and returns, and the marketsin which they trade.CONTENTSPart I Introduction1 A Brief History of Risk and Return2 Buying and Selling Securities3 Overview of Security Types4 Mutual FundsPart II Stock Markets5 The Stock Market6 Common Stock Valuation7 Stock Price Behavior and Market Efficiency8 Behavioral Finance and the Psychology of InvestingPart III Interest Rates and Bond Valuation9 Interest Rates10 Bond Prices and YieldsPart IV Portfolio11 Diversification and Risky Asset Allocation12 Return, Risk, and the Security Market Line13 Performance Evaluation and Risk ManagementPart V Options and Futures14 Futures Contracts15 Stock OptionsPart VI Topics in Investments16 Option Valuation17 Projecting Cash Flow and Earnings18 Corporate Bonds19 Government Bonds20 Mortgage-Backed SecuritiesAppendix A: Answers to Test Your Investment Quotient QuestionsAppendix B: Answers to Selected Questions and ProblemsAppendix C: Key Formulas IndexINVESTMENT ANALYSIS AND PORTFOLIOMANAGEMENT3rd EditionBy Prasanna Chandra, Director of Centre for Financial Management2008ISBN: 9780070249073McGraw-Hill India TitleThis book seeks to capture the essence of modern developments ininvestments and provides a guided tour of the intricate and complexworld of investments.CONTENTSPart I: IntroductionOverview: A Broad Map of the TerritoryInvestment Alternatives: Choices GaloreSecurities Market: The BattlefieldPart II: Basic Concepts and MethodsRisk and Return: Two Sides of the Investment CoinThe Time Value of Money: The Magic of CompoundingFinancial Statement Analysis: The Information MazePart III: Modern Portfolio TheoryPortfolio Theory: The Benefits of DiversificationCapital Asset Pricing Model and Arbitrage Pricing Theory: The RiskReward RelationshipEfficient Market Hypothesis: The Collective WisdomBehavioural Finance: The Irrational InfluencesPart IV: Fixed Income SecuritiesBond Prices and Yields: Figuring out the Assured ReturnsBond Portfolio Management: The Passive and Active StancesPart V: Equity SharesEquity Valuation: How to Find Your BearingsMacroeconomic and Industry Analysis: Understanding the BroadPictureCompany Analysis: Establishing the Value BenchmarkTechnical Analysis: The Visual CluePart VI: DerivativesOptions: The Upside without the DownsideFutures: Where the Hedgers and Speculators MeetPart VII: Other Investment OptionsMutual Funds: Indirect InvestingInvestment in Real Assets: The Tangible ThingPart VIII: Portfolio ManagementPortfolio Management Framework: The Grand DesignGuidelines for Investment Decisions: What It All Comes ToStrategies of the Great Masters: The Timeless WisdomInternational Investing: The Global SearchAppendix A: TablesAppendix B: Regression AnalysisAppendix C: Tax Aspects of InvestmentsInvitation to PublishMcGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbookproposals for publication.email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com.Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/87

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateInternational editionFUNDAMENTALS OF INVESTMENTMANAGEMENT9th EditionBy Geoffrey A Hirt, DePaul University and Stanley B Block, Texas ChristianUniversity2008 (September 2007) / 736 pagesISBN: 9780077219895 (with S&P Bind-In Card)ISBN: 9780071283762 [IE]www.mhhe.com/hirtblock8eFundamentals of Investment Management 9th edition by Hirt andBlock establishes the appropriate theoretical base of investments,while at the same time applying this theory to real-world examples.Students will be able to translate what they have learned in the coursestudents with a survey of the important areas of investments: valua-instruments and markets, derivative instruments, and a cross-sectionof special topics, such as international markets and mutual funds. TheAnalysts Society of Chicago (now the CFA Institute of Chicago) for15 years and sat on the board of directors from 2002 to 2005. StanBlock has been a practicing CFA for over 20 years. Both professorshave taught and advised student managed investment funds at theiruniversities and bring this wealth of learning experiences to thestudents who study from this text. The authors are user friendly, butmake no concessions to the importance of covering the latest andmost important material for the student of investments.CONTENTSPART ONE INTRODUCTION TO INVESTMENTS1. The Investment Setting2. Security Markets: Present and Future3. Participating in the Market4. Sources of Investment InformationPART TWO ANALYSIS AND VALUATION OF EQUITY SECURITIES5. Economic Activity6. Industry Analysis7. Valuation of the Individual Firm8. Financial Statement AnalysisPART THREE ISSUES IN EFFICIENT MARKETS9. A Basic View of Technical Analysis10. Efficient Markets and AnomaliesPART FOUR FIXED-INCOME AND LEVERAGED SECURITIES11. Bond and Fixed-Income Fundamental12. Principles of Bond Valuation and Investment13. Duration and Reinvestment Concepts14. Convertible Securities and WarrantsPART FIVE DERIVATIVE PRODUCTS15. Put and Call Options16. Commodities and Financial Futures17. Stock Index Futures and OptionsPART SIX BROADENING THE INVESTMENT PERSPECTIVE18. Mutual Funds19. International Security Markets20. Investments in Real AssetsPART SEVEN INTRODUCTION TO PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT21. A Basic Look at Portfolio Management and Capital Market Theory22. Measuring Risk and Return of Portfolio ManagersAPPENDICESAppendix AAppendix BAppendix CAppendix DAppendix EAppendix FGLOSSARYINDEXInvestments - SupplementarySCHAUM’S OUTLINE OF INVESTMENTS2nd EditionBy Jack Clark Francis, Bernard M. Baruch College and Richard Taylor2000 / 330 pagesISBN: 9780071348492A Professional reference TitleCONTENTSChapter 1: Money Market Securities.Chapter 2: Common and Preferred Stock.Chapter 3: Corporate Bonds.Chapter 4: The Time Value of Money.Chapter 5: U.S. Treasury, Agency and Related Bonds.Chapter 6: Municipal Bonds.Chapter 7: Issuing and Trading Securities.Chapter 8: Secondary Security Markets.Chapter 9: Federal Investments Regulations.Chapter 10: Security Market Indexes.Chapter 11: Analysis of Financial Statements.Chapter 12: Short Positions, Hedging, and Arbitrage.Chapter 13: Total Risk and Risk Factors.Chapter 14: Bond Valuation.Chapter 15: Bond Portfolio Management.Chapter 16: Common Stock Valuation.Chapter 17: Technical Analysis.Chapter 18: Efficient Markets Theory.Chapter 19: Futures.Chapter 20: Put and Call Options I.Chapter 21: Put and Call Options II.Chapter 22: Portfolio Analysis.Chapter 23: Capital Market Theory.Chapter 24: Arbitrage Pricing Theory (APT).Chapter 25: Portfolio Performance Evaluation.Chapter 26: International Investing.Appendices: A: Present Value of $1.B: Future Value of $1.C: Present Value of an Annuity of $1.D: Future Value of an Annuity of $1.All Global Editions areadapted to better meet theneeds of courses outsidethe United States.Please contact your localsales representative formore details.88

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateInvestments - GraduateGlobal editionNEW*9780073530703*INVESTMENTS9th EditionBy Zvi Bodie, Boston University, Alex Kane,University of California-San Diego and Alan JMarcus, Boston College2011 (September 2010) / 1056 pagesISBN: 9780073530703ISBN: 9780071289146 [GE] - Pub March 2011www.mhhe.com/bkmBodie, Kane, and Marcus’ Investments sets the standard for graduate/MBAinvestments textbooks. It blends practical and theoreticalcoverage, while maintaining an appropriate rigor and a clear writingmeaning that most securities are priced appropriately given their riskand return attributes. The text places greater emphasis on asset allocationand offers a much broader and deeper treatment of futures,options, and other derivative security markets than most investmenttexts. It is also the only graduate Investments text to offer an onlinehomework management system, McGraw-Hill’s Connect Finance.NEW TO THIS EDITION McGraw-Hill’s Connect Finance. Connect Finance offers anumber of powerful tools and features to make managing assignmentseasier, so you can spend more time teaching. Students can engagewith their coursework anytime and anywhere, making the learningprocess more accessible and efficient. In short, Connect Financefacilitates student learning and optimizes your time and energies, enablingyou to focus on course content, teaching, and student learning.• Create and deliver online, auto-graded homework assignments,quizzes, and tests directly from the end-of-chapter materials ortest bank. Problems are available as both static and algorithmicproblems.• Students receive immediate, detailed feedback on their assignments,allowing them to focus on the areas where they needimprovement.• A Self Quiz and Study program allows students to evaluate theirperformance through a practice test and then receive recommendationsfor specific readings from the text, supplemental studymaterial, and practice work that will improve their mastery of eachlearning objective.• Pre-built assignments are available to save you set up time.• Questions mapped to AACSB skill areas, Bloom’s Taxonomy levels,and difficulty level enable you to run reports that assess specificlearning outcomes. Connect Plus Finance. This packaging option combines all thegreat features of Connect Finance, along with access to an onlineversion of Investments, linked to additional study features, so thatstudents can easily refer back to the text for review and guidance.Connect Plus Finance is available with a new book at no additionalcharge!The first part of the book has been significantly revised to reflectthe recent financial crisis. Updates include:• A new section on the 2008 financial crash, its causes, timeline,and systemic risk in Chapter 1.• New material on the failures of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac inChapter 2.• New discussions on short selling, tail risk and extreme events, andpossible security price bubbles throughout the first half of the text.• To further link theory with practice, end of chapter problems containpractice questions for the CFA® Exams provided by Kaplan Schweser,a global leader in CFA® education. End of chapter problemsets also contain questions from past CFA exams (identified withan icon and separated into their own section). The Appendix at theback of the book lists each CFA question in the text and the examfrom which it was taken. Also, Chapter 3 includes excerpts fromthe “Code of Ethics and Standards of Professional Conduct” ofthe CFA Institute. Chapter 28, which discusses investors and theinvestment process, is modeled after the CFA Institutes framework.CONTENTSPart I Introduction1 The Investment Environment2 Asset Classes and Financial Instruments3 How Securities are Traded4 Mutual Funds and Other Investment CompaniesPart II Portfolio Theory and Practice5 Introduction to Risk, Return, and the Historical Record6 Risk Aversion and Capital Allocation to Risky Assets7 Optimal Risky Portfolios8 Index ModelsPart III Equilibrium in Capital Markets9 The Capital Asset Pricing Model10 Arbitrage Pricing Theory and Multifactor Models of Risk and Return11 The Efficient Market Hypothesis12 Behavioral Finance and Technical Analysis13 Empirical Evidence on Security ReturnsPart IV Fixed-Income Securities14 Bond Prices and Yields15 The Term Structure of Interest Rates16 Managing Bond PortfoliosPart V Security Analysis17 Macroeconomic and Industry Analysis18 Equity Valuation Models19 Financial Statement AnalysisPart VI Options, Futures, and Other Derivatives20 Options Markets: Introduction21 Option Valuation22 Futures Markets23 Futures, Swaps, and Risk ManagementPart VII Applied Portfolio Management24 Portfolio Performance Evaluation25 International Diversification26 Hedge Funds27 The Theory of Active Portfolio Management28 Investment Policy and the Framework of the CFA InstituteReferences to CFA ProblemsGlossaryName IndexSubject Index89

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateCases in Corporate FinanceInternational editionCASE STUDIES IN FINANCE6th EditionBy Robert F Bruner, University of VA-Charlottesville2010 (January 2009) / 816 pagesISBN: 9780073382456ISBN: 9780071267526 [IE]www.mhhe.com/bruner6eCase Studies in Finance, 6e links managerial decisions to capitalmarkets and the expectations of investors. At the core of almostall of the cases is a valuation task that requires students to look tothe world around it. These cases also invite students to apply moderninformation technology to the analysis of managerial decisions. Thecases may be taught in many different combinations. The eight-partsequence indicated by the table of contents relates to course designsused at the authors’ schools. Each part of the casebook suggests aconcept module, with a particular orientation.CONTENTSPart 1: Setting Some ThemesCase 1 Warren E. Buffett, 2005Case 2 Bill Miller and Value TrustCase 3 Ben & Jerry’s HomemadeCase 4 The Battle for Value, 2004: FedEx Corp. vs. United ParcelService, Inc.Part 2: Financial Analysis and ForecastingCase 5 The Thoughtful ForecasterCase 6 The Financial Detective, 2005Case 7 Krispy Kreme Doughnuts, Inc.Case 8 The Body Shop International PLC 2001: An Introduction toFinancial ModelingCase 9 Horniman HorticultureCase 10 Kota Fibres, Ltd.Case 11 Deutsche BrauereiCase 12 Value Line Publishing: October 2002Part 3: Estimating the Cost of CapitalCase 13 “Best Practices” in Estimating the Cost of Capital: Surveyand Synthesis”Case 14 Nike, Inc.: Cost of CapitalCase 15 Teletech Corporation, 2005Case 16 The Boeing 7E7Part 4: Capital Budgeting and Resource AllocationCase 17 The Investment DetectiveCase 18 Worldwide Paper CompanyCase 19 Target CorporationCase 20 Aurora Textile CompanyCase 21 Compass RecordsCase 22 Victoria Chemicals plc (A): The Merseyside ProjectCase 23 Victoria Chemicals plc (B): Merseyside and RotterdamProjectsCase 24 Euroland Foods S.A.Case 25 Star River Electronics Ltd.Part 5: Management of the Firm’s Equity: Dividends, Repurchases,Initial OfferingsCase 26 Gainesboro Machine Tools CorporationCase 27 EMICase 28 JetBlue Airways IPO ValuationCase 29 TRX, Inc.: Initial Public OfferingCase 30 Purinex, Inc.Part 6: Management of the Corporate Capital StructureCase 31 An Introduction to Debt Policy and ValueCase 32 Structuring Coprorate Financial Policy: Diagnosis of Problemsand Evaluation of StrategiesCase 33 California Pizza KitchenCase 34 The Wm. Wrigley Jr. Company: Capital Structure, Valuation,and Cost of CapitalCase 35 Deluxe CorporationCase 36 Deutsche Bank Securities: Financing the Acquisition ofConsolidated Supply S.A.Part 7: Analysis of Financing Tactics: Leases, Options, andForeign CurrencyCase 37 Baker AdhesivesCase 38 Carrefour S.A.Case 39 Primus Automation Division, 2002Case 40 MoGen, Inc.Part 8: Valuing the Enterprise: Acquisitions and BuyoutsCase 41 Methods of Valuation: Mergers and AcquisitionsCase 42 Arcadian Microarray Technologies, Inc.Case 43 Yeats Valves and ControlsCase 44 Hershey Foods CorporationCase 45 General Mills’ Acquisition of Pillsbury from Diageo PLCCase 46 The Timken CompanyCase 47 Matlin PattersonCase 48 Hostile Takeovers: A Primer for the Decision MakerCase 49 General Electric’s Proposed Acquisition of HoneywellCASES IN CORPORATE FINANCEBy SR Viswanath, Institute of Management Technology2009 (April 2009)ISBN: 9780070090255McGraw-Hill India Title“This book will compete with the HBR cases and also the case problemsgiven in various text-books. But the advantage here is that itdiscusses Indian cases and so will be more useful, as the studentswill be more familiar with the scenarios described in the cases…Thecases give an overall perspective of a business venture– Prof. InduNiranjan, SPJIMR, Mumbai• Basic analytical skills and principles of corporate finance• Functions of modern capital markets and financial institutions• Estimation of cost of capital• Standard techniques of analysis, including capital budgeting• Estimation and management of working capital• The first module consists of cases that form the building blocks ofmodern finance. These are on time value of money, risk and return.• The second module covers capital budgeting and valuation. Thismodule introduces standard DCF models in a variety of settings.A problem set on option pricing is also included here• The third module is on working capital estimation and management.Case topics include cash budgeting, seasonality and workingcapital management• The fourth module (the final one) is on long term financing andrisk management.CONTENTSMODULE 1: BUILDING BLOCKS1. Lisa Mathew’s Investment Opportunities2. Valuation Problem Set (A)3. Reliance Capital4. Cost of Capital for Utilities in India5. Financial Statements and Industry Structure, 20076. The Use of Cash Flow Statements7. Financial Performance of Major Steel Firms8. Value Based Management at Marico Ltd.MODULE 2: CAPITAL BUDGETING AND DISCOUNTED CASHFLOW VALUATION9. Valuation Problem Set (B)10. Indian Premier League11. Option Pricing Problem Set90

Finance, Insurance & Real Estate12. Tata Steel: The Bid for CorusMODULE 3: WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT13. Working Capital Management at Excel Crop Care Ltd.MODULE 4: CAPITAL STRUCTURE, SHORT-TERM AND LONG-TERM FINANCING14. Trent Ltd. Rights Issue of Convertibles and Warrants15. Financial Instruments Problem Set16. BGR Energy Systems’ Initial Public Offering17. Shree Cement Ltd.18. Fujairah BankInternational editionCASES IN FINANCE2nd EditionBy Jim DeMello, Western Michigan University—Kalamazoo2006 / 192 pagesISBN: 9780072983227ISBN: 9780071244367 [IE]www.mhhe.com/demello2eCONTENTSCase 1- Signal Cable Company; Cash Flow AnalysisCase 2- Bigger Isn’t Always Better; Financial Ratio AnalysisCase 3- Playing the Numbers Game!; DuPont Analysis Case 4-GrowingPains; Financial ForecastingCase 5- There’s More to Us Than Meets the Eye!; Financial Analysisand ForecastingCase 6- Lottery Winnings-Looks Can Be Deceptive; Time Value ofMoneyCase 7- It’s Better Late Than Never!; Retirement PlanningCase 8- Paying Off That Dream House; Loan AmortizationCase 9- Wake Up and Smell the Coffee!; Time Value of MoneyCase 10- Corporate Bonds-They Are More Complex Than You Think;Bond Analysis and ValuationCase 11- How Low Can It Go?; Application of Stock Valuation MethodsCase 12- What Are We Really Worth; Valuation of Common StockCase 13- The Lazy Mower: Is It Really Worth It?; Estimating CashFlow-New Project AnalysisCase 14- If the Coat Fits, Wear it; Replacement Project AnalysisCase 15- The Dilemma at Day-Pro; Comparison of Capital BudgetingTechniquesCase 16- Too Hot to Handle; Capital BudgetingCase 17- Flirting with Risk; Risk and ReturnCase 18- I Wish I Had a Crystal Ball; Real Options and CapitalBudgetingCase 19- Can One Size Fit All?; Determining the Cost of Capital Case20- We Are Not All Alike; Divisional Costs of CapitalCase 21- Where Do We Draw the Line?: Marginal Cost of Capitaland Capital BudgetingCase 22- EVA – Does It Really Work?; Economic Value Added (EVA)Case 23- It’s Better to Be Safe Than Sorry!; Evaluating Project RiskCase 24- Look Before You Leverage; Debt Versus Equity FinancingCase 25- Is It Worth More Dead or Alive?; Bankruptcy and ReorganizationCase 26- Is It Much Ado About Nothing?; Dividend PolicyCase27- Timing Is Everything!; Working Capital ManagementCase 28- Getting Our Act Together; Cash BudgetingCase 29- The Elusive Cash Balance; Cash BudgetingCase 30- A Switch in Time Saves Nine; Accounts Receivable ManagementCase 31- Will it be Worthwhile to Venture?; International CapitalBudgetingCase 32- When In Doubt, Hedge!; Hedging with DerivativesCase 33- Made for Each Other; Valuing Corporate Acquisitions Case34- Why Buy It When You Can Lease It?; Lease Versus Buy AnalysisInternational editionCASE PROBLEMS IN FINANCE12th EditionBy Carl Kester, Richard Ruback and Peter Tufano of Harvard BusinessSchool2005 / 672 pagesISBN: 9780072977295 (with Excel Template CD-ROM)- Out of PrintISBN: 9780071239271 [IE with Excel Template]CONTENTS* signifies a new casePart 1: FINANCIAL CURRENT OPERATIONS / Introductory Exercises:Financial Ratio Analysis Assessing a Firm’s Future FinancialHealth / Forecasting Pro Forma Financial Statements Tire City, Inc.* / Estimating Funds Requirements - Short-term Sources of Funds:Funding Growth Butler Lumber Company *Note on Bank Loans /Funding Seasonal Needs Toy World, Inc. / Funding Cyclical NeedsSureCut Shears, Inc. / Managing Working Capital Dell’s WorkingCapital * / Cash Budgeting Hampton Machine ToolPart II: CAPITAL STRUCTURE, LONG-TERM FINANCING ANDRISK MANAGEMENT: Debt Policy and Long-Term Financing: TargetDebt Policy E.I. DuPont de Nemours and Company (1983) / Costsof Financial Distress Williams Company *The Loewen Group, Inc.(Abridged) * / Capital Structure Decisions American Home ProductsCorporation Debt Policy at UST *Diageo plc * / Earnings Impact ofLeverage Continental Carriers, Inc. / Pricing Debt Instruments FixedIncome Valuation * / Credit Ratings and Access to Debt Markets HospitalCorporation of America (A) / Equity Financing Stone ContainerCorporation (A) * / Equity-Linked Securities MCI CommunicationsCorporation (1983)Cox Communications * / Cross-Border FinancingCompañia de Teléfonos de Chile / Cash Distribution Dividend Policyat FPL Group, Inc. (A) / Recapitalization Ford’s Value EnhancementPlan * / Event Risk Marriott Corporation (A) / Derivative Instrumentsand Risk Management: Basic Derivative Instruments Introduction toDerivative Instruments / Valuing Derivatives Sally Jameson: ValuingStock Options in a Compensation Package (Abridged) * / Interest RateDerivatives Student Educational Loan Fund, Inc. (Abridged) * / Optionsand Security Design Arley Merchandise Corporation * / Pension FundRisk Management The Pension Plan at Bethlehem Steel, 2001 * / RiskIdentification and Selection of Risk-Management Techniques Tiffany& Company (1993)United Grain Growers Limited (A) *Part III: VALUATION AND INVESTMENT: Valuing and SelectingInvestment Opportunities: Discounted Cash Flow Analysis ValuingCapital Investment Projects * / Introduction to Decision Trees Merck& Company: Evaluating a Drug Licensing Opportunity* / Basic ValueCreation Tree Values* / Identifying Incremental Cash Flows The SuperProject / Forecasting Expected Cash Flows Netflix.com, Inc. *A-Rod:Signing the Best Player in Baseball * / Capital Budgeting Ocean Carriers*Whirlpool Europe * / Multiples Health Development Corporation* / Cost of Capital and Valuation: Cost of Capital Diversification, theCapital Asset Pricing Model, and the Cost of Equity Capital / CapitalAsset Pricing Model and the Cost of Equity Capital Ameritrade HoldingCorporation, 1997 * / Risk and the Opportunity Cost of CapitalPioneer Petroleum Corporation / Leveraged Betas Leveraged Betasand the Cost of Equity Capital Weighted Average Cost of CapitalMarriott Corporation: The Cost of Capital (Abridged)Lex Service PLC:Cost of Capital * / Valuation Alternatives Free Cash Flow ValuationMethods: Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC) and AdjustedPresent Value (APV) *Capital Cash Flows: A Simple Approach toValuing Risky Cash Flows */ Advanced Valuation: Valuing Projectsand Businesses Radio One, inc. *American Chemical Corporation /Valuing Companies Adecco SA’s Acquisition of Olsten Corporation*Cooper IndustriesInterco / Initial Public Offering Eskimo Pie Corporation(Abridged) *Netscape’s Initial Public Offering / Hostile TakeoversGulf Oil Corporation - TakeoverPhilip Morris Companies and Kraft, Inc./ Highly Leveraged Transactions John M. Case CompanyCongoleum91

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateCorporation (Abridged)RJR Nabisco / Real Options Laura Martin:Real Options and the Cable Industry *Arundel Partners: The SequelProjectCapital Projects as Real Options: An IntroductionPart IV: REVIEW AND SYNTHESIS: Integrated Financial Decisionsand Comprehensive Review: Staged Equity Financing Pharmacyclics:Financing R&D * / Business Plan Evaluation Valuing Project Achieve* / Management Buyout Seagate Technology Buyout * / Merger andAcquisition Friendly Cards, Inc.Pinkerton (A)Vodaphone Airtouch’sBid for Mannesmann * / Index of CasesInternational editionCASES IN FINANCE2nd EditionBy Ben Nunnally, Jr., and D. Anthony Plath, University of North Carolina1997 / 288 pagesISBN: 9780256153859 (Out of Print)ISBN: 9780071145640 [IE]CONTENTSPART I. FINANCIAL ANALYSIS, PLANNING AND STRATEGY:1. Triple A Office Mart.2. Airline Profitability Analysis.3. Retirement Planning, Inc.-NEW!.4. Babes-N-Toyland.5. Pop’s Recycling Co.6. Personal Computers, Inc.7. Personality Associates. 8. Rapid Fire Batteries, Inc.PART II. WORKING CAPITAL MANAGEMENT:9. Bison Tool Corp.10. Aero-Strip, Inc.11. Ohio Rubber Works.PART III. CAPITAL BUDGETING:12. B.J. Plastic Molding Company.13. Infomercial Entertainment, Inc.14. Restore Incorporated.15. Kirby Industries.16. The Winning Edge, Inc.17. Gideon Research.18. Metal Fabricating and Recycling-NEW!19. Midwood Electronic -NEW!PART IV. INTERMEDIATE AND LONG-TERM FINANCING:20. Deal’s Computerland.21. Clearline Filters, Inc.-NEW!22. Suburban Electronics Company.23. Neptune’s Locker, Inc.24. Burkeville Power and Light.25. Commercial Builders, Inc.-NEW!26. Buffalo River Steele Company.27. * Village Plaza Shopping Center.PART V. FINANCIAL STRUCTURE, THE COST OF CAPITAL, ANDDIVIDEND POLICY:28. The Orient Express.29. Speciality Chemicals, Inc.-NEW!30. McDermott Manufacturing, Inc.-NEW!31. High Rock Industries.32. South East Merchandisers-NEW!33. Touring Enterprises-NEW!34. COBA Corporation (Part A).35. COBA Corporation (Part B).36. * Cole-Williams, Incorporated.37. Orchard Mill Development.38. FuzzyTronic, Inc.PART VI. OTHER TOPICS IN FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT:39. Performance Cycle, Inc.40. Progressive Office Outfitters-NEW!41. Xtronics Corporation-NEW!Money and Capital MarketsMERCHANT BANKING AND FINANCIALSERVICES3rd EditionBy S Gurusamy, Vaishnav College2009 (June 2009) / 480 pagesISBN: 9780070153622McGraw-Hill India TitleA good text book on this subject written by a well-known author. Thisbook can be pitched in where our other titles on this subject do notCONTENTS1. Merchant Banking: An Overview2.Merchant Banking: Regulatory Framework3.Public Issue Management4.Marketing of New Issues5.Post-issue Activities6.Prospectus7.Underwriting of Securities8.Capital Structure Decisions9.Capital Market Instruments10.Depository Receipts11.Stock Exchange: An Overview12.National Stock Exchange (NSE)13.Over-the-Counter Exchange of India (OTCEI)14.M&A Advisory Services15.Portfolio Management Services16.Credit Syndication Services17.Financial Services: An Overview18.Leasing: An Overview19.Hire Purchase Finance20.Bill Financing21.Factoring and Forfeiting22.Consumer Finance23.Real Estate Financing24.Credit Cards25.Credit Rating26.Mutual Funds27.Venture CapitalInternational editionMONEY AND CAPITAL MARKETS10th EditionBy Peter S Rose, Texas A&M University and Milton Marquis, FloridaState University-Tallahassee2008 (December 2007) / 800 pagesISBN: 9780073405162ISBN: 9780077235802 (with S&P Bind-In Card)ISBN: 9780071284325 [IE with S&P Bind-In Card]ISBN: 9780071268592 [IE without S&P Card]www.mhhe.com/rose10eMoney and Capital Markets, 10th edition by Peter Rose and MiltonMarquis provides a thorough and comprehensive view of the wholenancialinstruments present today are discussed, along with how andwhy the system of money and capital markets is changing. Moneyand Capital Markets also provides a descriptive explanation of howinterest rates and security values are determined. It discusses the92

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateCONTENTSPart One – The Global Financial System in PerspectiveChapter 1 – Functions and Roles of the Financial System in theGlobal EconomyChapter 2 – Financial Assets, Money, Financial Transactions, andFinancial InstitutionsChapter 3 – The Financial Information MarketplaceChapter 4 – The Future of the Financial System and the Money andCapital MarketsPart Two – Interest Rates and the Prices of Financial AssetsChapter 5 – The Determinants of Interest Rates: Competing IdeasChapter 6 – Measuring and Calculating Interest Rates and FinancialAsset PricesChapter 7 – Inflation and Deflation, Yield Curves, and Duration: Impacton Interest Rates and Asset PricesChapter 8 – The Risk Structure of Interest Rates: Defaults, Prepayments,Taxes, and Other Rate-Determining factorsChapter 9 – Interest-Rate Forecasting and Hedging: Swaps, FinancialFutures, and OptionsPart Three – The Money Market and Central BankingChapter 10 – Introduction to the Money Market and the Roles Playedby Governments and Security DealersChapter 11 – Commercial Banks, Major Corporations, and FederalCredit Agencies in the Money MarketChapter 12 – Roles and Services of the Federal Reserve and OtherCentral Banks Around the WorldChapter 13 – The Tools and Goals of Central Bank Monetary PolicyPart Four – Financial Institutions: Organization, Activities, andRegulationChapter 14 – The Commercial Banking Industry: Structure, Products,and ManagementChapter 15 – Nonbank Thrift Institutions: Savings and Loans, SavingsBanks, Credit Unions, and Money Market FundsChapter 16 – Mutual Funds, Insurance Companies, Investment Banks,and Other Financial FirmsChapter 17 – Regulation of the Financial Institutions’ SectorPart Five – Governments and Businesses in the Financial MarketplaceChapter 18 – Federal, State, and Local Governments Operating inthe Financial MarketsChapter 19 – Business Borrowing: Corporate Bonds, Asset-BackedSecurities, Bank Loans, and Other Forms of Business DebtChapter 20 – The Market for Corporate StockPart Six – Households in the Financial MarketplaceChapter 21 – Consumer Lending and BorrowingChapter 22 – The Residential Mortgage MarketPart Seven- The International Financial SystemChapter 23 – International Transactions and Currency ValuesChapter 24 – International BankingMoney and Capital Markets DictionaryIndexPortfolio ManagementInternational editionNEW*9780073530581*RUNNING MONEYProfessional PortfolioManagementBy Scott Stewart, Christopher Piros and JeffreyHeisler2011 (January 2010) / 576 pagesISBN: 9780073530581ISBN: 9780071259453 [IE]www.mhhe.com/sph1eRunning Money: Professional Portfolio Management 1e focuses onthe business investment decision-making from the perspective of theportfolio manager. The authors combined professional experiencemanaging multi-billion-dollar mandates, working with real clients, text. Their goal is to expose students to what it is really like to “runmoney” professionally by providing the necessary tools. This newtext is most effectively used in conjunction with cases, projects, andreal-time portfolios requiring “hands on” application of the material.Excel Spreadsheets and Outboxes help the students understand theFEATURES Excel Outboxes: Text boxes provide step-by-step instructionsenabling students to build many of the Excel spreadsheets fromscratch. Building the model themselves helps to ensure that thestudents really understand how it works. Excel Spreadsheets: Customizable Excel spreadsheets areavailable online. These spreadsheets allow the student to apply thetools immediately. Students can use them “as is” or tailor them tospecific applications. War Stories: Text boxes describing how an investment strategyor product worked, or did not work, in a real situation. Theory In Practice: Text boxes linking concepts to specific realworld examples, applications or situations. End-of-Chapter Problems: End-of-chapter-problems are designedto check and to reinforce understanding of key concepts.Some of these problems guide the student through the solution of thecases. Others instruct the student to expand spreadsheets introducedin the Excel Outboxes. Real Investment Cases: The Appendix provides four canonicalcases based on real situations involving a high-net-worth individual,a defined-benefit pension plan, a defined-contribution pension plan,and a small-cap equity fund. The cases are broken into 4 steps thatcan be completed as the student proceeds through the text.CONTENTSChapter 1: IntroductionChapter 2: Client Objectives for Managing Diversified PortfoliosChapter 3: Asset Allocation: The Mean Variance FrameworkChapter 4: Asset Allocation InputsChapter 5: Advanced Topics in Asset AllocationChapter 6: The Investment Management Process93

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateChapter 7: Introduction to Equity Portfolio InvestingChapter 8: Equity Portfolio ConstructionChapter 9: Fixed Income Portfolio ManagementChapter 10: Internal InvestingChapter 11: Alternative Investment ClassesChapter 12: Portfolio Management Through Time: Taxes and TransactionCostsChapter 13: Performance Measurement and AttributionChapter 14: Incentives, Ethics and PolicyChapter 15: Investor and Client BehaviorChapter 16: Managing Client RelationshipsAppendixesReferencesGlossaryDerivatives / Futures& OptionsInternational editionNEW*9780072949315*DERIVATIVESBy Rangarajan Sundaram and Sanjiv Das2011 (March 2010) / 940 pagesISBN: 9780072949315ISBN: 9780071244800 [IE]www.mhhe.com/sd1eIt has been the authors’ experience that the overwhelming majorityof students in MBA derivatives courses go on to careers where adeep conceptual, rather than solely mathematical, understandinglooks to create precisely such a blended approach, one that is formaland rigorous, yet intuitive and accessible. The main body of thisbook is divided into six parts. Parts 1-3 cover, respectively, futuresand forwards; options; and swaps. Part 4 examines term-structuremodeling and the pricing of interest-rate derivatives, while Part 5 isconcerned with credit derivatives and the modeling of credit risk. Part6 discusses computational issues.greeks, a baseline set of parameter values is chosen, and the behaviorof each greek is illustrated using departures from these baselines. End-of-chapter problems: The book offers a large number ofend-of-chapter problems. These problems are of three types:-Some are conceptual, mostly aimed at ensuring that the basic definitionshave been understood, but occasionally involving algebraicmanipulations.-The second group comprises numerical exercises; problems thatcan be solved with a calculator or a spreadsheet.-The last group contains the programming questions; questions thatchallenge the students to write code to implement specific models.We were fortunate to have many Silicon Valley engineers as students,from whom we received valuable feedback on these questions.CONTENTSChapter 1: IntroductionPart 1: Futures and ForwardsChapter 2: Futures MarketsChapter 3: Pricing Forwards and Futures I: The Basic TheoryChapter 4: Pricing Forwards and Futures IIChapter 5: Hedging with Futures & ForwardsChapter 6: Interest-Rate Forwards & FuturesPart II: Equity DerivativesChapter 7: Options MarketsChapter 8: Options: Payoffs & Trading StrategiesChapter 9: No-Arbitrage Restrictions on Option PricesChapter 10: Early Exercise and Put-Call ParityChapter 11: Option Pricing: An IntroductionChapter 12: Binomial Option PricingChapter 13: Implementing the Binomial ModelChapter 14: The Black-Scholes ModelChapter 15: The Mathematics of Black-ScholesChapter 16: Options Modeling: Beyond Black-ScholesChapter 17: Sensitivity Analysis: The Option “Greeks”Chapter 18: Exotic Options I: Path-Independent OptionsChapter 19: Exotic Options II: Path-Dependent OptionsChapter 20: Value-at-RiskChapter 21: Convertible BondsChapter 22: Real OptionsPart III: SwapsChapter 23: Interest-Rate Swaps and Floating Rate ProductsChapter 24: Equity SwapsChapter 25: Currency SwapsPart IV: Interest Rate ModelingChapter 26: The Term Structure of Interest Rates: ConceptsChapter 27: Estimating the Yield CurveChapter 28: Modeling Term Structure MovementsChapter 29: Factor Models of the Term StructureChapter 30: The Heath-Jarrow-Morton and Libor Market ModelsPart V: Credit Derivative ProductsChapter 31: Credit Derivative ProductsChapter 32: Structural Models of Default RiskChapter 33: Reduced Form Models of Default RiskChapter 34: Modeling Correlated DefaultPart VI: ComputationChapter 35: Derivative Pricing with Finite DifferencingChapter 36: Derivative Pricing with Monte Carol SimulationChapter 37: Using OctaveFEATURES Full-length case studies: Several full-length case studies areintegrated throughout the text including some of the most (in)famousderivatives disasters in history. These include Amaranth, Barings,LTCM, Metallgesellschaft, Procter \& Gamble, and others. These aresupplemented by other case studies available on this book’s website,including Ashanti, Sumitomo, the Son-of-Boss tax shelters, and AIG. Extensive use of numerical examples for illustrative purposes: Toenable comparability, the numerical examples are often built arounda common parameterization. For example, in the chapter on option94

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateNEW *9780071313643*FUTURES AND OPTIONSBy Parameswaran2010 (September 2010)ISBN: 9780071313643An Asian PublicationFutures and Options: Concepts and Applications, presents an in-depthexposition of the major derivative categories, namely futures, options,and swaps. Written in a racy conversational style, the book simulatesa one on one discussion between the reader and the author. It coversamplesto facilitate the learning process. Readers are given adequateopportunities to test their comprehension by way of end-of-chapterproblems as well as two mega quizzes in the multiple-choice format.The book is intended to serve as a one-stop reference for traders,investors and serious students of Finance. It is a standalone text thatsuch as stocks, stock indices, money and bond markets, and foreignexchange with the core concepts of the derivatives markets. It is intendedto serve as a textbook for a graduate level course on futureswell as adequate coverage of both forwards as well as futures contracts,and options contracts. The text can be used as supplementaryfor their day to day requirements.FEATURESExhaustive coverage of both futures as well as optionsA racy and conversational expository styleNumerous illustrative examples Two detailed multiple-choice quizzes to provide an in-depth testof the readers’ comprehensionFINANCIAL DERIVATIVESMarkets and Applications in Malaysia,2nd EditionBy Ismath Bacha Obiyathulla, International Islamic University-Malaysia2006 / 353 pagesISBN: 9789833219957An Asian PublicationFinancial Derivatives: Markets and Applications is designed spe-beginner in mind and assumes no previous knowledge or familiaritywith derivatives. Written in an informal, easy to read style, it guidesreaders through the challenging and complex world of forwards,cialderivatives, the emphasis on local conditions enables easierare covered according to their three common applications: hedging,arbitraging and speculating which are shown by means of fully workedout examples. Extensive use of illustrations and write-ups provideeasy comprehension of the underlying logic of derivatives.CONTENTS1 Derivatives: Introduction and Overview2 Malaysian Derivatives Markets and Trading3 Forward and Futures Markets: Pricing and Analysis4 Stock Index Futures Contracts: Analysis and Applications5 Interest Rate Futures: The 3-month KLIBOR Futures Contract6 Introduction to Options7 Options Contracts: Specifications and Trading8 Option Strategies and Payoffs9 Option Pricing10 Replication, Sythetics and Arbitrage11 Options in Corporate Finance and Real Options12 Interest Rate Swaps, FRAs and Credit Derivatives13 Derivatives Instruments and Islamic BankingInternational editionFUTURES AND OPTIONSBy Franklin Edwards, and Cindy Ma, Columbia University1992 / 544 pagesISBN: 9780070194410 (Out of Print)ISBN: 9780071126045 [IE]CONTENTS1. An Introduction to Futures Markets.2. Mechanics of Buying and Selling Futures.3. The Clearinghouse.4. Futures Prices.5. Hedging Fundamentals.6. Devising a Hedging Strategy.7. Social Benefits of Futures Markets and the Role of Speculation.8. The Economic and Historical Rationales for Regulating FuturesMarkets.9. The Regulation of Futures Markets.10. Stock Index Futures.11. Short Term Interest Rate Futures.12. Long Term Interest Rate Futures.13. Foreign Currency Futures.14. Commodity Futures.15. Trading Methods and Strategies.16. Speculators: Who are They and Who Wins and Loses?17. The 1987 Stock Market Crash and the Controversy over StockIndex Futures.18. The Basics of Options.19. Option Pricing.20. Applications of Options.All Global Editions areadapted to better meet theneeds of courses outsidethe United States.Please contact your localsales representative formore details.95

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateFinancial InstitutionsManagementInternational editionNEW*9780073530758*FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONSMANAGEMENTA Risk Management Approach,7th EditionBy Anthony Saunders, New York University andMarcia Millon Cornett, Southern Illinois University—Carbondale2011 (September 2010) / 864 pagesISBN: 9780073530758ISBN: 9780071289559 [IE without S&P]www.mhhe.com/saunders7eSaunders and Cornett’s Financial Institutions Management: A RiskManagement Approach 7/e provides an innovative approach that managers and the methods and markets through which these risksare managed are becoming increasingly similar whether an institutionis chartered as a commercial bank, a savings bank, an investmentbank, or an insurance company. Although the traditional nature of eachsector’s product activity is analyzed, a greater emphasis is placed onnew areas of activities such as asset securitization, off-balance-sheetbanking, and international banking.NEW TO THIS EDITION New discussion of the financial crisis: Discussion of the financialcrisis has been added throughout the book. Every chapter nowincludes new material detailing how the financial crisis affected riskmanagement in financial institutions. Some of the larger changesare detailed below:» Appendix 1A now describes events leading up to the financialcrisis, events occurring at the peak of the crisis, and events associatedwith the aftermath of the financial crisis, including changes tofinancial institutions, the impact on U.S. and world economies, federalfinancial and fiscal rescue efforts, and proposed regulatory changes.» Chapter 17 includes a discussion of the liquidity crisis experiencedby financial institutions during the crisis.» Chapter 19 includes a discussion of the new deposit insurancecoverage and premium rules as well as the FDIC’s attempts to dealwith the liquidity crisis.» Chapter 20 includes a discussion of the TARP Capital PurchaseProgram and stress tests on the major commercial banks in2009.» Chapter 22 through 26 includes discussion of the role of derivativesecurities in the financial crisis, including the roles of swaps(especially credit default swaps), collateralized mortgage, and collateralizeddebt obligations.» Chapter 26 includes a new section on special purpose entities(SPEs) and structured investment vehicles (SIVs), as well asthe federal government takeover of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. New discussions on major firms: Early chapters include discussionof major firms that have been lost or dramatically altered as aresult of the financial crisis. This includes the failure of Bear Stearns,Lehman Brothers, and AIG, conversions of Goldman Sachs, MorganStanley, GMAC, and CIT Group to bank holding companies, the failureof Primary Reserve Money Market Funds, and the failure of CIT Group. New appendix: Appendix 2A has been added that describes theprocess of financial ratio analysis for financial institutions. Proposed regulation changes: Major changes proposed for theregulation of financial institutions are included where appropriatethroughout the book. New discussion of major scandals: Chapter 5 includes a discussionof major scandals in some hedge funds, including Bernie MadoffInvestment Securities and Galleon Group LLC. Integrated mini cases: Integrated mini cases have been addedto Chapters 9, 10, 12, 22. New real world boxes: New boxes highlighting “Notable Eventsfrom the Financial Crisis” have been added to chapters throughoutthe book. New Organization: Chapters 21 and 22 in the previous editions ofthe text have been combined so that product and geographic expansionare viewed as part of an overall expansion strategy for financialinstitutions rather than as independent activities.CONTENTSPart I IntroductionCh. 1 Why Are Financial Institutions Special?Appendix 1A The Financial Crisis: The Failure of Financial ServicesSpecialnessAppendix 1B Monetary Policy Tools (online)Ch. 2 Financial Services: Depository InstitutionsAppendix 2A Financial Statement Analysis Using a Return on Equity(ROE) Framwork (online)Appendix 2B Commercial Bank’ Financial Statements and Analysis(online)Appendix 2C Depository Institutions and Their Regulators (online)Appendix 2D Technology in Commercial Banking (online)Ch. 3 Financial Services: InsuranceCh. 4 Financial Services: Securities Brokerage and InvestmentBankingCh. 5 Financial Services: Mutual Funds and Hedge FundsCh. 6 Financial Services: Finance CompaniesCh. 7 Risks of Financial InstitutionsPart II Measuring RiskCh. 8 Interest Rate Risk IAppendix 8A The Maturity Model (online)Appendix 8B Term Structure of Interest RatesCh. 9 Interest Rate Risk IIAppendix 9A The Basics of Bond Valuation (online)Appendix 9B Incorporating Convexity into the Duration ModelCh. 10 Market RiskCh. 11 Credit Risk: Individual Loan RiskAppendix 11A Credit Analysis (online)Appendix 11B Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model (online)Ch. 12 Credit Risk: Loan Portfolio and Concentration RiskAppendix 12A CreditMetricsAppendix 12B CreditRisk+Ch. 13 Off-Balance-Sheet RiskAppendix 13A A Letter of Credit Transaction (online)Ch. 14 Foreign Exchange RiskCh. 15 Sovereign RiskAppendix 15A Mechanisms for Dealing with Sovereign Risk ExposureCh. 16 Technology and Other Operational RisksCh. 17 Liquidity RiskAppendix 17A Sources and Uses of Funds Statement, Bank ofAmerica, December 2005 (online)Part III Managing RiskCh. 18 Liability and Liquidity ManagementAppendix 18A Federal Reserve Requirement AccountingAppendix 18B Bankers Acceptances and Commercial Paper as96

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateSources of FinancingCh. 19 Deposit Insurance and Other Liability GuaranteesAppendix 19A Calculation of Deposit Insurance PremiumsAppendix 19B FDIC Press Releases of Bank FailuresAppendix 19C Deposit Insurance Coverage for Commercial Banksin Various CountriesCh. 20 Capital AdequacyAppendix 20A Internal Ratings-Based Approach to Measuring CreditRisk-Adjusted AssetsCh. 21 Product and Geographic ExpansionAppendix 21A EU and G-10 Countries: Regulatory Treatment of theMixing of Banking, Securities, and Insurance Activities and the Mixingof Banking and Commerce (online)Ch. 22 Futures and ForwardsAppendix 22A Microhedging with Futures (online)Ch. 23 Options, Caps, Floors, and CollarsAppendix 23A Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model (online)Appendix 23B Microhedging with Options (online)Ch. 24 SwapsAppendix 24A Setting Rates on an Interest Rate SwapCh. 25 Loan SalesCh. 26 SecuritizationAppendix 26A Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac Balance Sheets (online)Financial Institutionsand MarketsNEW*9780070286658*FINANCIAL MARKETESSENTIALSBy Christopher Viney2010 (November 2010)ISBN: 9780070286658McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/viney_ess1eauthor in Financial Institutions and Markets thanks to his marketleadingtitle Financial Institutions Instruments & Markets. Now Vineya quality, authoritative product in a package that meets the uniqueFinancial Market Essentials is a ground-up text from a trusted name,12 week course. It is carefully crafted to cover the essentials withoutomitting important concepts. It strikes the right balance betweenreal-world examples and theory, is full of current issues and topicalcases and, thanks to Viney’s enthusiasm and style, this is a text thatreally engages students.FEATURESNEW*9789833850891*FINANCIAL MARKETBy Pok Wee Ching, Mohd Nizal Haniff, Ganisen Sinnasamy, RashidAmeer, Sharifah Fadzlon Abdul Hamid2010 (December 2009) / 350 pagesISBN: 9789833850891 [Printed and Sold in Malaysia]An Asian Publicationmarket such investing in shares, bonds and derivatives instruments.It endeavors to provide a clear, simple and practical style of deliveringthe subject matter to the reader via worked examples, graphs, tablesand illustrations. This is to ensure readers have good grasps of thebasic principles, theories and practical applications. The book alsoincludes topics of regional and global importance such as the AsianFinancial Crisis and recent US Subprime Mortgage Crisis to provideAnother key distinguishing feature of this book is it has included achapter about the Malaysian Islamic Capital Market. The discussionwithout excessive technical and legal jargons. This clearly differentiatesit from others on the shelf. The authors hope that the book’s focus Comprehensive coverage of globalisation, deregulation, technologyand competition Finance Minutes case studies and chapter on government debtupdated in light of current issues in financeNew chapter on risk management and derivativesFINANCIAL INSTITUTION AND MARKETS5th EditionBy LM Bhole, Dept of Humanities and Social Sciences at Bombay andJitendra Mahakud, Dept of Humanities and Social Sciences at Kharagpur2009 (May 2009) / 1036 pagesISBN: 9780070080485McGraw-Hill India Titlewww.mhhe.com/bhole5eUp-to-date information and knowledge of all major changes, developments,and innovations, which have taken place in the Indianedition in 2004.• Inclusion of relative valuation techniques like P/E, P/S and P/Bratios• Discussion on second generation policy reforms in the financialsector• Addition of a section on market stabilization schemes (MSS)• Inclusion of a section on risk management in commercial banks(BASEL norms)• Addition of a section on risk management in insurance companies• Discussion on liquid government securities markets and “whenissued markets”• New section on risk management in foreign markets and foreignexchange• Additional coverage on global markets and international financialsystem97

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateCONTENTSPART 1: AN OVERVIEW1. The Nature and Role of Financial System2. An Introduction to Security Analysis3. The Indian Financial System on the Eve of Planning4. An Overview of the Indian Financial System in the Post-1950 Period5. Financial Sector ReformsPART 2: REGULATORY AND PROMOTIONAL INSTITUTIONS6. The Reserve Bank of India7. The Securities and Exchange Board of IndiaPART 3: BANKING INSTITUTIONS8. Commercial Banks9. Co-operative BanksPART 4: NON-BANK FINANCIAL INTERMEDIARIES NAD STATU-TORY FINANCIAL ORGANISATIONS10. Small Saving, Provident Funds, and Pension Funds11. Insurance Companies12. Unit Trust of India and Mutual Funds13. Miscellaneous Non-Bank Financial Intermediaries14. Public Deposits with Non-Banking Companies15. Non-Bank Statutory Financial OrganisationsPART 5: MARKETS16. Call Money Market17. Treasury Bills Market18. Commercial Bills Market19. Markets for Commercial Paper and Certificate of Deposits20. The Discount Market21. Market for Financial Guarantees22. Government (Gilt-edged) Securities Market23. Industrial Securities Market24. Markets for Futures, Options, and Other Financial DerivativesPART 6: INTERNATIONAL DIMENSIONS OF FINANCIAL MAR-KETS25. Foreign Exchange Market26. Foreign Capital FlowsPART 7: INTEREST RATES27. Theories of the Level and Structure of Interest Rates28. Interest Rates in IndiaFINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS, INSTRUMENTSAND MARKETS6th EditionBy Christopher Viney, Deakin University2009ISBN: 9780070140899McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/viney6eThis text discusses the structure, functions and operations of aglobal business. Therefore, as well as solid integration of the localessential and means the text is as relevant to a commercial bank inHong Kong as to an investment bank in Sydney. Comprehensivelymarket, this text has been further improved with an additional chapterlecturer, who may choose to cover the four chapters in Part 6 or relysimply on the more concise coverage of Chapter 18.CONTENTSPart 1: Financial Institutions1 A modern financial system: An overview2 Commercial banks3 Non-bank financial institutionsPart 2: Equity Markets4 The share market and the corporation5 Corporations issuing equity in the share market6 Investors in the share market7 Forecasting share price movementsPart 3: The Corporate Debt Market8 Mathematics of finance: An introduction to basic concepts andcalculations9 Short-term debt10 Medium- to long-term debt11 International debt marketsPart 4: Government, Debt, Monetary Policy, The Payment System& Interest Rates12 Government debt, monetary policy and the payments system13 An introduction to interest rate determination and forecasting14 Interest rate risk measurementPart 5: The Foreign Exchange Market15 Foreign exchange: The structure and operation of the FX market16 Foreign exchange: Factors that influence the exchange rate17 Foreign exchange: Risk identification and managementPart 6: Derivative Markets and Risk Management18 An introduction to risk management and derivatives19 Futures contracts and forward rate agreements20 Options21 Interest rate swaps, currency swaps and credit default swapsInternational editionFINANCIAL MARKETS & INSTITUTIONS4th EditionBy Anthony Saunders, New York University and Marcia Millon Cornett,Boston University2009 (September 2008)ISBN: 9780077262372 (with S&P Bind-In Card)ISBN: 9780071288811 [IE without S&P]www.mhhe.com/sc4eFinancial Markets and Institutions, 4/e offers a unique analysis ofadopted for controlling and managing risks. Special emphasis is putas asset securitization, off-balance-sheet activities, and globalizationCONTENTSPart I. Introduction and Overview of Financial MarketsChapter 1: IntroductionChapter 2: Determinants of Interest RatesChapter 3: Interest Rates and Security ValuationChapter 4: The Federal Reserve System, Monetary Policy, andInterest RatesPart II. Securities MarketsChapter 5: Money MarketsChapter 6: Bond MarketsChapter 7: Mortgage MarketsChapter 8: Stock MarketsChapter 9: Foreign Exchange MarketsChapter 10: Derivative Securities MarketsPart III. Commercial BanksChapter 11: Commercial BanksChapter 12: Commercial Banks’ Financial Statements and AnalysisChapter 13: Regulation of Commercial BanksPart IV. Other Financial InstitutionsChapter 14: Other Lending Institutions: Savings Institutions, CreditUnions, and Finance CompaniesChapter 15: Insurance CompaniesChapter 16: Securities Firms and Investment BanksChapter 17: Mutual Funds and Hedge FundsChapter 18: Pension Funds98

Finance, Insurance & Real EstatePart V. Risk Management in Financial InstitutionsChapter 19: Types of Risks Incurred by Financial InstitutionsChapter 20: Managing Credit Risk on the Balance SheetChapter 21: Managing Liquidity Risk on the Balance SheetChapter 22: Managing Interest Rate and Insolvency Risk on theBalance SheetChapter 23: Managing Risk off the Balance Sheet with DerivativeSecuritiesChapter 24: Managing Risk off the Balance Sheet with Loan Salesand Asset SecuritizationSUPPLEMENTSWebsiteFINANCIAL SERVICES AND SYSTEMBy Mathews Sasidharan2008 / 732 pagesISBN: 9780070668058McGraw-Hill India Titleingof the practical side of the subject rather than discussing thetheoretical aspect alone. The following features make this book aunique textbook :- Comprehensive book on financial services providing informationin an integrated manner Covers all the areas of financial services including managementof financial service institutions Gives a good insight into the practical aspects of the subject Eight case studies Learning objectives, worked examples, photographs / diagrams& test questionsCONTENTSINTRODUCTION1. Introduction to Financial Services2. Financial Systems3. Globalization of Financial MarketsCONCEPTUALIZATION4. Asset-based Corporate Financial Services5. Fee-based Corporate Financial Services6. Merchant Banking Services7. Asset-based Retail Financial Services8. Fee-based Retail Financial Services9. Marketing of Banking and Financial ServicesMANAGEMENT10. Management of Banking Institutions11. Management of Non-banking Financial Institutions12. Management of Stock Broking Firm13. Management of Insurance Company14. Risk Management in Financial Service Sector15. Corporate Governance in Financial Service SectorREGULATION & SUPERVISION16. Financial Sector SupervisionCase Studies:1. Banking in the New Era2. Ganagalakshmi Pharmaceuticals3. Suvarna Laboratories Ltd4. National Bank Ltd5. Card Castle6. LTCM7. Sigma Software Solutions Ltd8. Bearings Bank LtdBank ManagementInternational editionBANK MANAGEMENT & FINANCIALSERVICES8th EditionBy Peter S Rose, Texas A&M University and Sylvia C Hudgins, OldDominion University2010 (February 2009) / 768 pagesISBN: 9780077303556 (with Bind-In Card)ISBN: 9780071267878 [IE]www.mhhe.com/rosehudgins8eThe Eighth Edition of Banking and Financial Services is publishingat a time where the world that we live in is changing rapidly. TheFinancial Services is designed to help students master establishedmanagement principles and to confront the perplexing issues ofrisk, regulation, technology, and competition that bankers and otherpresent and future. This new edition offers the student many of the relevant information students are able to grasp the rapid changes thatare happening in this course area and in the real world. Banking andFinancial Services also remains the most readable and engaging texton the market, with a plethora of real-world examples and a robustsupport package for instructors.CONTENTSPart I. Introduction to the Business of Banking and Financial-Services ManagementChapter 1: An Overview of Banks and The Financial-Services SectorChapter 2: The Impact of Government Policy and Regulation onBanking and the Financial-Services IndustryChapter 3: The Organization and Structure of Banking and theFinancial-Services IndustryChapter 4: Establishing New Banks, Branches, ATMs, TelephoneServices, and Web SitesPart II. Financial Statements and Financial Firm PerformanceChapter 5: The Financial Statements of Banks and their PrincipalCompetitorsChapter 6: Measuring and Evaluating the Performance of Banks andtheir Principal CompetitorsPart III. Asset-Liability Management Techniques and HedgingAgainst RiskChapter 7: Asset-Liability Management: Determining and MeasuringInterest Rates and Controlling Interest-Sensitive and Duration GapsChapter 8: Using Financial Futures, Options, Swaps, and other HedgingTools in Asset-Liability ManagementChapter 9: Risk Management Using Asset-Backed Securities, LoanSales, Credit Standbys, and Credit DerivativesPart IV. Managing the Investment Portfolios and Liquidity Positionsof Banks and their Principal CompetitorsChapter 10: The Investment Function in Banking and FinancialServices ManagementChapter 11: Liquidity and Reserve Management: Strategies andPoliciesPart V. Managing Sources of Funds for Banks and their PrincipalCompetitorsChapter 12: Managing and Pricing Deposit ServicesChapter 13: Managing Nondeposit Liabilities and other Sources ofBorrowed FundsChapter 14: Investment Banking, Insurance, and other Sources ofFee IncomeChapter 15: The Management of CapitalPart VI. Providing Loans to Businesses and ConsumersChapter 16: Lending Policies and Procedures99

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateChapter 17: Lending to Business Firms and Pricing Business LoansChapter 18: Consumer Loans, Credit Cards, and Real Estate LendingPart VII. Managing the Future in a Global MarketplaceChapter 19: Acquisitions and Mergers in Financial-Services ManagementChapter 20: International Banking and the Future of Banking andFinancial-ServicesDictionary of Banking and Financial-Services TermsInternational FinancialManagementGlobal editionNEW*9780078034657*INTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT6th EditionBy Cheol Eun, Georgia Inst of Tech and Bruce G Resnick, Wake ForestUniversity2012 (April 2011) / 576 pagesISBN: 9780078034657ISBN: 9780071316972 [GE] - pub Oct 2011(Details unavailable at press time)International editionNEW*9780073530666*INTERNATIONALCORPORATE FINANCEBy Ashok Robin, Rochester Institute TechnologyFEATURES Quantitative Orientation: The text uses quantitative methodswherever possible. Most chapters have numerical examples anda rich and varied selection of end-of-chapter problems. This helpsinstructors to convey key points in a logical manner. Excel Spreadsheets: Most quantitative examples are formulatedusing spreadsheet logic. The solutions to end-of-chapter problemsare also formulated in Excel, offering students numerous templatesfor exploration and learning. Students who use this text, and who usethe solutions files, will enhance their spreadsheet skills. Since manycareers in finance require a high level of spreadsheet proficiency, thestudent obtains tangible benefits. Current Examples: The text is interspersed with numerous realworldexamples: this is particularly useful for bringing the topics aliveto students without field experience. These examples concern firmsin diverse industries, from diverse countries, and serve to increasestudent awareness of global issues. This book has many examplesfrom emerging markets: US as well as non-US students can relateto these examples. Credit Crisis of 2007-2008: The credit crisis of 2007-2008 is oneof the most significant events in recent times, and many examplesallude to this event. Without a doubt, this crisis has impacted financialpractice (e.g., a heightened sensitivity to counterparty risk), soit is important to convey this cutting edge material. More generally,students learn to appreciate the dynamic nature of the financial world. Mini-cases: Each chapter has a mini-case (using the same firm)that offers an opportunity for students to apply concepts coveredthroughout the chapter. Many mini-cases contain information aboutreal-world firms to illustrate to students how the concepts in the textrelate to the everyday world. Each mini-case is designed to be completedwith 1-3 hours of work and can be used for a 20-30 minuteclass discussion.CONTENTSChapter 1: IntroductionChapter 2: International Financial Markets: Structure and InnovationChapter 3: Currency and Eurocurrency DerivativesChapter 4: Currency Systems and ValuationChapter 5: Currency Parity ConditionsChapter 6: Currency Risk Exposure MeasurementChapter 7: Currency Exposure ManagementChapter 8: Capital BudgetingChapter 9: Advanced Capital BudgetingChapter 10: Long Term FinancingChapter 11: Optimizing and Financing Working CapitalChapter 12: International Alliances and AcquisitionsChapter 13: International TradeChapter 14: International Taxation and AccountingChapter 15: International Portfolio Investments2011 (January 2010) / 512 pagesISBN: 9780073530666ISBN: 9780071221146 [IE]www.mhhe.com/robin1eWith the ongoing global economic crisis still taking full effect on today’ssociety, International Corporate Finance 1e brings a fresh approachand perspective on present events. This text focuses on a key playereither directly or indirectly affected by multinational entities and haveapplicability. This new text takes a quantitative approach with anemphasis on excel spreadsheets and current examples.Invitation to PublishMcGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbookproposals for publication.email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com.Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/100

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateInternational editionINTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT5th EditionBy Cheol Eun, Georgia Institute of Tech and Bruce G Resnik, Wake ForestUniversity2009 (September 2008) / 560 pagesISBN: 9780073382340ISBN: 9780071276191 [IE]www.mhhe.com/er5eInternational Financial Management is written based on two distinctparts: emphasis on the basics and emphasis on a managerial perspective.The emphasis on the basics will allow students to be left witha framework for analysis that will serve them well when they needto apply this material in their careers in the years ahead. The FifthEdition never loses sight of the presentation that is teaching studentshow to make managerial decisions. The new edition is founded in maximize share-holder wealth. This belief permeates the decisionmakingprocess that is presented from cover to cover. InternationalFinancial Management has been completely updated with the mostCONTENTSPart One: Foundations of International Financial ManagementChapter 1: Globalization and the Multinational FirmChapter 2: International Monetary SystemChapter 3: Balance of PaymentsChapter 4: Corporate Governance Around the WorldPart Two: The Foreign Exchange Market, Exchange Rate Determination,and Currency DerivativesChapter 5: The Market for Foreign ExchangeChapter 6: International Parity Relationships and Forecasting ForeignExchange RatesChapter 7: Futures and Options on Foreign ExchangePart Three: Foreign Exchange Exposure and ManagementChapter 8: Management of Transaction ExposureChapter 9: Management of Economic ExposureChapter 10: Management of Translation ExposurePart Four: World Financial Markets and InstitutionsChapter 11: International Banking and Money MarketChapter 12: International Bond MarketChapter 13: International Equity MarketsChapter 14: Interest Rate and Currency SwapsChapter 15: International Portfolio InvestmentPart Five: Financial Management of the Multinational FirmChapter 16: Foreign Direct Investment and Cross-Border AcquisitionsChapter 17: International Capital Structure and the Cost of CapitalChapter 18: International Capital BudgetingChapter 19: Multinational Cash ManagementChapter 20: International Trade FinanceChapter 21: International Tax Environment and Transfer PricingINTERNATIONAL FINANCEAn Analytical Approach, 3rd EditionBy Imad Moosa, La Trobe University2009 (November 2009)ISBN: 9780070278516McGraw-Hill Australia Titlewww.mhhe.com/au/moosa3eThe third edition of Imad Moosa’s International Finance text has beenThe book is organised by starting with the basic concepts, markets,institutions and arrangements before moving on to a description ofcoverage with appropriate discussions of Australia and the regionalcontext throughout. With a clear and engaging writing style, strongpedagogical framework and current data International Finance is theideal choice for upper level undergraduate and postgraduate courses.CONTENTSCh 1 An OverviewCh 2 The Foreign Exchange MarketCh 3 The Balance of Payments and Effective Exchange RateCh 4 Exchange Rate DeterminationCh 5 The International Monetary System and Exchange Rate ArrangementsCh 6 The Eurocurrency Market and International BankingCh 7 International Banking Regulation and Basel AccordsCh 8 Exchange Rate Forecasting, Technical Analysis and TradingRulesCh 9 Currency Futures and SwapsCh 10 Currency OptionsCh 11 International ArbitarageCh 12 Foreign Exchange Risk and ExposureCh 13 Foreign Exchange Risk ManagementCh 14 International Short-Term Financing and InvestmentCh 15 International Long-Term Financing and InvestmentCh 16 Foreign Direct Investment and International Capital BudgetingUseful websitesCurrency symbolsList of formulaeGlossaryIndexINTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT5th EditionBy PG Apte, Indian Institute of Management2008 (September 2008) / 736 pagesISBN: 9780070221161McGraw-Hill India Titlewww.mhhe.com/apte5eThe book has been primarily designed for MBA students. It draws managers and corporate treasurers and can serve as a good refer-CONTENTS1. Financial Management In A Global Context2. Objectives Of The Firm And The Impact Of Risk3 The Nature And Measurement Of Exposure And Risk4. The Balance Of Payments5. The International Monetary System6. Global Financial Markets And Interest Rates7. The Foreign Exchange Market8. Forwards, Swaps And Interest Parity9. Currency And Interest Rate Futures10. Currency Options11. Exchange Rate Determination And Forecasting12. Corporate Exposure Management Policy13. Hedging, Speculation And Management Of Transactions Exposure14. Management Of Operating Exposure15. Management Of Interest Rate Exposure Fras, Interest Rate CapsAnd Floors16. Financial Swaps And Credit Derivatives17. Short Term Financial Management In A Multinational Corporation18. International Equity Investment19. Long-Term Borrowing In The Global Capital Markets20. International Project Appraisal101

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateInternational FinancialMarketsInternational editionINTERNATIONAL FINANCIAL MARKETS2nd EditionBy Richard M Levich, New York University2001 / 704 pagesISBN: 9780071181235 [IE]CONTENTSPart I. Introduction and Overview:1. Introduction to the Study of International Financial Markets2. An Overview of International Monetary Systems and Recent Developmentsin International Financial MarketsPart II. Foreign Exchange Markets:3. Market Structure and Institutions4. International Parity Conditions: Purchasing Power Parity5. International Parity Conditions: Interest Rate Parity and the FisherParities6. Spot Exchange Rate Determination7. Foreign Exchange Market Efficiency 8. Exchange Rate ForecastingPart III. Offshore Financial Markets9. The Eurocurrency Market10. The Eurobond MarketPart IV. Derivative Security Markets: Futures, Options, and Swaps11. Currency and Interest Rate Futures12. Currency and Interest Rate Options13. Currency and Interest Rate SwapsPart V. International Asset Portfolios14. Bond Portfolios15. Equity PortfoliosPart VI. International Asset Portfolios and Financial Risk Management16. Measuring and Managing the Risk in International FinancialPositionsPart VII. Regulatory Issues17. Giving Direction to International Financial Markets: Regulationand Intervention in the Competitive MarketplaceBehavioral FinanceInternational editionBEHAVIORAL CORPORATE FINANCEBy Hersh Shefrin, Santa Clara University2007 (November 2005) / 384 pagesISBN: 9780072848656ISBN: 9780071257367 [IE]www.mhhe.com/shefrinCONTENTS1- Behavioral Foundations.2- Valuation.3- Capital Budgeting.4- Perceptions About Risk and Return.5- Inefficient Markets and Corporate Decisions.6- Capital Structure.7- Dividend Policy.8- Agency Conflicts and Corporate Governance.9- Group Process.10- Mergers and Acquisitions.11- Application of Real-Option Techniques to Capital Budgeting andCapital Structure (on the website only)Financial PlanningFINANCIAL PLANNING AND WEALTHMANAGEMENTAn International PerspectiveBy Louis T W Cheng, Yan Tak Leung and Y H Wong2009 (August 2008) / SoftcoverISBN: 9780071249843An Asian PublicationFinancial Planning and Wealth Management provides an updated datemanagement means and how it is being implemented in theory andpractice. This textbook also provide insights on the future developmentof the professions, and new theoretical concepts that are notwealth management services for clients in the long run. This bookCONTENTSPart I Fundamental Concepts of Financial Planning and WealthManagement1 An Overview of the Financial Planning and Wealth ManagementProfessions2 Financial Planning: Basic Concepts, Professional Ethics, andPractice Standards3 Essential Concepts in Economics and Finance4 Financial Planning Components (Part I)5 Financial Planning Components (Part II)6 Personal Profiling, Risk Profiling, and Life-cycle AnalysisPart II The Financial Planning Process7 Step 1: Establishing Client-Planner Relationship8 Step 2: Determining Client Goals and Expectations and GatheringClient Data9 Step 3: Determining Client’s Current Financial Status10 Step 4: Developing and Presenting the Financial Plan11 Steps 5 and 6: Implementing and Monitoring the Financial PlanPart III Wealth Management12 Investment Techniques (Part I)13 Investment Techniques (Part II)14 Asset Allocation StrategiesPart IV Advanced Topics15 The Concept of Total Life Planning16 Total Wealth Index17 Conclusion102

Finance, Insurance & Real EstatePersonal FinanceNEW*9780071078863*International editionNEW*9780073530697*MANAGING YOURPERSONAL FINANCEBy Patrick Kheng Ping Chan2012 (January 2011) / 800 pagesISBN: 9780073530697ISBN: 9780071315661 [IE]www.mhhe.com/kapoor2011PERSONAL FINANCE10th EditionBy Jack R Kapoor, College of Dupage, LesR Dlabay, Lake Forest College and Robert JHughes, Dallas County Comm CollegeCONTENTSPart 1 Planning Your Personal Finances1 Personal Finance Basics and the Time Value of MoneyAppendix: The Time Value of Money2 Financial Aspects of Career PlanningAppendix: Resumes, Cover Letters, and Interviews3 Money Management Strategy: Financial Statements and Budgeting4 Planning Your Tax StrategyPart 2 Managing Your Personal Finances5 Financial Services: Savings Plans and Payment Accounts6 Introduction to Consumer Credit7 Choosing a Source of Credit: The Costs of Credit AlternativesPart 3 Making Your Purchasing Decisions8 Consumer Purchasing Strategies and Legal Protection9 The Housing Decision: Factors and FinancesPart 4 Insuring Your Resources10 Property and Motor Vehicle Insurance11 Health, Disability, and Long-Term Care Insurance12 Life InsurancePart 5 Investing Your Financial Resources13 Investing Fundamentals14 Investing in Stocks15 Investing in Bonds16 Investing in Mutual Funds17 Investing in Real Estate and Other Investment AlternativesPart 6 Controlling Your Financial Future18 Starting Early: Retirement Planning19 Estate PlanningAppendixesAppendix A: Financial Planners and Other Financial Planning InformationSourcesAppendix B: Consumer Agencies and OrganizationsAppendix C: Daily Spending DiaryEndnotesPhoto CreditsIndexPersonal Financial Planner2010 (August 2010) / 160 pagesISBN: 9780071078863An Asian Publication -Managing Your Personal Finances lays the foundation essential forparts focusing on the 5G of wealth management.CONTENTSPrefaceAbout the AuthorPart 1- Grounding your wealthChapter 1 Why do you want to be a millionaire?Chapter 2 Mind your own financesChapter 3 Financial health checkupPart 2- Generating your wealthChapter 4 Creation of wealth: Multiple sources of incomeChapter 5 Cash management: Making your money work harderthan youPart 3- Guarding your wealthChapter 6 Wealth preservation with debt managementChapter 7 Wealth preservation with tax planningChapter 8 Wealth protection with insurance planningPart 4- Growing your wealthChapter 9 Compounding your money for wealth growthChapter 10 Wealth accumulation with investmentPart 5 – Giving your wealthChapter 11 Wealth accumulation for retirementChapter 12 Wealth distribution with estate planningReferencesFOCUS ON PERSONAL FINANCE3rd EditionBy Jack R Kapoor, College of Dupage, Les R Dlabay, Lake Forest Collegeand Robert J Hughes, Dallas County Community College2010 (October 2009) / 544 pagesISBN: 9780073382425www.mhhe.com/kdhFocus on Personal Finance is a brief, 14-chapter book, covering thecritical topics in Personal Finance courses. This 4-color, paperbacktext is designed and written to appeal to a range of ages, life situations,approach. This text will not only get your students thinking about theirto use as a guide and revise over the course of their lives. The morea student involves themselves in the assessments, exercises andworksheets provided, the more they will discover about their current103

Finance, Insurance & Real Estatewith regard to their decisions. The ultimate goal of Focus on PersonalCONTENTSChapter 1 Personal Financial Planning in ActionChapter 2 Money Management SkillsChapter 3 Taxes in Your Financial PlanChapter 4 Savings and Payment ServicesChapter 5 Consumer Credit: Advantages, Disadvantages, Sources,and CostsChapter 6 Consumer Purchasing Strategies and Wise Buying ofMotor VehiclesChapter 7 Selecting and Financing HousingChapter 8 Home and Automobile InsuranceChapter 9 Health and Disability Income InsuranceChapter 10 Financial Planning with Life InsuranceChapter 11 Investing Basics and Evaluating BondsChapter 12 Investing in StocksChapter 13 Investing in Mutual FundsChapter 14 Retirement and Estate PlanningAppendix A Developing a Career Search StrategyAppendix B Consumer Agencies and OrganizationsAppendix C Daily Spending DiaryIndexInternational editionPERSONAL FINANCE9th EditionBy Jack R Kapoor, College of Dupage, Les R Dlabay, Lake Forest Collegeand Robert J Hughes, Dallas County Comm College2009 (September 2008) / 832 pagesISBN: 9780073382326ISBN: 9780071310994 [IE]www.mhhe.com/kdhKapoor/Dlabay/Hughes’ Personal Finance is the #1 market-leadingPersonal Finance text. It provides comprehensive coverage of per-planning, taxes, consumer credit, housing and other consumerdecisions, legal protection, insurance, investments, retirement planning,and estate planning. The goal of this text is to teach studentschoices related to spending, saving, borrowing, and investing thatto help students identify and evaluate choices as well as understandthe consequences of decisions in terms of opportunity costs.CONTENTSPart 1: Planning Your Personal FinancesChapter 1: Personal Finance Basics and the Time Value of MoneyAppendix: The Time Value of MoneyChapter 2: Financial Aspects of Career PlanningAppendix: Resumes, Cover Letters, and InterviewsChapter 3: Money Management Strategy: Financial Statements andBudgetingChapter 4: Planning Your Tax StrategyPart 2: Managing Your Personal FinancesChapter 5: Financial Services: Savings Plans and Payment AccountsChapter 6: Introduction to Consumer CreditChapter 7: Choosing a Source of Credit: The Costs of Credit AlternativesPart 3: Making Your Purchasing DecisionsChapter 8: Consumer Purchasing Strategies and Legal ProtectionChapter 9: The Housing Decision: Factors and FinancesPart 4: Insuring Your ResourcesChapter 10: Property and Motor Vehicle InsuranceChapter 11: Health, Disability, and Long-Term Care InsuranceChapter 12: Life InsurancePart 5: Investing Your Financial ResourcesChapter 13: Investing FundamentalsChapter 14: Investing in StocksChapter 15: Investing in BondsChapter 16: Investing in Mutual FundsChapter 17: Investing in Real Estate and Other Investment AlternativesPart 6: Controlling Your Financial FutureChapter 18: Starting Early: Retirement PlanningChapter 19: Estate PlanningAppendixesA: Finanical Planners and Other FinanFinancialning InformationSourcesB: Consumer Agenices and OrganizationsC: Daily Spending DiaryEndnotesPhoto CreditsIndexPersonal Financial PlannerInternational editionPERSONAL FINANCIAL PLANNINGBy Lewis J Altfest, PACE University2007 (April 2006) / 704 pagesISBN: 9780072536409ISBN: 9780071252935 [IE]www.mhhe.com/altfestCONTENTSPART I PLANNING BASICS.Chapter 1 Introduction to PFP.Chapter 2 Time Value of Money.Chapter 3 Beginning the Planning Process.PART II ONGOING HOUSEHOLD PLANNING.Chapter 4 Household Finance.Chapter 5 Financial Statements Analysis.Chapter 6 Cash Flow Planning.Chapter 7 Debt.PART III PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT.Chapter 8 Non Financial Investments.Chapter 9 Financial Investments.Chapter 10 Risk Management.PART IV SPECIALIZED PLANNING.Chapter 11 Other Insurance.Chapter 12 Retirement Planning.Chapter 13 Educational Planning.PART V TAX AND ESTATE PLANNING.Chapter 14 Tax Planning.Chapter 15 Estate Planning.PART VI PLANNING ESSENTIALS.Chapter 16 Stocks, Bonds and Mutual Funds.Chapter 17 Background Topics.PART VII INTEGRATED DECISION MAKING.Chapter 18 Capital Needs Analysis.Chapter 19 Behavioral Financial Planning.Chapter 20 Completing the Process.PART VIII FURTHER SPECIALIZED TOPICS.A. Special Circumstances Planning.B. Career Basics.C. Regulation.Appendix A Modern Investment Theory.Appendix B Employee Benefits.Appendix C Behavioral Finance-Applications.Appendix D Comprehensive Financial Plan-Dan and Laura.*Web based104

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateFinance for theNon-Financial ManagersRisk ManagementInternational editionANALYSIS FOR FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT9th EditionBy Robert C Higgins, University of Washington2009 (November 2008)ISBN: 9780077297657 (with S&P Bind-In Card)ISBN: 9780071276269 [IE]www.mhhe.com/higgins9eAnalysis for Financial Management, 8e is a paperback text and hasbeen written to present standard techniques and modern developmentsin a practical and intuitive manner. It is intended for non-CONTENTSPart I: Assessing the Financial Health of the FirmChapter 1: Interpreting Financial StatementsChapter 2: Evaluating Financial PerformanceAppendix: International Differences in Financial StructurePart II: Planning Future Financial PerformanceChapter 3: Financial ForecastingChapter 4: Managing GrowthPart III: Financing OperationsChapter 5: Financial Instruments and MarketsAppendix: Forward Contracts, Options, and the Management ofCorporate RisksChapter 6: The Financing DecisionAppendix: The Irrelevance PropositionPart IV: Evaluating investment OpportunitiesChapter 7: Discounted Cash Flow TechniquesAppendix Mutually Exclusive Alternatives and Capital RationingChapter 8: Risk Analysis in Investment DecisionsAppendix: Asset Beta and Adjusted Present ValueChapter 9: Business Valuation and Corporate RestructuringAppendix: The Venture Capital Method of ValuationGlossarySuggested Answers to Odd-Numbered End-of-Chapter ProblemsInternational editionRISK MANAGEMENT AND INSURANCE2nd EditionBy Scott Harrington and Gregory Niehaus of University So Carolina-Columbia2004 / 704 pagesISBN: 9780072339703ISBN: 9780071232449 [IE - 2 Color Text]www.mhhe.com/hn2eCONTENTS1. Risk and Its Management2. Objectives of Risk Management3. Risk Identification and Measurement4. Pooling Arrangements and Diversification of Risk5. Insurer Ownership, Financial, and Operational Structure6. Insurance Regulation7. Insolvencies, Solvency Ratings,and Solvency Regulation8. Insurance Pricing9. Risk Aversion and Risk Management by Individuals and Corporations10. Insurability of Risk, Contractual Provisions, and Legal Doctrines11. Loss Control12 Legal Liability for Injuries13. Automobile Insurance14. Homeowners Insurance15. Life Insurance and Annuities16. Employee Benefits: Overview and Group Medical Coverage17. Retirement Plans18. Workers’ Compensation and Employee Injuries19. Social Security 20. Corporate Risk Management and ShareholderWealth21. Tax, Regulatory, and Accounting Factors Affecting CorporateRisk Management22. Risk Retention/Reduction Decisions23. Commercial Insurance Contracts24. Hedging Risk with Derivative Contracts25. Alternative Risk Transfer26. Analysis Tools used in Corporate Risk Management27. Enterprise Risk Management: A Case Study28. Corporate Liability to Customers, Third Parties, and Shareholders29. Issues in Liability Risk and It’s ManagementREVIEW COPY(Available for course adoption only)To request for a review copy,• contact your local McGraw-Hillrepresentatives or,• fax the Review Copy Request Form foundin this catalog or,• e-mail your request tomghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,• submit online at www.mheducation.asia105

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateMathematics of FinanceNEW *9780071288934*FINANCIAL MATHEMATICS FOR ACTUARIESBy Wai-Sum Chan, Chinese University of Hong Kong and Yiu-Kuen Tse,Singapore Management University2010 (Oct 2010) / 400 pagesISBN: 9780071288934An Asian PublicationThis is an introductory textbook on the mathematics of interest ratesfor actuarial science students. It is written at a level of rigor that isrequired for students majoring in actuarial science and preparesspecial attention to applications. Each chapter contains many exam-for a one-semester course on the mathematics of interest rates in anactuarial science program. It can also be used by students preparingfor professional exams of various professional actuarial institutions.BUSINESS MATHEMATICSBy Zin Ibrahim and Daud Mohamad2008 / 292 pagesISBN: 9789833850280An Asian PublicationBusiness Mathematics is an introductory text on the practical applicationsof mathematics in business. Using examples and exercises,the book illustrates the derivation of common business applicationslike compound interest and annuity. Each section in this book buildsupon concepts from previous sections, thus guiding the reader to agradual understanding of the material in its entirety. Although this bookis aimed at students taking business-related courses, non-businessFINANCIAL AND ACTUARIAL MATHEMATICSBy Yiu-Kuen Tse, Singapore Management University and Wai-Sum Chan,Chinese University of Hong Kong2007 (January 2007) / 400 pagesISBN: 9780071258562An Asian PublicationThis is an introductory textbook covering the mathematics of interestrates, life contingencies and loss models. It can be adopted as (1)interest rates and actuarial mathematics, using selected chapters andmathematics of interest rates and investments, using all chapters inin actuarial mathematics, using all chapters in Part II.Chapter 3 Rates of ReturnChapter 4 Amortization and Sinking FundChapter 5 BondsChapter 6 Bond ManagementChapter 7 ApplicationsChapter 8 Stochastic Interest RatesPart II Actuarial MathematicsChapter 9 Survival Models and Life ContingenciesChapter 10 Life Insurance, Life Annuities and Net PremiumsChapter 11 Short-term Risk Models for Life InsuranceAppendicesAnswer KeyIndexFinancial SystemESSENTIALS OF FINANCIAL SERVICES2nd EditionBy S Gurusamy, DG Vaishnav College2009 (March 2009) / 452 pagesISBN: 9780070083103McGraw-Hill India TitleIt is designed to suit the requirements of undergraduate students ofcommerce and management. This book provides a thorough foundationto the subject of Financial Services. It deals with contemporarytopics like merchant banking, venture capital , pension funds andcovers the syllabus on toto.CONTENTS1. Financial Services: An Overview2. Financial Services Environment3. Merchant Banking4. Public Issue Management5. New Issues Market (NIM)6. Underwriting of Securities7. Capital Market8. Stock Exchange9. SEBI: Functions and Working10. Leasing11. Accounting for Lease Framework12. Hire Purchase 20. Pension Plan13. Factoring14. Consumer Finance15. Venture Capital16. Mutual Funds17. Credit Rating18. Insurance: An Overview19. Insurance: RegulatoryCONTENTSAbout the AuthorsPrefaceList of Mathematical SymbolsPart I Financial MathematicsChapter 1 Interest Accumulation and Time Value of MoneyChapter 2 Annuities106

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateFINANCIAL SERVICES2nd EditionBy S Gurusamy, DG Vaishnav College2009 (May 2009) / 590 pagesISBN: 9780070153349McGraw-Hill India Title is considered an essential adjunct for the development. This bookFinancial Services provides a comprehensive coverage of contemporarytopics such as Factoring, Leasing, Venture Capital Financing,Insurance, Pension Funds and Micro-Financial services.CONTENTS1. Financial Services: An overview2. Credit Cards3. Debit Card4. Smart Cards5. Credit Rating6. Commercial Bill Financing7. Consumer Finance8. Hire Purchase Finance9. Insurance Services10. Factoring and Forfeiting11. Leasing-An Overview12. Accounting and Reporting for Lease13. Lease Evaluation14. Merchant Banking15. Mutual Funds16. Money Market Mutual Funds (MMMFs)17. Public Issue Management18. Public Issue of Securities: A Conceptual Framework19. Securitization20. Stock-Invest21. Underwriting of securities22. Book-Building23. Venture Capital: An overviews24. Venture Capital Funds- Regulatory Framework25. Venture Capital in India26. Infrastructure Financing Services27. Housing Financing Services28. M&A Advisory Services29. Portfolio Management Services30. Credit Syndication Services31. Asset-Liability Management Services (ALMS)32. Custodial Services33. Micro Financial Services34. Depository (Demat) Services35. Depository Receipts36. Non-Banking Financial Institutions (NBFIs)37. Stock-Trading38. Pension Fund: An OverviewFINANCIAL SERVICES AND SYSTEMS2nd EditionBy S Gurusamy, DG Vaishnav College2009 (June 2009) / 456 pagesISBN: 9780070153356McGraw-Hill India TitleA good text book on this subject written by a well-known author. Thisbook can be pitched in where our other titles on this subject do notCONTENTSFinancial System1. Financial System-An Overview2. Macroeconomic Aggregates3. Indian Financial System4. Profile of Entrepreneur5. Global Financial System6. Capital Structure DecisionsFinancial Services7. Financial Services-An Overview8. Book Building9. Credit Cards10. Debit Cards11. Smart Cards12. Credit Rating13. Commercial Bill Financing14. Consumer Finance15. Hire Purchase Finance16. Insurance Services17. Factoring and Forfeiting18. Leasing-An Overview19. Accounting and Reporting for Lease20. Lease Evaluation21. Merchant Banking22. Mutual Funds23. Money Market Mutual Funds24. Public Issue Management25. Securitization26. Stock Invest27. Underwriting of Securities28. Venture Capital-An Overview29. Venture Capital Funds-Regulatory Framework30. Venture Capital in IndiaFINANCIAL SERVICES5th EditionBy M Y Khan, University of Delhi2009 (October 2009) / 960 pagesISBN: 9780070681996McGraw-Hill India Titlewww.mhhe.com/khanfs5eThis new edition of the leading text book on Financial Services iswide has led to a shift in many policies for this sector. The book aimsto capture them well. This book will continue to be useful to the studentsof the management as well as commerce disciplines. It will alsoa valuable source of referenceCONTENTSChapter 1. Non-Banking Financial CompaniesChapter 2. Theoretical and Regulatory Framework of LeasingChapter 3. Accounting/Reporting Framework and Taxation of LeasingChapter 4. Financial Evaluation of LeasingChapter 5. Hire-Purchase Finance and Consumer CreditChapter 6. Factoring and ForfaitingChapter 7. Bills DiscountingChapter 8. Housing FinanceChapter 9. Insurance Services and ProductsChapter 10. Venture Capital FinancingChapter 11. Banking: Products and ServicesChapter 12. Mutual Funds: Products and ServicesChapter 13. Issue Management: IntermediariesChapter 14. Issue Management: Activities / ProceduresChapter 15. Issue Management: Pre-Issue and Post-Issue Obligationsand Other RequirementsChapter 16. Corporate RestructuringChapter 17. Stock Broking, Depositories, Custodial Services andSecurities Lending SchemeChapter 18. Credit Rating107

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateUpper Division InsuranceReal Estate Principles,Analysis & ManagementInternational editionTHEORY OF INTEREST3rd EditionBy Stephen Kellison2009 (February 2008) / 480 pagesISBN: 9780073382449ISBN: 9780071276276 [IE]www.mhhe.com/kellison3e and expanded from previous editions. The text covers the basicmathematical theory of interest as traditionally developed. The bookis a thorough treatment of the mathematical theory and practicalpedagogical approach of the second edition has been retained in thethird edition. The textbook narrative emphasizes both the importanceof conceptual understanding and the ability to apply the techniquesto practical problems. The third edition has considerable updates thatmake this book relevant to students in this course area.CONTENTSChapter 1: The Measurement of InterestChapter 2: Solution of Problems in InterestChapter 3: Basic AnnuitiesChapter 4: More General AnnuitiesChapter 5: Amortization Schedules and Sinking FundsChapter 6: Bond and Other SecuritiesChapter 7: Yield RatesChapter 8: Practical applicationsChapter 9: More advanced financial analysisChapter 10: The term structure of interest ratesChapter 11: Duration, convexity and immunizationChapter 12: Stochastic approaches to interestChapter 13: Options and other derivativesAPPENDIXESAppendix A: Table numbering the days of the yearAppendix B: Illustrative mortgage loan amortization scheduleAppendix C: Basic mathematical reviewAppendix D: Statistical backgroundAppendix E: Iteration methodsAnswers to the exercisesGlossary of notationIndexAll Global Editions areadapted to better meet theneeds of courses outsidethe United States.Please contact your localsales representative formore details.International editionREAL ESTATE PRINCIPLESA Value Approach, 3rd EditionBy David C Ling and Wayne Archer of University of Florida at Gainesville2010 (October 2009) / 704 pagesISBN: 9780073377322ISBN: 9780070167131 [IE]www.mhhe.com/lingarcher3eReal Estate Principles: A Value Approach demonstrates how valueis central to virtually all real estate decision-making. Students us-framework, and a set of valuation and decision making tools that canbe applied in a variety of real-world situations. The key to makingsound investment decision is to understand how property values arecreated, maintained, increased or destroyed. Since the launch ofchanges have come upon the world of real estate. This is very true inlenders have been transformed or displace, giving way to a radicallywell with profound and far-reaching implications in a world where it isunderstandable that property values can go down as well as up. Thisand transactions for the foreseeable future.CONTENTSPart 1: Setting the StageChapter 1: The Nature of Real Estate and Real Estate MarketsChapter 2: Value and Real Estate DecisionsPart 2: Legal and Regulatory Determinants of ValueChapter 3: Legal Foundations to ValueChapter 4: Conveying Real Property InterestsChapter 5: Government Controls and Real Estate MarketsPart 3: Market Analysis and AppraisalChapter 6: Market Determinants of ValueChapter 7: Forecasting Ownership Benefits and Value: MarketResearchChapter 8: Valuation Using the Sales Comparison and Cost ApproachesChapter 9: Valuation Using the Income ApproachPart 4: Financing Home OwnershipChapter 10: Real Estate Finance: The Laws and ContractsChapter 11: Residential Mortgage Types and Borrower DecisionsChapter 12: Sources of Funds for Residential MortgagesPart 5: Brokering and Closing the TransactionChapter 13: Real Estate Brokerage and Listing ContractsChapter 14: Contracts for Sale and ClosingPart 6: Time, Opportunity Cost and Value DecisionsChapter 15: The Effects of Time and Risk on ValueChapter 16: Mortgage Calculations and DecisionsPart 7: Financing and Investing in Commercial Real EstateChapter 17: Commercial Mortgage Types and DecisionsChapter 18: Sources of Commercial Debt and Equity CapitalChapter 19: Investment Decisions: RatiosChapter 20: Investment Decisions: NPV and IRRChapter 21: Income Taxation and ValuePart 8: Creating and Maintaining ValueChapter 22: Enhancing Value through Ongoing ManagementChapter 23: Leases and Property TypesChapter 24: Development: The Dynamics of Creating Value108

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateReal Estate Finance /InvestmentInternational editionNEW*9780073377339*REAL ESTATE FINANCE &INVESTMENTS14th EditionBy William B Brueggeman, Southern MethodistUniversity and Jeffrey Fisher, Indiana UniversityAt Bloomington2011 (February 2010) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780073377339ISBN: 9780071289184 [IE]www.mhhe.com/bf14eThe Fourteenth Edition of Real Estate Finance and Investments preparesstudents to understand the risks and rewards associated withConcepts and techniques included in the chapters and problem setsare used in many careers related to real estate. The material in this editionis also relevant to individuals who want to better understand realFourteenth Edition is designed to help students learn how to evaluatethe risk and return associated with the various ways of investing andthis book as a guide to perform the right kind of analysis to makeNEW TO THIS EDITION Coverage of current topics: Due to the recent turmoil in financialmarkets, this edition adds further emphasis to the importance ofproper underwriting of mortgage loans, whether they are subprimeor not and whether they are for residential or commercial properties. Updated concept boxes: New concept boxes were added inselect chapters to provide information about recent trends in mortgage-backedsecurities and how the government has worked to addliquidity to mortgage markets, in addition to taking over the FederalHome Loan Mortgage Corporation. Chapter 11: Investment Analysis and Taxation of Income Properties:A new section on market analysis has been added to providereaders with a better understanding of how data on the supply anddemand for real estate can be used to project occupancy and rentalgrowth. Chapter 14: Disposition and Renovation of Income Properties:A new section on installment sales and tax-free exchanges has beenadded to emphasize ways to defer capital gain taxes when sellinginvestment properties. This includes a discussion on how to evaluatewhether these tax deferral strategies are better than a regular sale. Chapter 14: Disposition and Renovation of Income Properties:A new section on installment sales and tax-free exchanges has beenadded to emphasize ways to defer capital gain taxes when sellinginvestment properties. This includes a discussion on how to evaluatewhether these tax deferral strategies are better than a regular sale. Discussion on various ownership structures: Discussion has beenadded that outlines the various ownership structures that can be usedfor ownership of investment property along with the advantages anddisadvantages of each. Chapter 21: Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs): This chapterhas been expanded to reflect the current economic landscape andalso to include discussion on how to value a REIT. Integration of financial calculators and Excel into the solutions ofproblems: The way the solutions are presented has been simplifiedby using new notation introduced into this edition.CONTENTSPart One Introduction1 Real Estate Investment: Legal Concepts2 Basic Real Estate Financing: Notes and Mortgages3 Mortgage Law Foundation: The Time Value of MoneyPart Two Financing Residential Properties4 Fixed Rate Mortgage Loans5 Adjustable and Floating Rate Mortgage Loans6 Mortgages: Additional Concepts, Analysis, and Applications7 Single Family Housing: Pricing, Investment, and Tax Considerations8 Underwriting and Financing Residential PropertiesPart Three Financing Income Properties (Debt and Equity)9 Income-Producing Properties: Leases, Rents, and the Market forSpace10 Valuation of Income Properties: Appraisal and the Market for Capital11 Investment Analysis and Taxation of Income Properties12 Financial Leverage and Financing Alternatives13 Risk Analysis14 Disposition and Renovation of Income Properties15 Financing Corporate Real EstatePart Four Financing Proposed Projects16 Financing Project Development17 Financing Land Development ProjectsPart Five Alternative Real Estate Financing and InvestmentVehicles18 Structuring Real Estate Investments: Organizational Forms andJoint Ventures19 The Secondary Mortgage Market: Pass-Through Securities20 The Secondary Mortgage Market: CMOs and Derivative Securities21 Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)22 Real Estate Investment Performance and Portfolio ConsiderationsIndexInvitation to PublishMcGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbookproposals for publication.email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com.Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/109

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateProfessional ReferencesSECURITY VALUATION AND RISK ANALYSISAssessing Value in Investment Decision-MakingBy Kenneth S Hackel2011 (November 2010) / 464 pagesISBN: 9780071744355A Professionl Reference TitlePractically overnight, the models commonly used for discounted cashnew, and Security Valuation and Risk Analysis provides it. This indepthguide provides the most current techniques for using free cashyou can use to earn outsized returns while avoiding problem compa-and spot discrepancies in value. Armed with Hackel’s breakthroughmethodology, you’ll be able to:» Identify and take advantage of early warning signals relatedto cash flow and credit metrics» Understand how traditional analysts value a company andspot market mispricing» Estimate the cost of equity capital from which to discountfree cash flows» Illustrate a better definition of Free Cash Flow by understandinghow management can free up resourcesIn today’s market, nothing is more important than the ability to accuratelyanalyze credit. Filled with studies proving the effectivenessof Hackel’s methodology, Security Valuation and Risk Analysis isyour answer to a credit market gone bad, from a well-recognizedauthority on the subject.CONTENTSChapter 1. OverviewChapter 2. ManagementChapter 3. Free Cash FlowsChapter 4. Financial StructureChapter 5. Cost of CapitalChapter 6. Superior Cost of Equity Capital Model Using Cash Flowsand CreditChapter 7. Portfolio SelectionChapter 8. ConclusionMERGERS AND ACQUISITIONS FROM A TOZ3rd EditionBy Andrew Sherman2010 (December 2010) / 336 pagesISBN: 9780814413838A Professionl Reference TitleMergers and acquisitions represent a successful growth strategy forare complex and often risky. Covering the latest trends, developments,and best practices for the post-Madoff era, this comprehensive, handsonresource walks readers through every step of the process, offeringpractical advice for keeping deals on track and ensuring postclosingintegration success. Filled with case studies and war stories illustratingwhat works and why, the third edition of Mergers and Acquisitionsfrom A to Z offers valuable tools, checklists, and sample documents,providing crucial guidance on: preparing for and initiating the deal;regulatory considerations; due diligence; deal structure; valuationM&A transactions can quickly spell a company’s doom if they are notconceived and executed carefully, legally, and sensibly. This is theclassic guide to mergers and acquisitions, now completely updatedfor today’s market.THE COMPLEAT DAY TRADER2nd EditionBy Jake Bernstein2010 (December 2009) / 256 pagesISBN: 9780071663885A Professionl Reference TitleThe second edition of The Compleat Day Trader addresses the majorchanges in day trading since the book’s original publication, includingimportant, dramatically increased volatility. In the clear and directwriting style he has become famous for, Jake Bernstein reveals theins and outs of day trading. He steers you away from the practiceof trading based on random events and toward the more successfulpractice of trading based on predictable patterns. The CompleatDay Trader provides a comprehensive overview and foundation on:» The basics of trading» Analytical tools and techniques» Ways for moving averages to momentum» Influences of market sentiment and trader psychology» Tips for avoiding common pitfallsINVESTING IN BRIC COUNTRIESEvaluating Risk and Governance in Brazil,Russia, India, and ChinaBy Svetlana Borodina and Oleg Shvyrkov2010 (January 2010) / 368 pagesISBN: 9780071664066A Professional Reference TitleThe world’s largest and fastest-growing emerging markets are thoseof the BRIC nations—Brazil, Russia, India, and China. Combined,these countries house more than 40 percent of the world’s population,and their respective GDPs are growing at an impressive rate. Thiseconomic success comes partly from a trend toward good corporategovernance, a concept virtually unheard of in these four nations justa decade ago. Still, the BRICs have a long way to go. Corruption,practices for far too many companies. Although investing in BRICthe realities of their corporate governance to avoid catastrophe. WithInvesting in BRIC Countries, you are equipped with the best availabletool for detecting the signs of poor governance. Edited by Standard &Poor’s® equity research and governance group, it details the group’shighly successful approach to analyzing risks in emerging economiesWith case studies illustrating the effectiveness of corporate governancescrutiny, Investing in BRIC Countries examines the economicstructure and governance status of each BRIC nation—and thenexplains how to:• Detect the malevolent influences of a powerful minority of shareholders• Protect yourself from misleading or false audits and risk assessments• Recognize regulatory weaknesses with regards to shareholderrights• Distinguish effective boards of directors from weak or corrupt ones110

Finance, Insurance & Real Estateprove, corporate governance is the pivot on which an emerging market’ssuccess or failure hinges. Before entering one or more BRICmarkets, perform the due diligence they require.Investing in BRIC Countries is the best tool available for mitigatingyour exposure to risky deals and other problems that can arise whendealing with international companies.CONTENTS1. Brazil2. Russia3. India4. China5. Ownership Influences6. Shareholder Rights7. Transparency, Audit, and Risk8. Board Effectiveness, Strategy, and Compensation9. Case Study One: Russia10. Case Study Two: BrazilCORPORATE FINANCIAL ANALYSIS WITHMICROSOFT EXCELBy Francis Clauss2010 (August 2009) / 512 pagesISBN: 9780071628853A Professional Reference TitleCorporate Financial Analysis with Microsoft® Excel® combines both-security analysis. The author includes questions designed to chal-management, but also the qualitative side.CONTENTS1: Corporate Financial Statements2: Analysis of Financial Statements3: Forecasting Annual Revenues4: Forecasting Financial Statements5: Forecasting Seasonal Revenues6: Time Value of Money7: Cash Budgeting8: Cost of Capital9: Profits, Leverage10: Depreciation, Taxes11: Capital Budgeting12: Applications of Capital Budgeting13: Capital Budgeting: Risk Analysis14: Capital Budgeting: Monte CarloFOREX TRADING SECRETS: TRADINGSTRATEGIES FOR THE FOREX MARKETBy James Dicks2010 (February 2010) / 304 pagesISBN: 9780071664226A Professionl Reference TitlePicking up where his highly successful Forex Made Easy left off,build a successful trading plan. Other topics include money management,trading psychology, and technical analysis.3. Anyone Can Learn the Forex4. Preparing Yourself Adequately Before Jumping Into the Markets5. The Secret to Making Money6. How to Keep Your Profits7. Mastering Emotions8. Mind Over Matter for Huge Profits9. Economics10. Technical Indicators11. Technical Patterns12. Support and Resistance13. Automated Trading14. Secrets to Forex Diversification15. My Favorite Ways to Trade16. An Endless Quest to the Holy GrailWINNING THE LOSER’S GAMETimeless Strategies for Successful Investing,5th EditionBy Charles Ellis2010 (October 2009) / 240 pagesISBN: 9780071545495A Professionl Reference TitleThe bestselling investment guide tailored to help readers succeed intoday’s ailing economy. In this new edition of the bestselling Winningthe Loser’s Game, Charles Ellis concentrates on longterm strategiesmarket to work for the individual investor. Historical data proves thatlose. Ellis explains how readers can use the market to their advantageif they deploy its powers carefully and wisely. With a writing stylethat is concise and to the point, Ellis had added timely material to histimeless classic, making Winning the Loser’s Game more relevantthan ever before.CONTENTS1. The Loser’s Game2. Beating the Market3. Mr. Market and Mr. Value4. The Investor’s Dream Team5. Investor’s Risk6. Your Unfair Competitive Advantage7. The Paradox8. Time9. Returns10. Investment Risks11. Building Portfolios12. Why Policy Matters13. The Winner’s Game14. Performance Measurement15. Estimating the Market--Roughly16. The Individual Investor17. Selecting Mutual Funds18. Thoughts for the Wealthy19. Institutional Investing and You20. Best Practice Investment Committees21. Disaster22. Planning Your Play23. Now What?24. Endgame25. You Are Now Good to Go!26. Parting TipsCONTENTS1. What You Must Know to Get Started2. Major Currencies and Pairs111

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateTHE HANDBOOK OF TRADINGStrategies for Navigating and Profiting fromCurrency, Bond, and Stock MarketsBy Greg N Gregoriou2010 (April 2010) / 512 pagesISBN: 9780071743532A Professional Reference TitleIn The Handbook of Trading, an international team of experts,academics, and researchers provides tools, insights, and strategiesfor succeeding in today’s global capital markets. Offering accessto cutting-edge research and up-to-date data compiled by some oftazzini,Paul Brockman, and G. Geoffrey Booth, this comprehensiveguide examines new and provocative strategies you can use to gaintions,The Handbook of Trading explores:• Execution and momentum trading• Technical trading rules, technical analysis, and the dual movingaverage• STAR Models and leveraged exchange-traded funds• Algorithmic trading• Trading volume and behavior• Currency and foreign exchange tradingThe Handbook of Trading is your chance to learn from an outstandingrigorously backtested and analyzed an array of some of today’s mostsuccessful trading strategies.CONTENTSSection One: Execution and Momentum Trading;Chapter 1. Performance Leakage and Value Discounts on the TorontoStock Exchange;Chapter 2. Informed Trading in Parallel Auction and Dealer Markets:The Case of the London Stock Exchange;Chapter 3. Order Placement Strategies in Different Market Structures;Chapter 4. Momentum Trading for the Private Investor;Chapter 5. Trading in Turbulent Markets: Does Momentum Work;Chapter 6. The Financial Futures Momentum;Section Two: Technical Trading;Chapter 7. Profitability of Technical Trading Rules in an EmergingMarket;Chapter 8. Testing Technical Trading Rules as Portfolio SelectionStrategies;Chapter 9. Do Technical Trading Rules Increase the Probability ofWinning: Empirical Evidence from the Foreign Exchange Market;Chapter 10. Technical Analysis in Turbulent Financial Markets: DoesNonlinearity Assist;Chapter 11. Profiting from the Dual Moving Average Cross-Over withExponential Smoothing;Chapter 12. Shareholder Demands and the Delaware DerivativeAction;Section Three: Exchange Traded Fund Strategies;Chapter 13. Leveraged Exchanged-Traded Funds and their TradingStrategies;Chapter 14. On the Impact of Exchange-Traded Funds over NoiseTrading: Evidence from European Stock Exchanges;Chapter 15. Penetrating Fixed Income ETFs;Chapter 16. Smoothing Transition Autoregressive (STAR) Models forthe Day of the Week Effect: An Application to S&P 500 Index;Section Four: Foreign Exchange Markets, Algorithmic Trading,and Risk;Chapter 17. Disparity of USD Interbank Interest Rates in Hong Kongand Singapore: Is There Any Arbitrage Opportunity;Chapter 18. Forex Trading Opportunities Through Prices UnderClimate Change;Chapter 19. The Impact of Algorithmic Trading Models on the StockMarket;Chapter 20. Trading in Risk Dimensions;Chapter 21. Development of a Risk-Monitoring Tool Dedicated toCommodity Trading;Section Five: Trading Volume and Behavior;Chapter 22. Securities Trading, Asymmetric Information, and MarketTransparency;Chapter 23. Arbitrage Risk and the High-Volume Return Premium;Chapter 24. The Impact of Hard vs. Soft Information on Trading Volume:Evidence from Management Earnings Forecasts;Chapter 25. Modeling Bubbles and Anti-Bubbles in Bear Markets: AMedium-Term Trading Analysis;Chapter 26. Strategic Financial Intermediaries with Brokerage Activities;Chapter 27. Financial Markets, Investment Analysis, and Trading inPrimary and Secondary Markets;Chapter 28. Trading and Overconfidence;Chapter 29. Correlated-Asset Trading and Disclosure of PrivateInformationTHE RISK MODELING EVALUATIONHANDBOOKRethinking Financial Risk ManagementMethodologies in the Global Capital MarketsBy Greg N Gregoriou, Christian Hoppe and Carsten S Wehn2010 (February 2010) / 528 pagesISBN: 9780071663700A Professional Reference TitleIn The Risk Modeling Evaluation Handbook, an international teamof experts evaluates the problematic risk-modeling methods usedcontributed to the decline of the global capital markets. Readers willlearn to identify the shortcomings of the most widely used risk modelsand gain important strategies for properly implementing these modelsinto their investing portfolios.CONTENTSSection One: Introduction to Model Risk1. The Problem of Systemic Risk as a Strong Case for the Lenderof Last Resort2. Learning from Previous Financial Crises and the Necessity toRecognize Liquidity Shocks and the Limits of Arbitrage3. Valuing Political RiskSection Two: Model Risk Related to Equity and Fixed IncomeInvestments4. Analysts’ Forecasts, Market Risk Premia, and Estimations of ExpectedSecurity Returns5. The Market-timing Ability of Australian Superannuation Funds6. Caring About Stylized Features of Asset Returns7. Price Transmissions and Market Risk in Financial Markets8. Volatility Asymmetry and Leverage9. The Effects of Different Parameter Estimation Methods on OptionPricing10. Effects of Benchmark Misspecification on Risk-adjusted PerformanceMeasuresSection Three: Model Risk Related to Credit and Credit DerivativesInstruments11. The Term Structure of Risk in Emerging Markets and Implicationsfor the Carry-trade12. A Strategic Management Insight into Model Risk in Ratings13. Tranching a Securitization with the Supervisory Formula14. Model Risk in the Quantitative and Qualitative Credit Process15. Model Risk in Highly Correlated Credit Portfolios of Object FinancingSection Four: Model Risk Related to Valuation Models16. Concepts to Validate Valuation Models17. Model Risk in the Context of Valuing Equity Derivatives18. Techniques for Mitigating Model RiskSection Five: Limitations to Measure Risk19. Beyond VaR20. VaR Computation in a Non-stationary Setting112

Finance, Insurance & Real Estate21. Copula-VaR and Copula-VaR-GARCH Modeling22. Small-sample Properties of EVT EstimatorsSection Six: Modeling Market Risk for Risk Markets23. Model Risk in Counterparty Exposure Modeling24. Model Risk for Credit Risk Modeling25. Model Risk in Credit Portfolio Models26. Model Risk for Market Risk Modeling27. Evaluating the Adequacy of Market Risk Models28. Model Risk Related to Operational Risk ModelsSection Seven: Economic Capital and Asset Allocation29. Validation of Economic Capital Models30. Robust Asset Allocation Under Model Risk31. The Asset-liability Management Compound Option ModelMASTERING THE CURRENCY MARKETForex Strategies for High and Low VolatilityMarketsBy Jay Norris and Teresa Bell2010 (December 2009) / 288 pagesISBN: 9780071634847A Professionl Reference TitleThe foreign exchange market is the largest trading market in theworld, with average daily volume well into the trillions. Because themost from volatile markets--making it the ideal investment approachtoday and well into the future. Mastering the Currency Market walksand smarts you need. It provides a solid foundation on the basics offoreign exchange, then examines more advanced topics, such as:Hedging against fluctuations in currency valuesLong-range planning and risk management Techniques applicable to counter-trending and low-volatilitymarketsCONTENTS1. Introduction to Trading Currencies2. Fundamental Analysis3. Technical Analysis4. Candle Stick Charts5. Support and Resistance6. Chart Patterns7. Technical Indicators8. Trading Techniques9. Tying the Technical Indicators Together10. Trading Philosophies and Psychology11. Trading Your Appropriate Timeframe12. Volatility and Risk Management13. Trade Plans and Risk ManagementTHE PROFESSIONAL RISK MANAGER’SBOOK OF BEST PRACTICES2010 (April 2010) / 400 pagesISBN: 9780071546508A Professional Reference Title(Details unavailable at press time)EXTREME RISK ANALYSISRevolutionary Approaches to Evaluating andMeasuring RiskBy Christina Ray, Omnis Inc2010 (April 2010) / 304 pagesISBN: 9780071700597A Professional Reference TitleCovering one of the hottest topics among investors and analysts in thewake of the banking scandals, Extreme Risk Management helps readersboth evaluate risk and predict devastating worst-case scenariosand Black Swan events with a level of accuracy heretofore unheard of.Based on the relationship between cause and effect, the models andmethods in the book are sorely needed alternatives to the stochasticmodels that were used and that failed prior to the economic collapse.CONTENTSIntroduction: A Profound Transformation in Risk Management1. Plausibility vs. Probability: Alternative World Views2. The Evolution of Modern Analytics3. Risk Management Metrics and Models4. The Future as Forecast: Assumptions Implicit in Stochastic RiskMeasurement Models5. An Alternative Path to Actionable Intelligence6. Solutions: Moving Toward a Connectivist Approach7. An Introduction to Causality: Theory, Models, and Inference8. Risk Inference Networks: Estimating Vulnerability, Consequences,and Likelihood9. Securities Valuation, Risk Measurement, and Portfolio ManagementUsing Causal Models10. Risk Fusion and Super Models: A Framework for Enterprise RiskManagement11. Inferring Causality from Historical Market Behavior12. Sensemaking for Warnings: Reverse-Engineering Market Intelligence13. The United States as Enterprise: Implications for National Policyand SecurityGULF CAPITAL AND ISLAMIC FINANCEThe Rise of New Global PlayersBy Aamir A Rehman2010 (January 2010)ISBN: 9780071621984A Professional Reference TitleIslamic banks, which are becoming increasingly wealthier, are everin search of sharia-compliant investments. In order to capitalize onthis new development, investing professionals must familiarize themselveswith this burgeoning investing method. Gulf Capital & IslamicFinance introduces bankers, money managers, and investors to therange of vehicles, including Islamic bonds, Sukuks, ETFs, and takaful(Islamic insurance). In an era of evaporating liquidity and endlessareas that continues to grow.FEATURES A growing area of interest within institutional finance, Standard &Poor’s estimates that $750 billion in assets are under sharia-compliantmanagement.CONTENTS1. Floating on Wealth: Origins and Sources of Gulf Prosperity2. Entrusted Stewards: The Landscape of Gulf-based Investors3. Values and Value: Islamic Finance in the Gulf and Beyond4. Smarter Money: The Increased Sophistication of Gulf Investors5. The Home Front: The Rise of Domestic and Regional Investments6. On the Frontier: The Gulf’s Growing Focus on Emerging Markets7. Principled Principals: Increasing Affinity for Islamic Investments113

Finance, Insurance & Real Estate8. Lifting the Curtain: Heightened Visibility and Transparency9. Tapping the Flow: Strategies for Attracting GCC Investors10. Follow the Leader: The Impact of the Gulf on Investment Strategies11. Rules of the Game: Policy Perspectives for Regulating InvestmentsFINANCIAL SHENANIGANS3rd EditionBy Howard Schilit2010 (May 2010) / 304 pagesISBN: 9780071703079A Professionl Reference Titlereports ferret out misleading information put forward by manage-shenanigans, this takes readers several steps further, into the realmmunications,such as press releases and earnings reports. It includes shenanigans. Financial Shenanigans teaches lessons from everymajor accounting fraud of the last decade, including Fannie Mae,Freddie Mac, AIG, Worldcom, and many others.STANDARD & POOR’S 500 GUIDE2010 Edition, 13th EditionBy Standard & Poor’s2010 (January 2010) / 1040 pagesISBN: 9780071703369A Professional Reference TitleThe Standard & Poor’s 500 Index is the most watched index inAmerica--if not the world. Whether you’re an individual investor lookingto make a smart stock purchase, an executive researching corporatecompetitors, or a job seeker looking for concise and up-to-the-minuteEdition. Easy to use and packed with market intelligence on all 500of the companies listed in the S&P 500 Index, this authoritative referenceincludes:• Information on the bluest of blue chip stocks, from Abbott Labsand GE to Microsoft and Yahoo!• Summaries of each company’s business activity, sales history,and recent developments• Earnings and dividends data, with three-year price charts• Exclusive Standard & Poor’s Quality Rankings (from A+ to D)• New introduction by David M. Blitzer, Ph.D., Managing Director &Chairman of the Index Committee, Standard & Poor’sIn addition, unique at-a-glance detail:• Stocks with A+ Quality Rankings• Companies with five consecutive years of earnings increases--akey indicator of strong long-term performance!• Companies with 10 consecutive years of increasing dividendsPut the comprehensive, updated data and analysis expertise of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Guide, 2010 Edition. Standard & Poor’s, adivision of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., is the nation’s leadingsecurities information company. It provides the respected Standard& Poor’s ratings and stock rankings, advisory services, data guides,and the most closely watched and widely reported gauges of stockmarket activity—the S&P 500, S&P MidCap 400, S&P SmallCap600, and S&P Super Composite 1500 stock price indices. Divisionsof Standard & Poor’s operate independently of each other. Standard& Poor’s, S&P, S&P 500 are registered trademarks of Standard &Poor’s Financial Services LLC.FIXED INCOME FINANCEA Quantitative ApproachBy Mark Wise, John A McCone and Vineer Bhansali2010 (January 2010) / 256 pagesISBN: 9780071621205A Professionl Reference TitleFinance is a thorough introduction to the concepts, formulas, method--already have strong mathematical backgrounds and analytical skillswith a hands-on, quantitative guide to the basic concepts and toolsCONTENTSSection 1: Bond Basics: Treasury bonds and the Yield Curve/Corporate Bonds and Credit Risk/ Derivatives/ Mortgages/ MunicipalBonds/Real Return BondsSection 2: Probability Theory and Stochastic Processes: NormalRandom Variables/The Central Limit Theory/ The Probability Distributionfor Corporate Bonds Returns/ Correlated Random Variables/Random Walks/Survival Probabilities/ Correlated Random Walks/SimulationSection 3: Term Structure Models: One Factor Models and TwoFactor Models/Bond Prices, Volatilities/Eurodollar Futures/Futuresand Forward Contracts/ Macroeconomics and Two Factor ModelsSection 4: Options: Call and Put Options on a Stock/The MertonModel/Options on Interest Rate Sensitive SecuritiesSection 5: Portfolio Allocation: Utility Functions/The Sharpe Ratio/Beyond Mean and Variance/ Value at Risk/ ExamplesBENJAMIN GRAHAM, BUILDING APROFESSIONThe Early Writings of the Father of SecurityAnalysisBy Jason Zweig2010 / 352 pagesISBN: 9780071633260A Professional Reference TitleBenjamin Graham is widely known as the father of Value Investing,and mentor to Warren Buffett. But Graham made another criticallyimportant contribution by advocating that securities analysts shouldmeet minimum requirements of knowledge, and be held to highstandards of ethical conduct—in short, that the profession should beor law. Benjamin Graham and the Birth of the Professional FinancialAnalyst showcases Graham’s important contribution to remakinginvestment analysis as a profession. This fascinating collectionspanning 30 years offers us valuable perspectives on investing andGraham’s own tumultuous mid-twentieth century—and reveals theCONTENTSSection 1: Building a Profession1. Toward a Professional Designation2. Should Security Analysts Have a Professional Rating?3. On Being Right in Security Analysis4. The Hippocratic Method in Security Analysis5. The SEC Method of Security AnalysisSection 2: A Science of Investment Analysis6. Defining the New Profession7. Toward a Science of Security Analysis8. Two Illustrative Approaches to Formula Valuations of CommonStock114

Finance, Insurance & Real Estate9. Special Situations10. The War Economy and Stock Values11. Some Structural Relationships Bearing Upon Full EmploymentSection 3: The Voice of the Profession12. A Questionnaire on Stockholder-Management Relationships13. Our Balance of Payments: Conspiracy of Silence14. Which Way to Relief from the Double Tax on Corporate Profits?15. Some Observations16. Interview with P. Ellebracht17. Three Forbes ArticlesValuation of Real OptionsJudgemental, Behavioural, Strategic, and Organisational ConsiderationsPart V: FinancingFinancing of ProjectsFinancing Infrastructure ProjectsVenture Capital and Private EquityPart VI: ImplementationProject ManagementNetwork Techniques for Project ManagementProject Review and Administrative AspectsMERGE AHEAD: MASTERING THE FIVEENDURING TRENDS OF ARTFUL M&ABy Gerald Adolph and Justin Pettit2009 / 192 pagesISBN: 9780071508322A Professional Reference TitleCorporate strategists live in a world of sweeping M&A activity. MergeAhead provides a practical guide to the underlying shifts in thismarkets, the authors explain how certain short-term indicators pointto long-term directions. For example, they take a close look at howmorrow.This practical, illuminating title allows corporate deal makers,CEOs, and businesspeople to learn from the lessons of the past twoPROJECTS7th EditionBy Prasanna Chandra, Director of Centre for Financial Management2009 (May 2009)ISBN: 9780070077935McGraw-Hill India Professional TitleProjects presents the entire gamut of capital budgeting. The bookdiscusses key principles and techniques for evaluating capital expenditureproposals, as well as strategic, qualitative and organizationalconsiderations impacting capital budgeting decisions. Further,it suggests ways of improving project appraisal and capital budgetingpractices, and also describes and evaluates business practices inChandra, the book in its seventh edition, has acquired vast readershipamong students and practitioners over a period of almost threedecades.CONTENTSPart I: PlanningOverviewStrategy and Resource AllocationGeneration and Screening of Project IdeasPart II: AnalysisMarket and Demand AnalysisTechnical AnalysisFinancial Estimates and ProjectionsPart III: Selection IThe Time Value of MoneyInvestment CriteriaProject Cash FlowsThe Cost of CapitalProject Risk AnalysisPart IV: Selection IIProject Rate of ReturnSpecial Decisions SituationsSocial Cost Benefit AnalysisMultiple Projects and ConstraintsINVESTING FROM THE TOP DOWNA Macro Approach to Capital MarketsBy Anthony Crescenzi, Miller Tabak & Co. and BondTalk.com2009 (September 2008) / 304 pagesISBN: 9780071543842A Professionl Reference TitleTop down investing emphasizes the importance of economic andmarket cycles in making investment decisions. Written by the chiefbond strategist at Miller Tabak, Investing from the Top Down equipsyou with analytical tools to forecast investment opportunities morethe major asset classes and investment instruments-from stocks andbonds to futures and commodities. Investors can use these tools toanalyze macrotrends globally and in the USA. Crescenzi includes bothinternational and national economic indicators such as GDP growtheach asset class.CONTENTSSection I: Investing from the Top-DownThe Leading Top-Down Factors:When to BuyWhen to SellSection 2EquitiesConsumer cyclicalsBasic materialsFinancialsHealth careOil & gasTechnologyUtilitiesFixed-Income SecuritiesU.S. TreasuriesInvestment-grade corporate bondsJunk bondsAgency SecuritiesMortgage-backed securitiesThe money marketEmerging debt marketsCommoditiesGrainsMetalsIndustrialsCurrenciesReal estatePrivate equitySection 3Stock up or reduce inventoriesInvest in capital equipment• Hire new workers• Choose a fixed rate or a floating rate debt obligation• Invest abroad• Manage foreign exchange risks115

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateBANK VALUATION AND VALUE-BASEDMANAGEMENTDeposit and Loan Pricing, PerformanceEvaluation, and Risk ManagementBy Jean Dermind, INSEAD2009 (September 2009) / 432 pagesISBN: 9780071624992A Professional Reference TitleIn Bank Valuation & Value-Based Management, acclaimed professorJean Dermine presents his highly effective valuation model that enablesinstitutional bank managers, bank regulators, and risk managersto assess and control both value creation and risk. With an insightfullyglobal perspective, this thorough guidebook addresses such criticaland timely bank management issues as Basel II and other capitalmanagement methods, securitization, resolution for non-performingloans and investments, and the measurement of interest rate risk.CONTENTSIntroduction1. Discounting, Present Value, and Yield Curve2. Coupon-bond Rate, zero-coupon bond Rate, Forward rates, andShape of Yield Curve3. Statistics4. The Economics of Banking5. The Valuation of Banks6. The Valuation of Banks7. Determinants of Franchise Value8. Valuation of Fee-based Activities9. Value Centers Performance Metrics10. Fund Transfer Pricing (FTP)11. Deposit Pricing12. Capital Regulation, Economic Capital Allocation, and Loan Pricing13 Capital Regulation14 Loss-Given-Default and Provisions on Non-Performing Loans15 Loan Pricing II, Loan-Loss Provisioning on Performing Loans andEstimation of Probabilities of Default16 Securitization: Asset-backed Securities (ABS), Collaterized DebtObligations (CDOs), and Structured Investment Vehicles (SIVs)17 Risk Management in BankingINSIDE THE MIND OF THE TURTLESHow the World’s Best Traders Master RiskBy Curtis Faith2009 (January 2009) / 400 pagesISBN: 9780071602433A Professionl Reference TitlelowTurtles and investment leaders to discuss strategies for seekingout, investigating, and managing risk. Through the wisdom of thesemasters, serious traders and investors can cure themselves of thefour biggest cognitive biases and overcome fear, calculate risks, learnfrom their mistakes, and focus on decisions, not outcomes.CONTENTSPART I: Introducing the Masters of RiskINTRODUCTIONLearning from the Risk MastersApplying The Lessons of the Risk MastersHow the Masters of Risk Tame Their Savage MindsPART II: Learning from the MastersMoving Beyond FearPrudent Risks and Stupid RisksFailure is the Best TeacherDoing the Right ThingRisk SurfingPART II: Applying the Lessons from the MastersFearless Investing: Stocks and Mutual FundRobust Real-estate StrategiesPart III: Lessons for LifeLessons for Life Chapter 12: Living the Life You WantThe Hardest Risk to TakeMastering Our Savage MindsA BULL FOR ALL SEASONSMain Street Strategies for Finding the Money inAny MarketDr Bob Froehlich2009 (September 2008)ISBN: 9780071600026A Professionl Reference TitleFor 30 years, Robert “Dr. Bob” Froehlich, Vice Chairman of DWSInvestments, has been digging up attractive investment opportunitiesinvestment articles on the subject have made him one of the mostrespected investment strategists of our time. A Bull for All Seasons is acompilation of Dr. Bob’s most prescient writings from the past decade,in which he explains the issues and events that drove his investmentchoices. Analyzing macro trends ranging from demographics to worldevents to Federal Reserve activity, he hits the mark almost everytime. For each essay, Froehlich includes an “after-report” consistingof facts and numbers that, in nearly every case, bear out the accuracyof his prediction. A Bull for All Seasons helps you spot the trendsand events that matter most giving you a jump on others so you canthe essays inside have stood the test of time and prove that there isalways a bull market somewhere in the world. You just need to knowwhere--and how--to look.CONTENTSIntroductionChapter 1 –The EconomyChapter 2– The FedChapter 3 – The MarketsChapter 4 –Investment StrategyChapter 5 –Public Policy, Politics, & ElectionChapter 6 –GlobalBENJAMIN GRAHAM ON INVESTINGEnduring Lessons from the Father of ValueInvesting2009 (June 2009) / 400 pagesISBN: 9780071621427A Professionl Reference TitleLegendary investing author and philosopher Benjamin Graham livedthrough interesting times. Soon after his graduation from ColumbiaCollege, the nation entered the First World War. As the stock marketeconomic depression loomed on the horizon. During these events(and perhaps inspired by them) Graham began writing articles for TheMagazine of Wall Street, putting to paper his earliest ideas on valueworks have been anthologized into a single volume. Benjamin Grahamon Investing is a treasure trove of rare and out-of-print articles thattheories would revolutionize investment philosophy and inspire thecareers of such luminaries as Warren Buffett, Seth Klarman, CharlieMunger, and countless other top-tier investors. The early works ofBenjamin Graham have never been as relevant as they are today.The world’s markets are undergoing changeon a scale not unlike116

Finance, Insurance & Real Estatethat of Graham’s era. David Darst, one of the worl’s most respectedexperts on asset allocation, provides insightful analyses connectingGraham’s articles to events today. Benjamin Graham on Investingis a timeless classic that continues to have relevance more than 30years after the author’s death.CONTENTSCuriosities of the Bond List, 9/1917Valuation Great Nothern Oil Certificates, 9/1917Inspiration Copper Value, 4/1918Nevada Consolidated 5/1918Rock Island vs. Missouri Pacific, 5/1918Cash Position with Industrials, 7/1918Secrets of Invested Capital, 8/1918Great Steel Tax Mystery 9/1918American Agriculture and Virginia Caroline, 9/1918Sad Case of MK&T Bonds, 10/1918Attractive Peace Bonds, 10/1918Safe Investments with High Yields 11/1918Hidden Assets of Consolidated Gas 12/1918Bargain Hunting Through Bond List, 1/1919B&O for C&O, 2/1919Where War Earnings Have Gone 3/1919Attractive Industrial Preferred Stocks 4/1919A Profitable Switch to Stocks 5/1919Coal Situation and Coal Stocks 7/1919Strategic Switches in Railroad Issues 8/1919Art of Hedging 2/1920Which is the Best Sugar Stock? 4/1920The Collapse of American International 12/1920Reading Railroad, 10/1923Reading the Market’s Sleeping Beauty 11/1924Simple Tests for Determining Value of Railroad Preferred Stocks12/1924Diversified List of Low Priced Stocks 1/25Van Sweringen Scheme 3/1926The Reorganizing of St. PaulVan Sweringen Scheme 1/1927Riddle of US Steel’s Book Value 7/1926Mr. Shareholder, Do You Know When Periodic Stock Dividends Helpand When They Hurt You? 9/1926New Era of Discrimination in Selection of Securities 1/1927SECURITY ANALYSIS SIXTH EDITIONForeword by Warren Buffett, 6th Edition2009 (September 2008) / 700 pagesISBN: 9780071592536A Professionl Reference TitleBuying a dollar’s worth of assets for 50 cents isn’t the only way tosucceed on Wall Street. But it is how Warren Buffett got rich. Justas value investing never goes out of style, neither does the valueinvestor’s bible, Security Analysis, by Benjamin Graham and DavidL. Dodd, which has withstood the test of time as well or better thanany investment book ever published. Now the Sixth Edition updatesthe masters’ ideas and adapts them for the 21st century’s markets. Inwhat will be a major event in the investment community, the secondtiveedition, has been updated by a dream team of some of today’sleading value investors. Their new commentaries will be added tothe 1940 text.CONTENTSNew Intro, Seth KlarmanNew Intro, Jim GrantNew Intro to Part 1, by Roger LowensteinPart 1, Survey & ApproachNew Intro to Part 2, By Howard MarksPart 2, Fixed Value InvestmentsNew Intro to Part 3, By Ezra MerkinPart 3, Securities with Speculative FeaturesNew Intro to Part 4, By Bruce BerkowitzPart 4, Common StocksNew Intro to Part 5, By Glenn GreenbergPart 5, Analysis of the Income AccountNew Intro to Part 6, By Bruce GreenwaldPart 6, Balance Sheet AnalysisNew Intro to Part 7, By David AbramsPart 7, Additional Aspects of Security AnalysisTHE HANDBOOK OF CREDIT PORTFOLIOMANAGEMENTBy Greg N Gregoriou and Christian Hoppe2009 (September 2008) / 504 pagesISBN: 9780071598347A Professional Reference Titlewill continue to do so in coming years--a strategic approach to creditportfolio management has never been more critical. The Handbookof Credit Portfolio Management provides all the information you’llneed to successfully rebalance and manage your credit portfolios. international contributors, Greg N. Gregoriou provides strategies forcalculating risk-weighted assets, reevaluating hedging strategies,and implementing Basel II standards. Providing a thoroughly globalperspective of the subject, this comprehensive guide includes inputfrom Moorad Choudhry (Group Head of Treasury at Europe ArabBank plc, London); Christophe Godlewski (Université Louis Pasteur inStrasbourg, France); Roland Fuss (University of Freiburg, Germany);and Valerio Potí (Trinity College in Dublin, Ireland), who shed lighton such key topics as:Investment opportunities of hedge fundsBasis arbitrage trading strategiesIssues regarding securitization of a sector basketCost-saving aspects of portfolio hedging with credit futuresThe Handbook of Credit Portfolio Management covers the latestdevelopments and most current portfolio management techniques tohelp you implement strategies that best suit your institution’s needs.CONTENTSSection 1: Performance Measurement1 Implementing Credit Portfolio Management2 Credit Portfolio Management under IFRS Accounting3 Basel II Framework and the Impact of a New Regulatory Universeon Credit Asset Management4 Basel II Expected Loss in Credit Risk Management5 Credit Risk Capital Allocation and Performance MeasurementSection Two: Evaluation of Credit Risk6 Characteristics of Credit Assets and relevance for Credit PortfolioManagement7 Measuring Credit Risk with Emphasis on CDOs8 Model for the Rating Transitions in a SME Bank Loan Portfolio9 Cost-to-Securitize as a Transfer Pricing Instrument10 Mark-to-Market Pricing of Illiquid LoansSection Three: Managing Credit Exposure11 A New Age of Liquidity for Bank Debt: Reshaping Loan PortfolioManagement12 Bank Loan Syndication13 CDS and other Credit Derivatives – Valuation and Application14 Evaluation of Basket Credit Derivatives and STCDO Swaps15 Classification and Characterization of CDS-Indices16 Converting Derivatives Credit Risk Into Market RiskSection Four: Credit Portfolio Transactions117

Finance, Insurance & Real Estate17 The Strategies of Hedge Funds in Fixed Income Markets18 Trading CDS: Illustrating Positive and Negative Basis Arbitrage19 Securitisation of Shipping Loans20 Legal Issues in Securitizing Risky Loans21 “How cheap is zero cost protection”22 Managing Country Risk23 The Role of Credit Banks in Corporate Workout-ManagementIndexTHE VAR IMPLEMENTATION HANDBOOKBy Greg N Gregoriou2009 (February 2009) / 624 pagesISBN: 9780071615136A Professionl Reference TitleThe VaR Implementation Handbook examines the latest strategiesfor measuring, managing, and modeling risk across a variety ofapplications. Packed with the insights, methods, and models thatmake experienced professionals competitive all over the world, this from some of the industry’s most respected academics, practitioners,and consultants.CONTENTS1. Efficient VaR2. Corporate VaR3. Operational Value-at-Risk4. VaR Performance Criterion (VPC)5. Cross-Sectional Differences6. Advanced Approaches to Calculation7. Computational Aspects of VaR8. Bayesian Tail Probabilities9. Modeling Portfolio Risks10. Computation of Economic Capital11. High-Dimensional Portfolios12. Measuring Portfolio Risks in Venture Capital13. Evaluation of Sectors Traded on the ISE with VaR Analysis14. Risk Measures in Portfolio Optimization15. Modeling Parameter Uncertainty16. Employing VaR Management Systems17. Aggregating and Combining Ratings18. A Critique of Value-at-Risk Models19. Credit Derivatives20. Modeling risk in VAR Estimates21. Heterogeneous Investments Horizons22. How Investors Face Financial Risk Loss Aversion and WealthAllocation23. Dynamical Models for the Value at RiskTHE VAR MODELING HANDBOOKPractical Applications in Alternative Investing,Banking, Insurance, and Portfolio ManagementBy Greg N Gregoriou2009 (May 2009)ISBN: 9780071625159A Professionl Reference TitleValue-at-Risk (VaR) is a powerful tool for assessing market risk whilehedging decisions. The VaR Modeling Handbook collects the experienceof 40 experts, academics, and researchers from around the worldto provide a complete guide to the latest strategies for effectively usingVaR to manage risk for alternative investments, banking, insurance,and pension funds.CONTENTSSection 1: Alternative Investments And Optimization1: Asset Allocation For Hedge Fund Strategies2: Estimating Value-At-Risk Of Institutional Portfolios With AlternativeAsset Classes3: Optimal Allocations Based On The Modified VaR vs. Utility-BasedRisk Measure4: Using VaR For Optimizing And Hedging PortfoliosSection 2: Banking and Insurance Sector Applications5: Capital Standards And Risk Alignment In Banking Firms6: Risk Return Optimization7: A Practitioner’s Critique Of Value-At-Risk Models8: VaR For A Microcredit Loan Portfolio9: Allocation Of Economic Capital In Banking10: Capital Requirement Calculation Of A General InsuranceUndertaking11: Economic Capital Management For Insurance Companies12: Solvency IIPRIVATE WEALTH MANAGEMENTThe Complete Reference for the PersonalFinancial PlannerG Victor Hallman, Wharton School and Jerry S Rosenbloom, Universityof Pennsylvania2009 (May 2009) / 672 pagesISBN: 9780071544214A Professional Reference TitleFormerly titled Personal Financial Planning: Private Wealth Manage--objectives and understanding the planning process to investing inCONTENTSPart I: IntroductionPart II: Capital AccumulationPart III: Income Tax PlanningPart IV: Financing Education ExpensesPart V: Planning for RetirementPart VI: Charitable GivingPart VII: Insurance and Wealth ManagementPart VIII: Estate PlanningPart IX: Planning for Business InterestsISLAMIC FINANCE AND BANKING SYSTEM2009 (July 2009) / 548 pagesISBN: 9789833850303 (Softcover)ISBN: 9789833850617 (Hardcover)A Professional Asian PublicationThis book, Islamic Finance and Banking System: Philosophies, Principles& Practices, introduces readers to the history and development ofIslamic banking. It provides an in-depth discussion on the theoreticaland conceptual aspects of Islamic banking. Key concepts in IslamicFinance and Banking, and how they are applied to provide alternativeIslamic Financing options, are examined. The vibrant and thrivingtakaful industry and Islamic capital market are also explored here.In addition, the book evaluates the role and development of special118

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateCONTENTSChapter 1: Fundamentals of Islamic Economic SystemChapter 2: History and Development of the Islamic Banking SystemChapter 3: Objectives, Philosophy and Principles of Islamic BankingChapter 4: The Concept of Interest, Usury and RibaChapter 5: Laws and Regulations of Islamic BankingChapter 6: Operational Aspects and Practices of Islamic BankingSystemChapter 7: Islamic Financial MarketsChapter 8: Islamic Insurance SystemChapter 9: Organizations Related to the Islamic Banking SystemSHIFT: HOW TOP REAL ESTATE AGENTSTACKLE TOUGH TIMESBy Gary Keller, Keller Williams Realty International and Dave Jenks, JayPapasan2009 (August 2008) / 304 pagesISBN: 9780071605267A Professional Reference TitleMarkets shift, and you can too. Sometimes you’ll shift in response toa falling market, and other times you’ll shift to take your business tothe next level. Both can transform your business and your life. Youcan change your thinking, your focus, your actions, and, ultimately,your results to get back in the game and ahead of the competition.The tactics that jump-start your business in tough times will power itforward in good times. No matter the market-shift! SHIFT explorestwelve proven strategies for achieving success in any real estatemarket, including: Master the Market of the Moment: Short Sales, Foreclosures,and REOsCreate Urgency: Overcoming Buyer ReluctanceRe-Margin Your Business: Expense ManagementFind the Motivated: Lead GenerationExpand the Options: Creative FinancingMICROFINANCE FOR BANKERS ANDINVESTORSUnderstanding the Opportunities and Challengesof the Market at the Bottom of the PyramidBy Elizabeth Rhyne2009 (May 2009) / 352 pagesISBN: 9780071624060A Professionl Reference Title has exploded in recent years. The sector has been growing at aaverage rates of return of approximately 2.5 percent of total assets.This detailed roadmap for hedge fund, private equity, venture capitaland other investors explains how to enter this huge market, whereCONTENTSPrefaceIntroductionChapter 1. Understanding the BOP MarketChapter 2. The Four Challenges of the BOP MarketChapter 3. Product Design for BOP ClientsChapter 4. Three Products: Insurance, Housing Finance and RemittancesChapter 5. Corporate ChoicesChapter6. Commercial Banks as MicrolendersChapter 7. Models of Micro-InsuranceChapter 8. Retailers as ChannelsChapter 9. Financing Inclusive FinanceChapter 10. Financial InfrastructureChapter 11. Payments Technologies Reduce Costs and IncreaseConvenienceChapter 12 Approaches to Social ResponsibilityChapter13 Measuring the Social Bottom LineENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCEFinance and Business Strategies for the SeriousEntrepreneur, 2nd EditionBy Steven Rogers, Northwestern University2009 (April 2008) / 372 pagesISBN: 9780071591263A Professional Reference TitleFrom the author selected by Ernst & Young as “Entrepreneur ofthe Year”. Written by one of the country’s leading professors of entre-all the major topics—from writing a growth business plan and com-SOROS: THE LIFE, IDEAS, AND IMPACTOF THE WORLD’S MOST INFLUENTIALINVESTOR2nd EditionBy Robert Slater2009 (January 2009) / 336 pagesISBN: 9780071608442A Professionl Reference TitleThis completely updated edition of Robert Slater’s 1996 biographyfeatures an array of new material, addressing the ever-wideningSoros and his closest advisors detailing their investing strategies inthe coming years of liquidity and instability in the credit markets. Italso examines and reports his thinking on his role in the 2004 U.S.elections, his infamous 2006 New York Times ad assailing GeneralPetraeus’s handling of the Iraq War, and his future plans for grantinvestor in the world, and a symbol of liberal political activism, GeorgeIn the last decade and a half, Soros has focused his abilities on theglobal political realm.CONTENTSPrefaceChapter 1 The World’s Greatest InvestorChapter 2 A Boy and his ParentsChapter 3 The Cellars of BudapestChapter 4 Like Freud or EinsteinChapter 5 The Blind Leading the BlindChapter 6 Fascinated by ChaosChapter 7 Invest First and Investigate LaterChapter 8 Putting My Money Where My Mouth WasChapter 9 A Quantum LeapChapter 10 The Identity CrisisChapter 11 The Imperial CirclesChapter 12 Killing of a LifetimeChapter 13 Philosophical Speculator119

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateChapter 14 A Cheap Price for FreedomChapter 15 An Urge to Reveal OneselfChapter 16 The Big CrashChapter 17 It Takes Courage to Be a PigChapter 18 Taming the SnakeChapter 19 “The One-Way Bet”Chapter 20 Black WednesdayChapter 21 King of the Hedge FundsChapter 22 The GuruChapter 23 A Common Virus Known as HubrisChapter 24 I’m a Hungarian JewChapter 25 The St. Valentine’s Day MassacreChapter 26 Mr. Soros Goes to WashingtonChapter 27 Richer Than 42 CountriesChapter 28 A Shift Toward AmericaChapter 29 Financial Woes and a Foretaste of PoliticsChapter 30 George Bush in Soros’s CrosshairsChapter 31 Investor, Philanthropist, Philosopher, and 79 Years OldNotesIndexCONTENTS1. A Financial Projection Model2. Best Practices in Modeling3. Starting Out4. Your Model-Building Toolbox: F Keys and Ranges5. Your Model Building Toolbox: Functions6. The Role of Cash in Modeling7. Balancing the Balance Sheet8. Income Statement and Balance Sheet Accounts9. Putting Everything Together10. The IS and BS Output Sheets11. The CF sheet12. Ratios: Key Performance Indicators13. Forecasting Guidelines14. The Cash Sweep15. The Cash Flow Variation for Cash Sweep16. Recording macros17. Discounted Cash Flow Valuation18. On-screen controls19. Bells and whistles20. Writing a macro in visual basic for applicationsTHE SEVEN RULES OF WALL STREETBy Sam Stovall2009 (March 2009) / 256 pagesISBN: 9780071615174A Professionl Reference TitleAs January goes, so goes the year. Let your winners ride, but cut yourlosers short. Sell in May, and then walk away. They’re commonplacesfamiliar to every investment professional. Yet, until now, nobody has short, accessible investment guide, investing guru Sam Stovall provesthat there’s more than a little wisdom in those old saws. Drawing onnearly a 40 years’ worth of data, he provides easy-to-follow, step-bystepguidance on how to take full advantage of the sound investmentstrategies contained in those sayings.CONTENTSIntroductionThe Key to Investment SuccessLet Your Winners Ride, Cut Your Losers ShortAs Goes January, So Goes the YearSell in May, And Then Walk AwayBuy Straw Hats in Winter and Overcoats in SummerDon’t Fight the FedDon’t Get Mad-Get Even!There’s No Free Lunch on Wall StreetThere’s Always a Bull Market SomeplaceBUILDING FINANCIAL MODELS2nd EditionBy John Tjia2009 (April 2009) / 304 pagesISBN: 9780071608893A Professional Reference TitleBuilding Financial Models has been widely acclaimed by accountingcurrent value and projecting its future performance. Building on thistradition, the updated and expanded Second Edition helps readers guide invaluable for both its practical, step-by-step approach to creatinga core model and its broad coverage of model mechanics andInternational editionVALUE AT RISK3rd EditionBy Philippe Jorion2007 (October 2006) / 600 pagesISBN: 9780071464956ISBN: 9780071260473 [IE]A Professional Reference TitleSince its original publication, Value at Risk has become the industrystandard in risk management. Now in its Third Edition, this internation-occurred across the globe in recent years. Philippe Jorion providesthe most current information needed to understand and implementnew feature of the Third Edition is the addition of short questions andexercises at the end of each chapter, making it even easier to checkprogress. Detailed answers are posted on the companion web sitewww.pjorion.com/var/. The web site contains other materials, includingadditional questions that course instructors can assign to their students.Jorion leaves no stone unturned, addressing the building blocksof VAR from computing and backtesting models to forecasting riskand correlations. He outlines the use of VAR to measure and controlrisk for trading, for investment management, and for enterprise-widerisk management. He also points out key pitfalls to watch out for inrisk-management systems. The value-at-risk approach continues toimprove worldwide standards for managing numerous types of risk.Now more than ever, professionals can depend on Value at Risk forcomprehensive, authoritative counsel on VAR, its application, and itsresults-and to keep ahead of the curve.All Global Editions areadapted to better meet theneeds of courses outsidethe United States.Please contact your localsales representative formore details.120

Finance, Insurance & Real EstateInternational editionTECHNICAL ANALYSIS EXPLAINED4th EditionBy Martin J. Pring2002 / 560 pagesISBN: 9780071381932ISBN: 9780071226691 [IE]A Professional Reference TitleTechnical Analysis Explained is renowned for showing investorshow to use technical analysis as a key element of virtually any tradingstrategy or program. It provides the basic knowledge needed tounderstand, interpret, and predict major market moves, and suppliesinvestors with detailed instructions on using today’s most sophisticatedtechnical analysis tools and techniques - from candlestick charting tovolume measurement, and more. The book’s 3rd edition remains oneof McGraw-Hill’s most popular investment titles. This 4th edition featuresextensive updates, including how to use state-of-the-art softwareprograms, and features new chapters on momentum, intraday charts,contrary opinion, and one- and two-bar price patterns.International editionINTRODUCTION TO TECHNICAL ANALYSISBy Martin J. Pring1999 / 304 pagesISBN: 9780071203005 [IE with CD-ROM]A Professional Reference Title(International Edition is not for sale in Japan)CONTENTSBasic Principles.Trendlines, Support, and Resistance.Volume.Price Patterns for Traders.Moving Averages.Momentum. A Primer on Candlestick Charting.REVIEW COPY(Available for course adoption only)To request for a review copy,• contact your local McGraw-Hillrepresentatives or,• fax the Review Copy Request Form foundin this catalog or,• e-mail your request tomghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com or,• submit online at www.mheducation.asiaInvitation to PublishMcGraw-Hill is interested in reviewing textbookproposals for publication.email to asiapub@mcgraw-hill.com.Visit McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)Website: http://www.mheducation.asia/publish/121

Finance, Insurance & Real Estate122

ATitle IndexAccounting and Bookkeeping: Principles and Practice [Aust] Assoc of Accounting Technicians 64Accounting for Decision-Making and Control, 7e Zimmerman 50, 61Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging Trombley 46Accounting for Governmental and Nonprofit Entities, 15e Wilson 56Accounting Information and Reporting Systems [Aust] Aseervatham 41Accounting Information Systems, 2e Hurt 41Accounting Made Easy, 2e [India] Agrawal 12Accounting: A Framework for Decision Making, 3e [Aust] Jackling 8Accounting: Texts and Cases, 13e Anthony 62Accounting: Understanding and Practice, 3e [UK] Perks 12Accounting: What the Numbers Mean, 9e Marshall 59Accounting: What the Numbers Mean, Revised 2e [Aust] Marshall 61Advanced Accounting, 10e Hoyle 43Advanced Financial Accounting, 9e Baker 42Advanced Financial Accounting, Updated Edition [Asian] Tan 45Analysis for Financial Management, 9e Higgins 76, 105Apple Blossom Cologne Company: Audit Case, 5e Paul 50Auditing & Assurance Services, 2e [UK] Eilifsen 49Auditing & Assurance Services, 4e Louwers 46Auditing After Sarbanes-Oxley, 3e Thibodeau 47Auditing and Assurance Services In Australia, 4e [Aust] Gay 49Auditing and Assurance Services: An Applied Approach Stuart 46Australian Financial Accounting, 6e [Aust] Deegan 22BBank Management & Financial Services, 8e Rose 99Bank Valuation and Value-Based Management Dermind 116Behavioral Corporate Finance Shefrin 83, 102Benjamin Graham on Investing Graham 116Benjamin Graham, Building a Profession Zweig 114Budgeting, 3e [Aust] Banks 63Building Financial Models, 2e Tjia 120Bull for All Seasons: Main Street Strategies for Finding the Money in Any Market (A) Froehlich 116Business Finance, 20e [Aust] Peirson 84Business Mathematics [Asian] Ibrahim 106CCase Problems in Finance, 12e Kester 91Case Studies in Finance, 6e Bruner 78, 90Casebook to accompany Foundations of Financial Management, 14e Block 78Cases in Corporate Finance [India] Viswanath 90Cases in Finance, 2e DeMello 91Cases in Finance, 2e Nunnally 92College Accounting Chapter 1-14 with Annual Report, 2e Wild 39College Accounting Chapter 1-29 with Annual Report, 2e Wild 6, 39123

Title IndexCollege Accounting Chapter 1-30, 13e Price 39College Accounting: A Contemporary Approach Haddock 40Compleat Day Trader, 2e (The) Bernstein 110Comprehensive Guide to Malaysian Taxation, 4e (A) [Asian] Jeyapalan 55Computer Accounting Essentials Using Quickbooks Pro 2011, 5e Yacht 31Computer Accounting Using MYOB Business Software, 12e [Aust] Neish 33Computer Accounting Using MYOB Business Software, Version 19.5, 13e [Aust] Neish 33Computer Accounting with Peachtree By Sage Complete Accounting 2010, 14e Yacht 32Computer Accounting with Peachtree By Sage Complete Accounting 2011, Release 19.0, 15e Yacht 30Computer Accounting with Quickbooks Pro 2011, 13e Kay 30Computerized Accounting with Quickbooks Pro 2010, 12e Ulmer 31Consolidated Financial Statements, 2e [Asian] Ng 44Corporate Finance with S&P Card, 9e Ross 82Corporate Finance: Core Principles and Applications, 3e Ross 82Corporate Financial Analysis with Microsoft Excel Clauss 111Cost Accounting, 4e [India] Jawaharlal 38Cost Accounting: Principles and Applications, 7e Brock 38Cost Management: A Strategic Emphasis, 5e Blocher 37Cost Management: Strategies for Business Decisions, 4e Hilton 37DDerivatives Sundaram 94EElectronic Commerce: Security, Risk Management, and Control, 2e Greenstein 42Enterprise Information Systems: A Pattern-Based Approach, 3e Dunn 41Entrepreneurial Finance, 2e Rogers 119Equity Valuation and Analysis, 2e Lundholm 59Essential Guide to Personal Income Tax in Malaysia 2009 Edition, 5e (The) [Asian] Farouk 55Essentials of Accounting for Governmental and Not-For-Profit Organizations, 10e Copley 55Essentials of Corporate Finance, 2e [Aust] Ross 74Essentials of Corporate Finance, 7e Ross 72Essentials of Financial Services, 2e [India] Gurusamy 106Essentials of Investments with S&P Card, 8e Bodie 86Ethical Obligations and Decision-Making in Accounting: Text and Cases, 2e Mintz 64Extreme Risk Analysis Ray 113FFinance and Investments Using the Wall Street Journal Crabb 79Finance: Applications and Theory Cornett 76Financial & Managerial Accounting, 15e Williams 8Financial & Managerial Accounting, 16e Williams 5Financial Accounting [India] Gabriel 19Financial Accounting and Reporting [UK] Collins 22Financial Accounting Demystified Berry 66Financial Accounting Theory, 2e [UK] Deegan 56124

Title IndexFinancial Accounting Theory, 3e [Aust] Deegan 57Financial Accounting with IFRS Fold Out Primer, 5e Wild 17Financial Accounting, 14e Williams 20Financial Accounting, 15e Williams 13Financial Accounting, 2e Spiceland 16Financial Accounting, 7e Libby 14Financial Accounting: A New Perspective Solomon 23Financial Accounting: An IFRS Perspective, 4e [Asian Adaptation] Wild 16Financial Accounting: An Introduction [Asian] Roshayani 20Financial Accounting: Including International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) [Asian] Williams 21Financial and Actuarial Mathematics [Asian] Tse 106Financial Derivatives: Markets and Applications in Malaysia, 2e [Asian] Obiyathulla 95Financial Institution and Markets, 5e [India] Bhole 97Financial Institutions Management: A Risk Management Approach, 7e Saunders 96Financial Institutions, Instruments and Markets, 6e [Aust] Viney 98Financial Management for Beginners, 3e [Asian] Samad 74Financial Market [Asian] Pok 97Financial Market Essentials [Aust] Viney 97Financial Markets & Institutions, 4e Saunders 98Financial Markets and Corporate Strategy [UK] Grinblatt 83Financial Markets and Corporate Strategy, 2e Grinblatt 83Financial Mathematics for Actuaries [Asian] Chan 106Financial Planning and Wealth Management: An International Perspective [Asian] Cheng 102Financial Reporting and Analysis, 5e Revsine 62Financial Services and System [India] Sasidharan 99Financial Services and Systems, 2e [India] Gurusamy 107Financial Services, 2e [India] Gurusamy 107Financial Services, 5e [India] Khan 107Financial Shenanigans, 3e Schilit 114Financial Statement Analysis and Security Valuation, 4e Penman 58Financial Statement Analysis, 10e Subramanyan 58Financial Statements Ittelson 67Financial Statements Demystified: A Self-Teaching Guide Kramer 68Fingame 5.0 Participant’s Manual with Registration Code, 5e Brooks 78Fixed Income Finance: A Quantitative Approach Wise 114Focus on Personal Finance, 3e Kapoor 103Forensic Accounting Hopwood 65Forensic Accounting, 2e Hopwood 64Forex Trading Secrets: Trading Strategies for the Forex Market Dicks 111Foundations of Financial Management with Time Value of Money Card, 14e Block 71Fundamental Accounting Principles, 20e Wild 7Fundamental Financial Accounting Concepts, 7e Edmonds 13Fundamental Financial and Managerial Accounting Concepts with H-D Annual Report Edmonds 10Fundamental Managerial Accounting Concepts, 6e Edmonds 24Fundamentals of Advanced Accounting, 4e Hoyle 44125

Title IndexFundamentals of Corporate Finance [UK] Hillier 72Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, 4e [UK Adaptation] Firer 77Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, 5e [Aust Adaptation] Ross 75Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, 6e Brealey 75Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, 9e Ross 75Fundamentals of Corporate Finance: An Asian Perspective [Asian] Ross 73Fundamentals of Cost Accounting, 3e Lanen 36Fundamentals of Financial Accounting with Annual Report, 3e Phillips 15Fundamentals of Financial Management, 5e [India] Chandra 73Fundamentals of Investment Management, 10e Hirt 85Fundamentals of Investment Management, 9e Hirt 88Fundamentals of Investments, 5e Jordan 87Fundamentals of Investments, 6e Jordan 85Fundamentals of Taxation: 2010 with Tax Act Software, 3e Cruz 54Fundamentals of Taxation: 2011 with Tax Act Software, 4e Cruz 51Futures and Options Edwards 95Futures and Options [Asian] Parameswaran 95GGulf Capital and Islamic Finance Rehman 113HHandbook of Credit Portfolio Management (The) Gregoriou 117Handbook of Trading (The) Gregoriou 112How to Read a Balance Sheet Makoujy 67IInside the Mind of the Turtles Faith 116Intermediate Accounting Demystified Wink 66Intermediate Accounting with British Airways Annual Report, 6e Spiceland 34Intermediate Financial Reporting; An IFRS Perspective [Asian] Lam 35International Accounting, 2e Doupnik 57International Accounting, 3e Doupnik 57International Corporate Finance Robin 100International Finance: An Analytical Approach, 3e [Aust] Moosa 101International Financial Management, 5e Eun 101International Financial Management, 5e [India] Apte 101International Financial Management, 6e Eun 100International Financial Markets, 2e Levich 102Introduction to Accounting: An Integrated Approach, 6e Ainsworth 5Introduction to Financial Accounting, 6e [UK] Thomas 22Introduction to Managerial Accounting, 5e Brewer 28Introduction to Technical Analysis Pring 121Investing From the Top Down Crescenzi 115Investing in BRIC Countries: Evaluating Risk and Governance in Brazil, Russia, India and China Borodina 110Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, 3e [India] Chandra 87126

Title IndexInvestments, 2e Hirschey 86Investments, 9e Bodie 85, 89Islamic Finance and Banking System Haron 118MManagement Accounting for Business Decisions [UK] Seal 27Management Accounting, 3e [UK] Seal 30Management Accounting, 5e [India] Khan 29Management Accounting: Information for Managing and Creating Value, 5e [Aust] Langfield-Smith 29Management Accounting: Revised Edition, 3e [Aust] Neish 28Management Control in Non-Profit Organizations, 7e Anthony 63Management Control Systems, 12e Anthony 63Managerial Accounting Whitecotton 27Managerial Accounting for Managers, 2e Noreen 26Managerial Accounting, 13e Garrison 29Managerial Accounting, 14e Garrison 24Managerial Accounting, 9e Hilton 25Managerial Accounting: An Asian Perspective [Asian] Garrison 25Managing Your Personal Finance [Asian] Chan 103Mastering the Currency Market Norris 113McGraw-Hill’s Taxation of Individuals and Business Entities: 2012 Edition, 3e Spilker 51McGraw-Hill’s Taxation of Individuals: 2012 Edition, 3e Spilker 51Merchant Banking and Financial Services, 3e [India] Gurusamy 92Merge Ahead: Mastering the Five Enduring Trends of Artful M&A Adolph 115Mergers and Acquistions from A to Z, 3e Sherman 110Microfinance for Bankers and Investors Rhyne 119Modern Advanced Accounting, 10e Larsen 46Money and Capital Markets, 10e Rose 92NNumbers Rule Your World Fung 66PPeach Blossom Cologne Company, 4e Paul 50Personal Finance, 10e Kapoor 103Personal Finance, 9e Kapoor 104Personal Financial Planning Altfest 104Principles and Contemporary Issues in Internal Auditing [Asian] Mary Lee 49Principles of Accounting with Annual Report Libby 9Principles of Accounting, 19e [Asian Adaptation] Wild 9Principles of Auditing and Other Assurance Services with ACL Software CD, 17e Whittington 48Principles of Auditing and Other Assurance Services, 18e Whittington 46Principles of Corporate Finance, 10e Brealey 80Principles of Corporate Finance: Concise, 2e Brealey 81Principles of Internal Control & Corporate Governance [Aust] Trenerry 65Principles of Taxation for Business and Investment Planning: 2011 Edition, 14e Jones 51127

Title IndexPrinciples of Taxation for Business and Investment Planning: 2012 Edition, 15e Jones 51Private Wealth Management Hallman 118Professional Risk Manager’s Book of Best Practices (The) PRMIA 113Projects, 7e Chandra 115RReal Estate Finance & Investments, 14e Brueggeman 109Real Estate Principles: A Value Approach, 3e Ling 108Risk Management and Insurance, 2e Harrington 105Risk Modeling Evaluation Handbook (The) Gregoriou 112Running Money: Professional Portfolio Management Stewart 93SSchaum’s Easy Outline Bookkeeping and Accounting Lerner 23Schaum’s Easy Outline of Principles of Accounting Lerner 11Schaum’s Outline of Bookkeeping and Accounting, 4e Lerner 10, 23, 65Schaum’s Outline of Cost Accounting, 3e Polimeni 38Schaum’s Outline of Financial Accounting, 2e Siegel 24Schaum’s Outline of Financial Management, 3e Shim 10, 79Schaum’s Outline of Intermediate Accounting I, Revised, 2e Englard 36Schaum’s Outline of Intermediate Accounting II, 2e Englard 36Schaum’s Outline of Investments, 2e Francis 88Schaum’s Outline of Managerial Accounting, 2e Shim 30Schaum’s Outline of Principles of Accounting I, 5e Lerner 11Schaum’s Outline of Principles of Accounting II, 4e Lerner 11Schaum’s Quick Guide to Business Finance: 201 Decision-Making Tools for Shim 79Business, Finance, and Accounting StudentsSecurity Analysis, Foreword by Warren Buffett, 6e Graham 117Security Valuation and Risk Analysis: Assessing Value in Investment Decision-Making Hackel 110Seven Rules of Wall Street (The) Stovall 120Shift: How Top Real Estate Agents Tackle Tough Times Keller 119Soros: The Life, Ideas, and Impact of the World’s Most Influential Investor, 2e Slater 119Standard & Poor’s 500 Guide, 2010 Edition, 13e Standard & Poor’s 114Strategic Corporate Finance [UK] Davies 84Survey of Accounting, 2e Edmonds 60Survey of Accounting, 3e Edmonds 59TTaxation in Singapore [Asian] Poh 54Taxation of Business Entities: 2011 Edition, 2e Spilker 52Taxation of Business Entities: 2012 Edition, 3e Spilker 51Taxation of Individuals and Business Entities: 2011 Edition, 2e Spilker 53Taxation of Individuals: 2011 Edition, 2e Spilker 53Technical Analysis Explained, 4e Pring 121Theory of Interest, 3e Kellison 77, 108128

VTitle IndexValue at Risk, 3e Jorion 120Var Implementation Handbook (The) Gregoriou 118Var Modeling Handbook (The) Gregoriou 118WWinning the Loser’s Game: Timeless Strategies for Successful Investing, 5e Ellis 111129

AAuthor IndexAssoc of Accounting Accounting and Bookkeeping: Principles and Practice [Aust] 64TechniciansAdolph Merge Ahead: Mastering the Five Enduring Trends of Artful M&A 115Agrawal Accounting Made Easy, 2e [India] 12Ainsworth Introduction to Accounting: An Integrated Approach, 6e 5Altfest Personal Financial Planning 104Anthony Accounting: Texts and Cases, 13e 62Anthony Management Control in Non-Profit Organizations, 7e 63Anthony Management Control Systems, 12e 63Apte International Financial Management, 5e [India] 101Aseervatham Accounting Information and Reporting Systems [Aust] 41BBaker Advanced Financial Accounting, 9e 42Banks Budgeting, 3e [Aust] 63Bernstein Compleat Day Trader, 2e (The) 110Berry Financial Accounting Demystified 66Bhole Financial Institution and Markets, 5e [India] 97Blocher Cost Management: A Strategic Emphasis, 5e 37Block Casebook to accompany Foundations of Financial Management, 14e 78Block Foundations of Financial Management with Time Value of Money Card, 14e 71Bodie Essentials of Investments with S&P Card, 8e 86Bodie Investments, 9e 85, 89Borodina Investing in BRIC Countries: Evaluating Risk and Governance in Brazil, Russia, India and China 110Brealey Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, 6e 75Brealey Principles of Corporate Finance, 10e 80Brealey Principles of Corporate Finance: Concise, 2e 81Brewer Introduction to Managerial Accounting, 5e 28Brock Cost Accounting: Principles and Applications, 7e 38Brooks Fingame 5.0 Participant’s Manual with Registration Code, 5e 78Brueggeman Real Estate Finance & Investments, 14e 109Bruner Case Studies in Finance, 6e 78, 90CChan Financial Mathematics for Actuaries [Asian] 106Chan Managing Your Personal Finance [Asian] 103Chandra Fundamentals of Financial Management, 5e [India] 73Chandra Investment Analysis and Portfolio Management, 3e [India] 87Chandra Projects, 7e 115Cheng Financial Planning and Wealth Management: An International Perspective [Asian] 102Clauss Corporate Financial Analysis with Microsoft Excel 111Collins Financial Accounting and Reporting [UK] 22Copley Essentials of Accounting for Governmental and Not-For-Profit Organizations, 10e 55Cornett Finance: Applications and Theory 76Crabb Finance and Investments Using the Wall Street Journal 79130

Author IndexCrescenzi Investing From the Top Down 115Cruz Fundamentals of Taxation: 2010 with Tax Act Software, 3e 54Cruz Fundamentals of Taxation: 2011 with Tax Act Software, 4e 51DDavies Strategic Corporate Finance [UK] 84Deegan Australian Financial Accounting, 6e [Aust] 22Deegan Financial Accounting Theory, 2e [UK] 56Deegan Financial Accounting Theory, 3e [Aust] 57DeMello Cases in Finance, 2e 91Dermind Bank Valuation and Value-Based Management 116Dicks Forex Trading Secrets: Trading Strategies for the Forex Market 111Doupnik International Accounting, 2e 57Doupnik International Accounting, 3e 57Dunn Enterprise Information Systems: A Pattern-Based Approach, 3e 41EEdmonds Fundamental Financial Accounting Concepts, 7e 13Edmonds Fundamental Financial and Managerial Accounting Concepts with H-D Annual Report 10Edmonds Fundamental Managerial Accounting Concepts, 6e 24Edmonds Survey of Accounting, 2e 60Edmonds Survey of Accounting, 3e 59Edwards Futures and Options 95Eilifsen Auditing & Assurance Services, 2e [UK] 49Ellis Winning the Loser’s Game: Timeless Strategies for Successful Investing, 5e 111Englard Schaum’s Outline of Intermediate Accounting I, Revised, 2e 36Englard Schaum’s Outline of Intermediate Accounting II, 2e 36Eun International Financial Management, 5e 101Eun International Financial Management, 6e 100FFaith Inside the Mind of the Turtles 116Farouk Essential Guide to Personal Income Tax in Malaysia 2009 Edition, 5e (The) [Asian] 55Firer Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, 4e [UK Adaptation] 77Francis Schaum’s Outline of Investments, 2e 88Froehlich Bull for All Seasons: Main Street Strategies for Finding the Money in Any Market (A) 116Fung Numbers Rule Your World 66GGabriel Financial Accounting [India] 19Garrison Managerial Accounting, 13e 29Garrison Managerial Accounting, 14e 24Garrison Managerial Accounting: An Asian Perspective [Asian] 25Gay Auditing and Assurance Services In Australia, 4e [Aust] 49Graham Benjamin Graham on Investing 116Graham Security Analysis, Foreword by Warren Buffett, 6e 117Greenstein Electronic Commerce: Security, Risk Management, and Control, 2e 42131

Author IndexGregoriou Handbook of Credit Portfolio Management (The) 117Gregoriou Handbook of Trading (The) 112Gregoriou Risk Modeling Evaluation Handbook (The) 112Gregoriou Var Implementation Handbook (The) 118Gregoriou Var Modeling Handbook (The) 118Grinblatt Financial Markets and Corporate Strategy [UK] 83Grinblatt Financial Markets and Corporate Strategy, 2e 83Gurusamy Essentials of Financial Services, 2e [India] 106Gurusamy Financial Services and Systems, 2e [India] 107Gurusamy Financial Services, 2e [India] 107Gurusamy Merchant Banking and Financial Services, 3e [India] 92HHackel Security Valuation and Risk Analysis: Assessing Value in Investment Decision-Making 110Haddock College Accounting: A Contemporary Approach 40Hallman Private Wealth Management 118Haron Islamic Finance and Banking System 118Harrington Risk Management and Insurance, 2e 105Higgins Analysis for Financial Management, 9e 76, 105Hillier Fundamentals of Corporate Finance [UK] 72Hilton Cost Management: Strategies for Business Decisions, 4e 37Hilton Managerial Accounting, 9e 25Hirschey Investments, 2e 86Hirt Fundamentals of Investment Management, 10e 85Hirt Fundamentals of Investment Management, 9e 88Hopwood Forensic Accounting 65Hopwood Forensic Accounting, 2e 64Hoyle Advanced Accounting, 10e 43Hoyle Fundamentals of Advanced Accounting, 4e 44Hurt Accounting Information Systems, 2e 41IIbrahim Business Mathematics [Asian] 106Ittelson Financial Statements 67JJackling Accounting: A Framework for Decision Making, 3e [Aust] 8Jawaharlal Cost Accounting, 4e [India] 38Jeyapalan Comprehensive Guide to Malaysian Taxation, 4e (A) [Asian] 55Jones Principles of Taxation for Business and Investment Planning: 2011 Edition, 14e 51Jones Principles of Taxation for Business and Investment Planning: 2012 Edition, 15e 51Jordan Fundamentals of Investments, 5e 87Jordan Fundamentals of Investments, 6e 85Jorion Value at Risk, 3e 120132

KAuthor IndexKapoor Focus on Personal Finance, 3e 103Kapoor Personal Finance, 10e 103Kapoor Personal Finance, 9e 104Kay Computer Accounting with Quickbooks Pro 2011, 13e 30Keller Shift: How Top Real Estate Agents Tackle Tough Times 119Kellison Theory of Interest, 3e 77, 108Kester Case Problems in Finance, 12e 91Khan Financial Services, 5e [India] 107Khan Management Accounting, 5e [India] 29Kramer Financial Statements Demystified: A Self-Teaching Guide 68LLam Intermediate Financial Reporting; An IFRS Perspective [Asian] 35Lanen Fundamentals of Cost Accounting, 3e 36Langfield-Smith Management Accounting: Information for Managing and Creating Value, 5e [Aust] 29Larsen Modern Advanced Accounting, 10e 46Lerner Schaum’s Easy Outline Bookkeeping and Accounting 23Lerner Schaum’s Easy Outline of Principles of Accounting 11Lerner Schaum’s Outline of Bookkeeping and Accounting, 4e 10, 23, 65Lerner Schaum’s Outline of Principles of Accounting I, 5e 11Lerner Schaum’s Outline of Principles of Accounting II, 4e 11Levich International Financial Markets, 2e 102Libby Financial Accounting, 7e 14Libby Principles of Accounting with Annual Report 9Ling Real Estate Principles: A Value Approach, 3e 108Louwers Auditing & Assurance Services, 4e 46Lundholm Equity Valuation and Analysis, 2e 59MMakoujy How to Read a Balance Sheet 67Marshall Accounting: What the Numbers Mean, 9e 59Marshall Accounting: What the Numbers Mean, Revised 2e [Aust] 61Mary Lee Principles and Contemporary Issues in Internal Auditing [Asian] 49Mintz Ethical Obligations and Decision-Making in Accounting: Text and Cases, 2e 64Moosa International Finance: An Analytical Approach, 3e [Aust] 101NNeish Computer Accounting Using MYOB Business Software, 12e [Aust] 33Neish Computer Accounting Using MYOB Business Software, Version 19.5, 13e [Aust] 33Neish Management Accounting: Revised Edition, 3e [Aust] 28Ng Consolidated Financial Statements, 2e [Asian] 44Noreen Managerial Accounting for Managers, 2e 26Norris Mastering the Currency Market 113Nunnally Cases in Finance, 2e 92133

OAuthor IndexObiyathulla Financial Derivatives: Markets and Applications in Malaysia, 2e [Asian] 95PParameswaran Futures and Options [Asian] 95Paul Apple Blossom Cologne Company: Audit Case, 5e 50Paul Peach Blossom Cologne Company, 4e 50Peirson Business Finance, 20e [Aust] 84Penman Financial Statement Analysis and Security Valuation, 4e 58Perks Accounting: Understanding and Practice, 3e [UK] 12Phillips Fundamentals of Financial Accounting with Annual Report, 3e 15Poh Taxation in Singapore [Asian] 54Pok Financial Market [Asian] 97Polimeni Schaum’s Outline of Cost Accounting, 3e 38Price College Accounting Chapter 1-30, 13e 39Pring Introduction to Technical Analysis 121Pring Technical Analysis Explained, 4e 121PRMIA Professional Risk Manager’s Book of Best Practices (The) 113RRay Extreme Risk Analysis 113Rehman Gulf Capital and Islamic Finance 113Revsine Financial Reporting and Analysis, 5e 62Rhyne Microfinance for Bankers and Investors 119Robin International Corporate Finance 100Rogers Entrepreneurial Finance, 2e 119Rose Bank Management & Financial Services, 8e 99Rose Money and Capital Markets, 10e 92Roshayani Financial Accounting: An Introduction [Asian] 20Ross Corporate Finance with S&P Card, 9e 82Ross Corporate Finance: Core Principles and Applications, 3e 82Ross Essentials of Corporate Finance, 2e [Aust] 74Ross Essentials of Corporate Finance, 7e 72Ross Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, 5e [Aust Adaptation] 75Ross Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, 9e 75Ross Fundamentals of Corporate Finance: An Asian Perspective [Asian] 73SSamad Financial Management for Beginners, 3e [Asian] 74Sasidharan Financial Services and System [India] 99Saunders Financial Institutions Management: A Risk Management Approach, 7e 96Saunders Financial Markets & Institutions, 4e 98Schilit Financial Shenanigans, 3e 114Seal Management Accounting for Business Decisions [UK] 27Seal Management Accounting, 3e [UK] 30Shefrin Behavioral Corporate Finance 83, 102134

Author IndexSherman Mergers and Acquistions from A to Z, 3e 110Shim Schaum’s Outline of Financial Management, 3e 10, 79Shim Schaum’s Outline of Managerial Accounting, 2e 30Shim Schaum’s Quick Guide to Business Finance: 201 Decision-Making Tools for Business, Finance, 79and Accounting StudentsSiegel Schaum’s Outline of Financial Accounting, 2e 24Slater Soros: The Life, Ideas, and Impact of the World’s Most Influential Investor, 2e 119Solomon Financial Accounting: A New Perspective 23Spiceland Financial Accounting, 2e 16Spiceland Intermediate Accounting with British Airways Annual Report, 6e 34Spilker McGraw-Hill’s Taxation of Individuals and Business Entities: 2012 Edition, 3e 51Spilker McGraw-Hill’s Taxation of Individuals: 2012 Edition, 3e 51Spilker Taxation of Business Entities: 2011 Edition, 2e 52Spilker Taxation of Business Entities: 2012 Edition, 3e 51Spilker Taxation of Individuals and Business Entities: 2011 Edition, 2e 53Spilker Taxation of Individuals: 2011 Edition, 2e 53Standard & Poor’s Standard & Poor’s 500 Guide, 2010 Edition, 13e 114Stewart Running Money: Professional Portfolio Management 93Stovall Seven Rules of Wall Street (The) 120Stuart Auditing and Assurance Services: An Applied Approach 46Subramanyan Financial Statement Analysis, 10e 58Sundaram Derivatives 94TTan Advanced Financial Accounting, Updated Edition [Asian] 45Thibodeau Auditing After Sarbanes-Oxley, 3e 47Thomas Introduction to Financial Accounting, 6e [UK] 22Tjia Building Financial Models, 2e 120Trenerry Principles of Internal Control & Corporate Governance [Aust] 65Trombley Accounting for Derivatives and Hedging 46Tse Financial and Actuarial Mathematics [Asian] 106UUlmer Computerized Accounting with Quickbooks Pro 2010, 12e 31VViney Financial Institutions, Instruments and Markets, 6e [Aust] 98Viney Financial Market Essentials [Aust] 97Viswanath Cases in Corporate Finance [India] 90WWhitecotton Managerial Accounting 27Whittington Principles of Auditing and Other Assurance Services with ACL Software CD, 17e 48Whittington Principles of Auditing and Other Assurance Services, 18e 46Wild College Accounting Chapter 1-14 with Annual Report, 2e 39Wild College Accounting Chapter 1-29 with Annual Report, 2e 6, 39Wild Financial Accounting with IFRS Fold Out Primer, 5e 17135

Author IndexWild Financial Accounting: An IFRS Perspective, 4e [Asian Adaptation] 16Wild Fundamental Accounting Principles, 20e 7Wild Principles of Accounting, 19e [Asian Adaptation] 9Williams Financial & Managerial Accounting, 15e 8Williams Financial & Managerial Accounting, 16e 5Williams Financial Accounting, 14e 20Williams Financial Accounting, 15e 13Williams Financial Accounting: Including International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) [Asian] 21Wilson Accounting for Governmental and Nonprofit Entities, 15e 56Wink Intermediate Accounting Demystified 66Wise Fixed Income Finance: A Quantitative Approach 114YYacht Computer Accounting Essentials Using Quickbooks Pro 2011, 5e 31Yacht Computer Accounting with Peachtree By Sage Complete Accounting 2010, 14e 32Yacht Computer Accounting with Peachtree By Sage Complete Accounting 2011, Release 19.0, 15e 30ZZimmerman Accounting for Decision-Making and Control, 7e 50, 61Zweig Benjamin Graham, Building a Profession 114136

REVIEW COPY REQUEST FORMMcGraw-Hill Education (Asia)60 Tuas Basin LinkSingapore 638775Tel (65) 6863 1580Fax (65) 6862 3354www.mheducation.asiau Professors/lecturers who are interested to review titles listed in thiscatalog for text adoption consideration, please complete thisrequest form and fax to your local McGraw-Hill office (see insideback cover for fax number) or to McGraw-Hill Singapore.u Requests for examination copies are subject to approval. Mc-Graw-Hill reserve the right to refuse any requests which do notrelate to teaching.u Please make copies of this form if necessary.REQUESTED BYName Room #DepartmentUniversityAddressTelFaxEmail addressCOMP REQUESTPlease indicate ISBN No, Author & Title1)2)3)4)5)Course NameSubjectEnrolmentCommencement DateDecision Date Individual Decision Group DecisionCurrent Text Used

M c G R A W - H I L L M A I L I N G L I S TMcGraw-Hill Education (Asia)60 Tuas Basin LinkSingapore 638775Tel (65) 6863 1580Fax (65) 6862 3354www.mheducation.asiaPlease include me in your mailing list for information on Mc-Graw-Hill books.Please email information on McGraw-Hill books to my emailaddress atI am already on your mailing list but my address has changed.Please update my record to the following new address.Name(Mr / Ms / Dr / Prof) (Underline family name)PositionDepartmentUniversityAddressPostal CodeTelFaxEmail addressSUBJECT OF INTERESTo Accountingo Advertisingo Business Managemento Finance & Investmento Marketingo Economicso Human Resource Managemento Insurance & Real Estateo Trainingo Computingo Aeronautical & AerospaceEngineeringo Architecture & Urban Planningo Chemical Engineeringo Civil Engineeringo Constructiono Electronics & Communicationso Electrical Engineeringo General Engineeringo Industrial & Plant Engineeringo Mechanical Engineeringo Medical Scienceo Dentistryo Nursingo Agricultureo Biologyo Chemistryo Forestryo Geography & Geologyo Physics & Astronomyo Zoologyo Mathematics & Statisticso Art & Humanitieso Educationo Englisho English as a 2nd Language/ELTo Foreign Languageo Health & Nutritiono Historyo Lawo Library Scienceo Mass Communicationo Musico Philosophy & Religiono Physical Educationo Political Scienceo Psychologyo SociologyPlease return by fax to McGraw-HillEducation (Asia), Marketing ServicesDepartment at (65) 68688 181.McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) respects your privacy.If you do not wish to receive further marketinginformation from McGraw-Hill Education (Asia),please send an email to marketingsvc_mhea@mcgraw-hill.com or write to McGraw-Hill Education(Asia), 60 Tuas Basin Link, Singapore 638775. ViewThe McGraw-Hill Companies Customer PrivacyPolicy at http://www.mcgraw-hill.com/privacy.html.For questions or to learn more about how McGraw-Hill Education (Asia) applies this policy, pleasecontact us at the above email or postal address.

M c G R AW - H I L L E D U C A T I O N ( A S I A )SINGAPORE(also servicing Brunei & Mauritius)McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)60 Tuas Basin Link, Singapore 638775Tel: (65) 6863 1580 • Customer Service Hotline: (65) 6868 8188Fax (65) 6862 3354eMail: mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.com • website: www.mheducation.asiaCHINA(Representative Office)McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, IncSuite 906, 9/F, SP Tower ATsinghua Science ParkNo. 1, Zhongguancun East RoadHaidian DistrictBeijing 100084, P R ChinaTel: (86-10) 6279 0299Fax: (86-10) 6279 0292eMail: instructorchina@mcgraw-hill.comHONG KONGMcGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, IncSuites 2906-10, Shell TowerTimes Square1, Matheson Street, Causeway BayHong KongTel: (85-2) 2730 6640Fax: (85-2) 2730 2085eMail: miehk_mhe@mcgraw-hill.comINDIA(also servicing Bangladesh, Pakistan,Nepal & Sri Lanka)Tata McGraw-Hill Education PrivateLimitedB-4, Sector 63Distt Gautam Budh NagarNoida, UP-201301, IndiaTel: (91-12) 438 3400Fax: (91-12) 438 3401 - 403eMail: saurabh_sharma@mcgraw-hill.comINDONESIA(Appointed Agent)P T Media Global EdukasiImperium Design 27Lippo KarawaciTangerang 15810IndonesiaTel: (62-21) 28899 961 / 28899 962Fax: (62-21) 65702417eMail: info@mge.co.idJAPANMcGraw-Hill Education Japan3F, Ascend Shimbashi6-19-19 Shimbashi, Minato-kuTokyo 105-0004JapanTel: (81-3) 5408 1888Fax: (81-3) 5408 1880eMail: mhejpn@mcgraw-hill.comKOREAMcGraw-Hill Korea Inc3F, Ji-Woo Bldg376-12 Seokyo-DongMapo-KuSeoul 121-210, KoreaTel: (82-2) 325 2351Fax: (82-2) 325 2371eMail: miekr_mhe@mcgraw-hill.comMALAYSIAMcGraw-Hill Malaysia Sdn BhdNo. 40, Jalan Pengacara U1/48Temasya Industrial Park40150 Shah AlamSelangor Darul Ehsan, MalaysiaTel: (60-3) 7627 6888Fax: (60-3) 7627 6838eMail: msia_mhe@mcgraw-hill.comPHILIPPINES(Appointed Agent)Ideacademy Inc.Unit LG5 Alfaro Place146 L.P. Leviste StreetSalcedo VillageMakati City, Metro ManilaPhilippinesTel: (63-2) 519 2672 / 519 2675Fax: (63-2) 519 2676eMail: myla_katzav@ideacademyinc.bizTAIWANMcGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc7/F, No: 53 Bo-Ai RoadTaipei 100TaiwanTel: (886-2) 2311 3000Fax: (886-2) 2388 8822eMail: mietw_mhe@mcgraw-hill.comTHAILAND(also servicing Cambodia & Laos)McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, Inc40/27 Soi Inthamara 8Suthisarn Road, PhayathaiBangkok 10400, ThailandTel: (66-2) 615 6555Fax: (66-2) 615 6515eMail: mieth_mhe@mcgraw-hill.comVIETNAM(Representative Office)McGraw-Hill Int’l Enterprises, IncThe Nomad OfficesLevel 16 & 17 Gemadept Tower6 Le Thanh Ton StreetBen Nghe Ward, District 1Ho Chi Minh CityVietnamTel: (84-8) 6255 6829; (84-8) 6255 6889Fax: (84-8) 6255 6801eMail: van_yen_quang@mcgraw-hill.com

Preparing Students forthe World That AwaitsMcGraw-Hill Higher Education empowers instructors to help students succeed academicallynow and into the uture y proiding eile superior-uality solutions that sere theneeds o instructors and students end to end - rom tetoos and digital instructionalcontent and tools to innoate suect mastery eperiential learning and assignmentassessment solutions.Connect.We connect instructors and students to valuable course contentand resources - and we connect instructors and students to eachother - with the best traditional and digital teaching tools.Learn.We enable greater learning and deeper comprehension with thehighest-uality tools and content that let students engage withtheir coursewor when where and however they learn best.Succeed.We provide the learning resources students need to connectsuccess in the classroom with success in the world that awaits.McGraw-Hill Education (Asia)60 Tuas Basin LinkSingapore 638775Tel (65) 6863 1580Fax (65) 6862 3354email: mghasia_sg@mcgraw-hill.comwebsite: www.mheducation.asia C10-000758 -X